☐ | REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 |
☒ | ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 |
☐ | TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 |
☐ | SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 |
Ordinary shares of nominal value of £0.10 each* | 31,051,768,866 |
10 3/8% Non-cumulative Preference Shares of nominal value of £1 each | 200,000,000 |
8 5/8% Non-cumulative Preference Shares of nominal value of £1 each | 125,000,000 |
* | All of the issued and outstanding ordinary shares of Santander UK plc are held by Santander UK Group Holdings plc. |
Large accelerated filer | ☐ | Accelerated filer | ☐ | Non-accelerated filer | ☒ | Emerging growth company | ☐ |
† | The term “new or revised financial accounting standard” refers to any update issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board to its Accounting Standards Codification after April 5, 2012. |
U.S. GAAP | ☐ | International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board | ☒ | Other | ☐ |
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 1 | ||
Strategic report | Contents | |||||
Strategic report | ||||||
The strategic report outlines the key elements of the Annual Report and provides context for the related financial statements. | Our business model and overview | |||||
Our market overview | ||||||
It is also designed to help members of the Company assess how the Directors have performed their duty under section 172 of the Companies Act 2006. The report highlights key financial and non-financial metrics which help to explain our performance over the past year. It also highlights the external environmental factors affecting the business along with Santander UK’s positions in the UK banking market. | ||||||
Financial overview | ||||||
Sustainability highlights | ||||||
By Order of the Board. | Sustainability | |||||
Tom Scholar | ||||||
Chair | Financial statements | |||||
9 March 2026 | ||||||
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 2 | ||
A motivated, engaged and talented team | ||
enabling us to support our communities | ||
creating strong financial results for our shareholders | ||
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 3 | ||
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 4 | ||
Improving economic environment | Competitive UK market | Customers becoming digital | ||||
What we have seen In the UK, we saw economic conditions improve with annual growth of 1.3% in 2025 compared to 1.1% in 2024. Inflation remained volatile over 2025 peaking in September 2025 at 3.9%, but falling further over the rest of the year. The housing market was less buoyant in 2025 compared to 2024 due to uncertainty and the change in Stamp Duty Land Tax. The Bank of England’s Monetary Policy Committee (MPC) cut Bank Rate four times in 2025, to end the year at 3.75%. Our response and looking ahead In a declining interest rate environment, our focus remains on ensuring profitable balance sheet growth. Further, with inflation above the Bank of England target and continued Bank Rate cuts, cost discipline remains a focus. In 2025, we returned to growth while reducing our funding gap and improving our margins. We ensured strong transformation momentum through simplification, automation and digitisation, ensuring better customer experiences while reducing our operating expenses. Looking ahead, we expect the Bank of England to cut the Bank Rate twice in 2026 as inflation approaches target. As this occurs and affordability improves for our customers, we expect to see activity in the mortgage market increase further. | What we have seen In 2025, the UK banking market remained highly competitive. Balance sheet scale continues to be concentrated among the largest UK banks, while digital challengers continued to grow their customer base through different digital propositions. The UK banking industry delivered a strong performance in 2025, recording robust financial results that have been reflected in improved equity market valuations across the sector. Consolidation remained a prominent feature, with several acquisitions in the year. In July 2025, Banco Santander announced the proposed acquisition of TSB, with the aim to add scale to its UK operations and accelerate our transformation. Across the market, banks continued to invest in common strategic themes in response to evolving customer needs, including further digitisation, AI, and enhancing capabilities for SME banking and mass-affluent customers. Our response and looking ahead 2025 saw a return to balance sheet growth, underpinned by continued pricing discipline. Our focus remains on serving our customers’ needs better while continuing to transform our business, including the use of AI to strengthen financial crime controls and fraud management. Banco Santander’s global capabilities continue to be our competitive advantage, supporting enhancements across our product and technology platforms, including our cards’ infrastructure. Looking ahead, we expect large peers to continue investing in product propositions and customer experience to attract and retain customers, while digital banks are likely to continue their focus on market share growth and improving profitability. | What we have seen 2025 was another year of customers increasingly choosing digital channels to manage their banking needs. Digital engagement continued to rise, with 82% of all transactions now completed through digital channels. This ongoing shift demonstrates our customers’ preference for convenience, speed, and the enhanced functionality our digital platforms provide. Our response and looking ahead Throughout 2025, we continued to enhance our OneApp, introducing new functionality designed to make banking even simpler and more personalised. In 2026, we plan to continue to build on the success of OneApp by further enhancing its functionality and personalisation, so customers can access a wider range of products and journeys within the app. In 2025, we launched a digital onboarding journey with a pilot for Sole Traders – the new journey improves time-to-open and customer experience. In 2026 we plan to expand and scale the pilot with a safe and controlled approach to extend this digital capability to more customers including Limited Companies, delivering a faster, simpler onboarding experience for UK businesses. At the same time, we remain focused on ensuring that customers who prefer in-person support continue to receive exceptional service. We are optimising our branch network to reflect evolving customer needs, including opening three new Work Cafés in 2025. This reinforces our commitment to combining digital innovation with community-focused, face-to-face banking. |
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 5 | ||
Deployment of AI technology | Evolving regulatory landscape | Delivering on our sustainability ambitions | ||||
What we have seen The market continues to evolve at pace, with enterprise AI adoption now common through tools such as OpenAI’s ChatGPT and Microsoft Co- Pilot. Across the industry, banks have increased their strategic focus on AI whilst maintaining strong risk management practices, delivering use cases with a ‘human in the loop’ ensuring review of outputs before they are communicated to customers. The emergent use of Agentic AI which uses autonomous AI systems that can reason, plan, and act independently to achieve a defined set of goals is the next transformative phase for many businesses, with banks exploring implementation. Our response and looking ahead In 2025, we mobilised our strategy to accelerate our transformation using Data and AI. This helped us to continue delivering machine learning and AI solutions into the business supporting our customers and our people. We have deployed enterprise solutions like ChatGPT to many parts of the business and the majority of our customer- facing teams are now using AI for better customer interactions. Most of our developers are using AI to increase productivity and deploy AI-assisted code. We have also developed new tools to detect, deter and disrupt criminal networks, working closely with government agencies, to protect our customers from financial crime. Looking ahead, we plan to deploy a number of global AI platforms in the UK to accelerate our transformation further. We will start exploring the use of Agentic AI and put AI tools directly in front of our customers whilst maintaining strong risk management and oversight to ensure we deliver innovation and good customer outcomes. | What we have seen 2025 saw significant activity in the financial services regulatory environment. The government encouraged UK regulators to reduce the regulatory burden faced by banks in order to encourage economic growth, which has led to a wide range of proposals from the FCA and PRA. This includes a number of changes to the mortgage rules, including the LTI limit, and discussion papers from the FCA and PRA on broader rule changes. We have also seen consultations to improve the operation of the Financial Ombudsman Service and the SMC&R regime, delays to the implementation of the market risk element of the Basel package and introduction of targeted support for investments and pensions. There has been progress on a new model for the design and delivery of next generation payments infrastructure, linked to the National Payments Vision and Strategy. Policymakers are also conducting reviews of the UK’s capital and ring-fencing regimes. The FCA also published a consultation paper on 7 October 2025 regarding a proposed industry-wide motor finance consumer redress scheme (Consultation). Our response and looking ahead We welcome the government’s commitment to improving the balance of regulation. Throughout 2025, we worked with industry regulators to support the government’s growth agenda and identify areas where the regulatory regime can be improved to foster growth, whilst maintaining the stability of the financial system and delivering good outcomes for customers. We responded to the FCA’s Consultation on motor finance commission and continue to engage constructively with the FCA on its detailed consideration of the Consultation proposals. | What we have seen Investors, regulators, and other stakeholders continue to increase their scrutiny of sustainability practices, with particular attention to alignment between stated objectives and actual outcomes. This heightened focus is driving organisations to provide clearer disclosure with progress toward their sustainability ambitions. Our response and looking ahead In 2025, we continued to support our customers in their transition goals, with tailored green finance solutions and practical advice. Since 2021, we have provided £23.6bn in green financing surpassing our ambition of £20bn and supported over 237,500 customers with products and services that make the green transition more achievable, surpassing our ambition to support 180,000 customers. In 2025, we also launched our social strategy to support productive and inclusive growth with our customers, communities and our people. We contacted over 2.1m illion customers showing early signs of financial difficulty, potential money worries, or who have missed payments. We also launched a new five-year charity partnership with The King’s Trust to help young people build skills for a brighter future. For our people, we made progress towards our inclusive culture ambitions through increased senior female representation, now 35.3%, and senior ethnic minority representation, now 14.5%.1 We continue to implement our new Governance Strategy, with a primary focus in 2025 on appointing a new Chair. Looking ahead, we continue to focus on ensuring our sustainability strategy delivers wider value to our business and real world impact. |
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 6 | ||
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 7 | ||
Top Risk Descriptions | Mitigating Actions | ||
Economic Crime Sanctions Complexity Sanctions risks and complexity has increased with the evolving geopolitical landscape. Addressing emerging sanctions evasion risks remains a key focus. The G7 continues to use sanctions and associated “tools”, requiring continued vigilance across the industry. | Our Economic Crime risk team work closely with the business units, providing continued support in identifying evolving sanctions risks. We also engage closely across the banking industry to ensure our approach to managing complex sanctions risks remains in line with best practice. | ||
Responding to Regulatory Change It is vital to keep pace with and respond to Regulatory Change in an increasingly complex environment driven by ever higher customer expectations. Failure to do so can lead to compliance risks and fines, as well as lost commercial opportunities. | We continue to enhance our Compliance oversight function through a transformation programme which is deploying a range of regulatory technology compliance tools, AI, automation and data analytics which provide real-time oversight, enhanced risk detection and simplified workflows. | ||
Execution Risks associated with TSB integration Integrating TSB in a timely and controlled manner is key to achieving planned commercial benefits from the acquisition and a significant contribution to the achievement of our business plans. Linked to Execution of Strategic Transformation. | Risk and Compliance have been heavily involved in the ‘change in control’ process and engagement with the PRA. Already established and embedded Line 2 leads are now focused on the integration project across a range of workstreams. Risk is offering a wide range of support on governance, risk frameworks, and risk appetite and reporting. | ||
Execution Risks associated with Strategic Transformation This remains a key focus to ensure we have adequate funding, resource capacity and capability to deliver. With the addition of TSB integration to the list of priorities, there are increased delivery risks and challenges that need to be managed. | We continue to focus on enhancing our management of change, with planned actions implemented on clarifying roles and responsibilities, book of work prioritisation, overall governance, and our wider Transformation and Change Framework. Utilisation of ‘Agile’ programmes has become a relatively new feature in our approach. | ||
Geopolitically Motivated Cyber-Attack We are focused on reducing the potential for ransomware to be injected into our technology platforms either directly or through a third-party supplier, which could cause significant business disruption, a potential regulatory fine and reputational risk. | We have an ongoing dedicated Cyber & Information Security plan for continuous enhancement and strengthening of our cyber risk and control environment. Cyber is an asymmetric risk heavily influenced by the evolution of the external threat landscape and accordingly our aim continues to be to minimise risks to acceptable levels. | ||
Operational Resilience threats Identifying and mitigating Operational Resilience threats, for example a ransomware attack or loss of a third-party, is critical in supporting our ability to recover Important Business Services (IBS), reducing the risk of a regulatory fine and possible reputational risk. | We have developed a framework which encompasses a plan for mitigating actions to address key identified threats, which also include loss of Critical National and Financial Markets Infrastructure. We will continue to drive maturity in our approach during 2026. | ||
Technology Infrastructure Obsolescence Maintaining a robust and fit for purpose Technology Infrastructure reduces the risk of a single point of failure in our network and loss of an IBS, as well as limiting the potential for increased reputational risk or a regulatory fine. | Reducing network single point of failure risk (SPOF) and obsolescence within our Zero Tolerance assets remains a key focus, with significant progress made during 2025 via our technology remediation programme. These efforts have significantly enhanced the health, security and resilience of our IT platform estate. | ||
Execution of Payment Systems Transformation It is important that we continue to keep pace with the scale of change impacting payments technology platforms across the industry to ensure we take full advantage of commercial opportunities and retain our competitive advantage relative to our peers. | Our focus is on enhancing our payments processes through leveraging Banco Santander’s platforms and also ensuring that we have the capacity and capability to participate in regulatory or payment scheme initiatives, for example, the National Payments Vision; and industry initiatives such as tokenisation, CBDC, and Regulated Liability Network (RLN). | ||
Model Risk and Regulatory Capital Changes Compliance with SS1/23 Model Risk Principles is vital in retaining IRB Models approvals and avoiding capital add-ons, impacting regulatory capital. There also remains an ongoing sensitivity to regulatory capital changes and decisions, and other factors such as potential crystallisation of conduct losses, although Model Risk is regarded as most significant. | We are further transforming our Models capability, whilst ensuring regulatory compliance. Our Transformation Programme has been addressing SS1/23 requirements, whilst building a modern, compliant and efficient Model Risk Management framework. Targeted benefits include reduction in lifecycle effort and improvement in delivery timelines. | ||
Data Ownership and Controls Weak Data Ownership, and ineffective and insufficient controls can lead to poor customer outcomes, inaccurate regulatory reporting and ineffective decision making. Poor quality external data is also a risk to making effective policy decisions (e.g. ONS revisions). | We are progressing with our plans to enhance and embed our Data Management Operating Model with clearly defined roles and responsibilities. Data Management metrics are reported regularly to Risk and Governance forums, and new Governance Standards are being developed in close co-ordination between key business areas and risk. | ||
Volatile Geopolitical and Macroeconomic Environment Future shocks such as volatile energy prices, renewed Middle East or Ukraine related supply disruptions, tariff and trade related impacts, and divergent US-European rate paths, could trigger sterling weakness, higher import costs and renewed inflationary pressures. | Geopolitical related risks including tariffs remain a key focus for our risk reporting. We co- ordinate this through our ‘Agile Squad’ of subject-matter experts across the business and risk. This facilitates regular and consistent messaging, related to any potential impacts on our overall Risk Profile, to ERCC, BRC, and Board, as well as to Banco Santander. | ||
Execution of AI adoption Poor execution of AI adoption could lead to strategic underperformance against peers, and loss of competitive advantage. The potential also exists for undesirable events such as significant data loss, a major cyber security incident, and GenAI deepfakes. | We continue to build our GenAI Capability, which is critical to our deployment of AI use cases across the bank. We are taking a phased approach to developing our AI maturity over the next year building towards deployment at scale and pace. AI use cases and risk issues are being discussed at local business and risk and control forums enabling Line 2 oversight. | ||
Mitigating Margin Compression risks Proactive hedging actions in a timely fashion is vital to mitigating Margin Compression risk particularly in a falling rate environment where we are unable to reprice our deposits as quickly as our mortgage assets. | Structural Position (SP) hedging over 2024 and 2025 has reduced our exposure to downwards rate movements, as deposits remain relatively fixed to downwards rate moves. Higher for longer is less of a concern, and with respect to rate increases, there is the opportunity to undertake SP hedging at higher rates. | ||
Sophisticated Social Engineering Fraud Failure to develop prevention and detection technology to mitigate the scale and sophistication of Social Engineering Fraud aided by AI, could lead to significant losses, regulatory attention and poor financial performance. | We have a broad range of controls to manage the prevention and detection of fraud, which requires continuous investment and enhancements of capabilities to maintain and improve performance. Despite the increased sophistication of fraud attacks, our fraud target performance has improved compared to 2024. |
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 8 | ||
Emerging Risks Descriptions | Mitigating Actions | ||
Demanding Regulatory Agenda | |||
Inconsistent Implementation of Global Regulation This may leave the UK at a competitive disadvantage compared to other global finance jurisdictions such as the EU and the US, which could adversely impact our ability to meet future growth plans. | Government’s ‘pro-growth’ initiatives, such as the ‘Leeds Reforms’ are welcomed in key areas such as ring-fencing, regulatory capital levels, and retail mortgage lending initiatives related to affordability. However the overall pace of regulatory change in relative terms remains a concern and our Regulatory Affairs team continue to engage with regulators and ministers to promote reforms. | ||
Uncertain Macroeconomic and Geopolitical Environment | |||
UK domestic related challenges remain an area of primary concern for the bank including: ‘sticky’ inflation, persistent low growth, lack of long-term fiscal policy credibility, weak productivity and business investment, labour market fragility, and data uncertainty (e.g. ONS revisions). Our risk coverage and reporting on these issues is co-ordinated between the business and risk via our ‘Agile Squad’ as described under Top Risks. | |||
Loss of Critical National & Financial Market Infrastructure This could lead to failure to recover Important Business Service(s) within set timeframes. This would have significant regulatory and reputational risk implications, and is also an increasing threat, given the heightened geopolitical risk environment. | Our Business and Services Management team assess these risks with a view to developing scenarios and playbooks in the event that they materialise. Potential scenarios include loss of power (requiring back-up provision) and loss of communications and other essential business facilities for a sustained period. We also have defined emergency protocols and processes for these situations, depending upon the severity. | ||
Markets, Competition & Technology | |||
We continue to leverage Banco Santander capabilities in the digital customer space and maintain our investment in the development of AI to enable quick and accurate responses to customer needs through a range of digital channels. Overall this approach facilitates a cost-efficient approach, supported by Banco Santander’s scale and platforms. | |||
Digital Currencies, Tokenisation & Crypto Assets Failure to keep pace with developments in Digital Currencies, Tokenisation, and Crypto assets could increase the risk of loss of commercial deposits, increase wholesale funding costs and adversely impact the achievement of our longer-term business plans. | Our Regulatory Affairs team have responded to consultations held by the Bank of England with respect to the Digital Pound initiative. Santander UK is also involved in an evolving alternative banking industry solution, the Regulated Liability Network. We recognise digital currencies and payments industry transformation are closely related and we continue to have close engagement with our peers and industry regulators on future developments. | ||
Developments in Quantum Technology This is an evolving technology which could pose security risks to Santander UK and our customers over the medium to longer term, particularly via long-standing and trusted security measures such as cryptography which to date has protected financial data and communications. | Our Line 1 Cyber team maintains an inventory of internal cryptography and is ensuring that we have identified any potential areas that may require upgrading and modernisation. Finding a potential solution is an industry wide issue in order to move towards becoming ‘Post Quantum Safe’, as these capabilities evolve and mature. | ||
Environmental and Social | |||
UK Political and Social Dislocation A growing sense of public frustrations relating to government policies over many years, could result in political and social fragmentation. This may impact future business and investor confidence in the UK, if sentiment deteriorates further, and pose additional challenges to the achievement of our business plans. | Through our regular co-ordinated monitoring and reporting of the external risk environment across the business and risk, we closely assess both external and internal warning indicators, to aid in the assessment of our overall risk profile. This informs discussion, review and challenge at both ERCC and BRC as to whether further mitigating actions need to be taken across financial and non-financial risks. | ||
Credit Impacts from AI Deployment AI deployment at scale and pace over our planning period and more widely across industry in the UK could impact upon our customers through job displacement and ultimately affect the performance of our credit portfolios. | Whilst AI adoption may initially have only a modest and relatively temporary impact on unemployment, once longer-term efficiency gains materialise, job displacement could become more material in some industries. Unemployment is one of the key economic factors we monitor closely and factor into our credit policies and provisioning. | ||
Climate Change: Impacts of Future Events Climate change related risks either from impacts of future physical events or net-zero policy and transition failure could lead to both economic and operational resilience challenges. | Our internal climate change risk scenario analysis, is considered as part of our ICAAP scenario testing, and identifies related risks covering government policies (net-zero transition) and physical events such as severe flooding in certain UK regions. |
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 9 | ||
2025 | 2024 | |
£m | £m | |
Net interest income | 4,380 | 4,312 |
Non-interest income 1 | 349 | 345 |
Total operating income | 4,729 | 4,657 |
Operating expenses before credit impairment charges, provisions and charges | (2,457) | (2,548) |
Credit impairment charges | (193) | (71) |
Provisions for other liabilities and charges | (597) | (689) |
Profit before tax | 1,482 | 1,349 |
Tax on profit | (396) | (378) |
Profit after tax | 1,086 | 971 |
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 10 | ||
At 31 December | 2025 | 2024 |
£bn | £bn | |
Customer loans by segment | ||
Retail & Business Banking | 173.5 | 171.7 |
Consumer Finance | 5.0 | 4.8 |
Corporate & Commercial Banking | 18.9 | 18.0 |
Corporate Centre | — | — |
Customer loans | 197.4 | 194.5 |
Loans to JVs, accrued interest, ECL and other | 5.2 | 4.9 |
Loans and advances to customers | 202.6 | 199.4 |
Cash, repos, other financial assets and other assets non-interest earning | 64.2 | 60.5 |
Total assets | 266.8 | 259.9 |
Customer deposits by segment | ||
Retail & Business Banking | 155.7 | 151.8 |
Corporate & Commercial Banking | 24.4 | 22.1 |
Corporate Centre | 3.5 | 2.8 |
Customer deposits | 183.6 | 176.7 |
Deposits from JVs, accrued interest and other | 3.7 | 4.2 |
Deposits by customers | 187.3 | 181.0 |
Financial liabilities, repos and other liabilities non-interest earning | 64.4 | 65.2 |
Total liabilities | 251.7 | 246.2 |
Shareholders' equity | 15.1 | 13.8 |
Total liabilities and equity | 266.8 | 259.9 |
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 11 | ||
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 12 | ||
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 13 | ||
Section 172 matters | ||
Social Strategy | ||
Section 172 matters | A, B, C, D, E | |
Stakeholders considered | Customers, Employees, Communities | |
Background In Spring 2025, the Boards approved Santander UK’s Social Strategy, providing a clear framework to support productive and inclusive growth for customers, communities and employees. The strategy prioritises financial inclusion and financial health for customers, supporting communities through skills development and creating a productive and inclusive workplace for colleagues. | ||
Outcome The approval of the Social Strategy provided a clear mandate for management to strengthen support for customers’ financial inclusion and financial health, embedding these considerations more consistently into products, services and customer interactions. The strategy also reinforced Santander UK’s efforts for its communities, supporting initiatives that help individuals develop skills and improve employability, while strengthening the people agenda to support colleague wellbeing, skills development and inclusion. The Boards continue to receive updates on progress, ensuring that the Strategy delivers sustainable, long-term benefits for customers, communities and employees. | ||
Background The Boards support Employee Networks through individual NED sponsorship. Each Network has a NED sponsor who stays informed on its activities and champions its priorities throughout the year. NED sponsors meet with their respective Networks at least annually, and in 2025 the Board met with the Networks collectively. | ||
How the Board approached it In July 2025, the Boards invited employee Network Leads and members of their leadership teams to join them at an informal lunch. Each Board and Executive Committee Network Sponsor sat with their respective Network with the aim of the session to discuss opportunities for Network growth, as well as increasing Network impact and the current lived experiences of members working in Santander UK. | ||
Outcome The Boards praised the engaging work undertaken by each of the Networks, highlighting the impact of their work as well as the motivation and drive of their members. In the context of transformation and acquisition activities, it was acknowledged that there was a degree of hesitancy from some individuals around speaking up due to concerns around negative perceptions on their capabilities or performance. The Boards noted therefore that it would be essential for Network sponsors and their respective Network Chairs to work together to create a safe and supportive environment where employees felt comfortable voicing their thoughts and concerns. we will also ensure that the work of the Networks is communicated and promoted not only within the Network community but more broadly to ensure alignment and reinforce trust. Clear actions were identified from the session along with designated owners responsible for addressing each to ensure accountability and follow-through on key points raised. | ||
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 14 | ||
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 15 | ||
2025 | 2024 | |
Scope 1 tCO2 e | 2,115 | 2,456 |
Scope 2 tCO2 e (Location-based) | 12,339 | 16,195 |
Scope 2 tCO2 e (Market-based) | — | 1.13 |
Scope 3 tCO2 e (Business Travel) | 2,394 | 3,009 |
Total | 4,509 | 5,466 |
YoY % | (18)% | 3% |
Total emissions per employee (tCO2e/FTE) | 0.3 | 0.3 |
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 16 | ||
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 17 | ||
Santander UK plc Board | |||||||||||||||||
Board Nomination & Governance Committee | Board Risk Committee | Board Audit Committee | Board Responsible Banking Committee | Board Special Projects Committee | Board Remuneration Committee | ||||||||||||
Executive level committees | |||||||||||||||||
Due to the alignment in Board membership, the Santander UK Group Holdings plc and Santander UK plc Board and Board Committees meet substantively simultaneously. As such, this report details the governance arrangements, practices and activities of both Santander UK Group Holdings plc's and Santander UK plc's Boards and Board Committees. | |||||||||||||||||
Board changes in 2025 | ||||||||||||
12 February | 31 March | 16 May | 18 July | 30 September | 1 October | 3 October | ||||||
Enrique Alvarez appointed 1 | Ed Giera resigned | Tom Scholar appointed 2 | William Vereker resigned | Dirk Marzluf resigned | Mahesh Aditya appointed | Mike Regnier announced intention to step down | ||||||
1 Resigned from the Board on 25 February 2026. | ||||||||||||
2 Tom Scholar became Chair on 18 July 2025 | ||||||||||||
Compliance with the UK Corporate Governance Code | ||||
The UK Corporate Governance Code (the Code) sets out a framework of principles and provisions for corporate governance for premium listed companies in the UK. We feel that it is appropriate for a Company of our size and systemic importance to the UK economy to adopt the Code and as such, this Governance section details how we comply with its principles and provisions. Any sections of the Code that we do not comply with are explained in the Directors’ Report. | ||||
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 18 | ||
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 19 | ||
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 20 | ||
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 21 | ||
Theme | Action taken by the Board and outcomes | Stakeholders considered | |
Business and Customer Strategy | – As part of the Board Strategy Day, considered approaches to transforming the operating model to improve outcomes for customers and stakeholders, and strategies for using technology and scale to enhance time to market, customer satisfaction and operational efficiency. – Discussed reports on performance against strategy from principal business areas including: – Corporate and Commercial Banking – Retail and Business Banking, including Mortgages and the re-launch of our Business Banking offering – Private Banking and Select – Payments and cards – Considered our strategic workforce plan and strategy to optimise the real estate portfolio. – Considered our marketing and communication plan and its alignment with Santander global operating model to leverage tech capabilities. – Reviewed, challenged, and approved the 3-year business plan (2026-2028) and the 2025 budget, including assumptions underpinning the plan. – Conducted a customer engagement session to gather insight on customer's views of the economic landscape, including customer's business risk and opportunities. – Received periodic updates on the progress of the TSB acquisition and market outlook and competitor insights. | Customers Investors Employees | |
Transformation including leveraging Banco Santander scale | –Reviewed initiatives and opportunities to collaborate and leverage resources and capability across Europe and the Banco Santander group, including approving the Banco Santander Go-to Model strategy and Technology & Operation Corporate Framework. –Received regular reports on progress driving operational efficiencies and management’s revised approach to strategic change management and investment prioritisation. –Received a demonstration of the agile working practices and their implementation in the Cards and Payments and Financial Crime businesses. –Considered the AI data strategy and received a demonstration on AI use cases. –Participated in workshops delivered on operationalising the Banco Santander's Go-to Model technology and operations framework and the UK adoption of the Go-To Model. –Considered the impact of a high-performance culture in the transformation of Santander UK. | Customers Investors Employees | |
People and Culture | –In addition to reports from the Board Responsible Banking Committee (RBC) on delivery of the culture strategy, the Board participated in several informal activities to assess the culture and sentiment of employee cohorts including our top female talent. –Participated in engagement activities throughout the year including listening events, branch and head office visits where two-way interaction was encouraged and valuable feedback shared, as well as an engagement event with the Santander Network leads where key inclusive culture priorities were discussed. –Considered employees' ways of working and opportunities to enhance collaboration across teams. –Considered succession planning across all key control, support functions and business functions. | Customers Employees | |
Audit, risk, compliance and control | –Received regular enterprise-wide risk updates from the CRO, and updates on specific risks, such as third-party outsourcing, IT, data management, financial crime compliance, fraud, sustainability, cyber security, operational resilience, strategic transformation, payment systems, treasury, corporate credit, retail credit and inflation. The Board closely monitored overall operational risk given the ongoing extensive transformation agenda. –Considered financial crime remediation, including oversight of programmes to enhance controls and regulatory engagement, and progress made to return Santander UK plc to Board Risk Appetite on a sustainable basis. –Reviewed and approved the Consumer Duty report on recommendation of the RBC, recognising the valuable enhancements it had made to customer outcomes and value. –As part of the annual review, approved the Risk Appetite Statement and the Risk Framework, the tax strategy and the operational resilience self-assessment. –Approved the 2025 Internal Audit plan and received annual reports on whistleblowing. –Participated in a crisis readiness workshop based on a cyber scenario. Discussed an internal report on the approach to ongoing oversight of the UK Ring Fence Bank Group and other elements of Santander UK control framework. Participated in an Internal Audit digitalisation workshop to explore how digital initiatives are reshaping the way we deliver assurance and prepare for the future. | Customers Employees Regulators | |
Regulation, Balance Sheet and Capital | –On recommendation of the BRC, reviewed, challenged, and approved the ICAAP, ILAAP, adequacy and effectiveness of stress-testing and capital management, AT1 payments and ordinary and preference share dividend payments in line with PRA guidance. The Board followed the methodology set out in the Board-approved Surplus Capital Allocation Framework to determine the assessment and utilisation of surplus capital. Approved a revised Dividend Policy and Surplus Capital Allocation Framework amid the proposed TSB acquisition and latest Total Capital Requirements from the PRA. Considered and approved a management proposal to reduce the share premium account of Santander UK plc by £4.5bn and increase its retained earnings by the same amount, which received Court approval with effective date September 2025. –Approved the 2025 Recovery Plan; received regular reports on recovery and resolution; participated in a Recovery and Resolution workshop testing in line with the Board's ongoing commitment to maintaining the Santander UK group's Recovery and Resolution planning capabilities. –Considered the future regulatory landscape and implications, as well as considering regular reports from the General Counsel on | Customers Investors Regulators | |
Governance and Responsible Banking | – Invited the PRA to provide an overview of the Periodic Summary Meeting letter. Participated in an internally-facilitated Board evaluation led by the Chair and monitored progress against 2024 action plan from the externally-facilitated Board evaluation. – Approved appointments to the Board on the recommendation of the Board Nomination & Governance Committee. Approved the appointment of the new CRO, CEO and Chair. – Reviewed, challenged, and approved the 2024 Annual Report. – Reviewed and approved the Complaints Monitoring risk appetite change, the Social Mobility Strategy, the Modern Slavery report, the Employee Code of Conduct and the FSCS Single Customer view effectiveness report. Considered and approved the adoption of certain changes to the Santander Group Subsidiary Governance Model and guidelines for subsidiaries. | Communities Regulators Climate | |
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 22 | ||
Board | Board Nomination & Governance Committee | Board Risk Committee | Board Audit Committee | Board Responsible Banking Committee | Board Special Projects Committee | Board Remuneration Committee | |||||||||||||||
Scheduled | Ad hoc | Scheduled | Ad hoc | Scheduled | Ad hoc | Scheduled | Ad hoc | Scheduled | Ad hoc | Scheduled | Ad hoc | Scheduled | Ad hoc | ||||||||
Chair | |||||||||||||||||||||
William Vereker 1 | 5/5 | – | 4/4 | 0/4 | – | – | – | – | – | – | – | – | – | – | |||||||
Tom Scholar | 6/6 | 2/2 | 3/3 | 1/1 | – | – | – | – | – | – | – | – | – | – | |||||||
Independent NEDs | |||||||||||||||||||||
Lisa Fretwell 2 | 8/9 | 1/3 | – | – | – | – | 7/8 | 6/7 | 5/5 | – | – | – | 7/7 | 0/1 | |||||||
Ed Giera 1 | 2/2 | – | 2/2 | 4/4 | 2/2 | 1/1 | 2/2 | – | – | – | – | – | 2/2 | – | |||||||
Dave Gledhill 2&3 | 9/9 | 1/3 | – | – | 5/5 | 4/4 | 8/8 | 4/7 | 5/5 | – | 8/8 | 4/7 | 7/7 | 0/1 | |||||||
Michelle Hinchliffe 2 | 9/9 | 3/3 | 6/6 | 5/5 | 7/7 | 3/4 | 8/8 | 5/7 | – | – | 8/8 | 5/7 | – | – | |||||||
Mark Lewis 2 | 9/9 | 2/3 | 6/6 | 5/5 | 7/7 | 4/4 | – | – | 4/5 | – | – | – | 7/7 | 1/1 | |||||||
Nicky Morgan 2 | 9/9 | 3/3 | 6/6 | 5/5 | 7/7 | 3/4 | – | – | 5/5 | – | 8/8 | 6/7 | – | – | |||||||
David Oldfield 2 | 9/9 | 3/3 | 4/4 | 3/3 | 7/7 | 4/4 | 8/8 | 6/7 | – | – | 8/8 | 6/7 | 6/7 | 1/1 | |||||||
Jose Maria Roldan | 9/9 | 3/3 | – | – | 7/7 | 4/4 | – | – | 5/5 | – | – | – | 7/7 | 1/1 | |||||||
Banco Santander GNEDs | |||||||||||||||||||||
Mahesh Aditya 3 | 3/3 | – | – | – | – | – | – | – | – | – | – | – | – | – | |||||||
Pedro Castro e Almeida 2 | 8/9 | 2/2 | – | – | – | – | – | – | – | – | – | – | – | – | |||||||
Dirk Marzluf 3 | 6/6 | 1/2 | – | – | – | – | – | – | – | – | – | – | – | – | |||||||
Pamela Walkden 2 | 9/9 | 1/3 | 6/6 | 5/5 | – | – | – | – | – | – | – | – | – | – | |||||||
Executive Directors | |||||||||||||||||||||
Enrique Alvarez | 8/8 | 2/2 | – | – | – | – | – | – | |||||||||||||
Mike Regnier | 9/9 | 2/2 | – | – | – | – | – | – | |||||||||||||
Angel Santodomingo 2 | 9/9 | 1/2 | – | – | – | – | – | – | |||||||||||||
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 23 | ||
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 24 | ||
Opportunities for improvement | Update on actions |
Future board composition | Good progress has been made in strengthening the Board’s technology insight, with a series of AI-focused discussions during 2025 covering AI governance, strategy and funding, supported by practical demonstrations and a cyber simulation workshop. In parallel, the Board has achieved its ethnic minority representation target and continues to focus on further improving gender balance, while also considering the mix of technology skills required in future Board composition. |
Cyber risk | The Board further strengthened its understanding of cyber threats through an unscripted cyber simulation session held in July 2025, designed to enhance Board-level awareness of response considerations and decision-making, complemented by an external expert session. |
External landscape | The Board’s understanding of the competitive and sector landscape was further enhanced during the year through a range of external insights and discussions on AI and broader market developments. This was complemented by direct customer engagement, including a CCB customer invited to attend a Board meeting in Glasgow to share their experience, supporting the Board’s understanding of sector dynamics, customer outcomes and emerging barriers to action. |
Measuring our culture | The Board continued to focus on how the desired culture is measured and communicated, including oversight of internal communications during the year and ongoing work to strengthen the assessment of culture, including risk culture. In parallel, the Board enhanced its understanding of how our strategic priorities are embedded across the organisation, supported by regular workforce insights, including input from the Non-Executive Director representing the workforce, and the development of updated employee survey arrangements to help identify areas requiring targeted action. |
Stage 1 | |
Scope of review | The scope for the Review was agreed to ensure a formal and rigorous evaluation of the performance of the Board and its Committees. A questionnaires was produced which focused on a number of key areas: Board composition; Relationships and dynamics; Meeting management; Board Committees; Board support; Strategic oversight; External environment; Risk and governance oversight; People and succession; and Board priorities. |
Stage 2 | |
Review activity | A questionnaire was issued to each Director and members of management who often interact with the Board and its Committees. |
Stage 3 | |
Findings and actions | A comprehensive report evaluating the Board’s performance was compiled by Lintstock based on feedback provided by participants. The Board collectively discussed the results and recommendations, before agreeing the key priorities and action plan (see below). |
Themes | Commentary and actions |
Relationships and dynamics | The Board reflected on its relationship with Banco Santander and concluded that it had continued to strengthen throughout the year, underpinned by effective engagement and alignment. Recognising the ongoing importance of close strategic alignment, building on this positive momentum, in 2026 the Board and its Committees will focus on creating more opportunities for formal and informal engagement with our shareholder, through joint workshops and business visits, and by seeking feedback from colleagues to deepen the relationship. The Committee Chairs will continue to meet with their Banco Santander counterparts and receive updates on group-wide developments. |
Quality of information | The Board recognised the opportunity to further enhance the effectiveness of Board and Committee papers by sharpening the focus on key issues and insights through reducing length and duplication, and supporting more targeted, “need-to-know” reporting. To support this, in 2026 the Board paper template will be refreshed and targeted training will be provided to management to help deliver clearer, more concise and insightful papers that support effective discussion and decision-making. |
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 25 | ||
Committees' responsibilities |
Lead the process for Board and Board Committee appointments and oversee succession planning for the Board and senior management positions. |
Oversee the evaluation of the performance and composition of the Board and Board Committees. |
Monitor the governance arrangements for Santander UK and make appropriate recommendations to the Board to ensure that those arrangements remain adequate. |
Committee members |
Tom Scholar (Chair) |
David Oldfield |
Michelle Hinchliffe |
Mark Lewis |
Nicky Morgan |
Pamela Walkden |
Ed Giera 1 |
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 26 | ||
Committees' responsibilities |
Advise the Board on the Enterprise Wide Risk profile, Risk Appetite and strategy. |
Provide advice, oversight and challenge to embed and maintain a supportive risk culture. |
Review the capability in the organisation to identify and manage new risks and risk types. |
Oversee and challenge the day-to-day risk management, oversight and adherence to risk frameworks and policies. |
Committee members |
Committees' responsibilities | ||
Oversight of the integrity of the financial statements of the Company and any formal announcements relating to its financial performance, including significant financial reporting judgements and estimates. | ||
Oversight of internal financial control effectiveness. | ||
Oversight of the Internal Audit function. | ||
Oversight of Recovery and Resolution planning | ||
Oversight of Whistleblowing arrangements. | ||
Committee members | ||
Michelle Hinchliffe (Chair) | ||
Ed Giera 1 | ||
Lisa Fretwell | ||
David Gledhill | ||
David Oldfield | ||
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 27 | ||
Committees' responsibilities |
Support management in shaping, driving and delivering the responsible banking agenda of the business across a broad spectrum of areas including customers, inclusive culture, conduct, communities and climate change and the environment (the Board Risk Committee is responsible for overseeing the risks associated with climate change). |
Committee members |
Nicky Morgan (Chair) |
Lisa Fretwell |
David Gledhill |
Mark Lewis |
Jose Maria Roldan |
Committees' responsibilities |
Oversight of programmes to address matters that are outside Board Risk Appetite or are considered critical change programmes. |
Oversight of any activity related to mergers or acquisitions. |
Committee members |
Nicky Morgan (Chair) |
David Gledhill |
Michelle Hinchliffe |
David Oldfield |
Committees' responsibilities | ||
Setting the overarching principles and parameters of the remuneration policy and ensuring that the framework supports compliance with applicable legal and regulatory obligations, including ring-fencing. | ||
Supporting the long-term sustainable success of Santander UK through effective oversight of remuneration adjustments. | ||
Overseeing the implementation of the remuneration policy, including approving individual remuneration packages and the bonus framework and outcomes for Executive Directors (EDs) and other senior executives. | ||
Approving the framework for identifying Material Risk Takers (MRTs) and overseeing their remuneration arrangements. | ||
Committee members | ||
Mark Lewis (Chair) | ||
Lisa Fretwell | ||
Ed Giera 1 | ||
David Gledhill | ||
Jose Maria Roldan | ||
David Oldfield | ||
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 28 | ||
Fixed pay | Principle and description | Policy |
Base salary | – To attract and retain EDs with the skills needed to deliver our strategy and meet the demands of the role. | – Base salaries are normally reviewed each year. When setting or reviewing salaries, the Committee considers: – the complexity of the role, its responsibilities, and market benchmarks; – the need to set pay at a level that discourages inappropriate risk-taking; and – salary increases awarded to other employees. |
Pension arrangements | – To provide an element of the package that supports retirement savings. | – EDs receive a cash allowance instead of a pension contribution. This is normally set at 9% of salary, in line with the wider workforce average, other than in exceptional circumstances which may include international assignments. |
Other benefits | – To offer a competitive package which supports employee wellbeing. | –Benefits include: –private medical insurance for EDs and their dependants; –life assurance; –health screening; –relocation allowances where relevant; and –access to share schemes on the same terms as other employees. |
Variable pay | Principle and description | Policy |
Variable pay plans | – Our Variable Pay Plan motivates EDs to achieve and exceed annual targets, within our Risk Appetite and in line with our strategy and values. – Multi-year deferral and delivery in Banco Santander SA shares aligns EDs’ interests with the long-term success of Santander UK. Additional long-term performance testing applies to a portion of the CEO's deferred award. – The PagoNxt Incentive Plan rewards those critical to the success of PagoNxt, a Banco Santander strategic priority. | – Bonus awards are discretionary and based upon financial, non-financial and individual performance. – Bonus structure: At least 40 % of any bonus is paid upfront after the end of the performance year, with at least half delivered in shares. – Deferral: Up to 60% of the bonus award is deferred and delivered in equal tranches over four or five years. At least half of each tranche is delivered in shares. – Long-term performance testing: For EDs, either two or three deferred tranches are subject to further performance testing, which may reduce or increase the final award. – PagoNxt Long-Term Incentive Plan: Awards can be granted in restricted share units and/ or premium priced options in PagoNxt, and vest in line with regulation. – Malus and clawback: Recovery (malus and clawback) can apply to variable pay for up to ten years post grant. – Retention period: Shares or share instruments are subject to a one-year retention period following vesting. – Shareholder alignment: The structure of variable pay means EDs build a meaningful shareholding in Banco Santander SA. This may continue for a significant period after employment ends. – CEO shareholding policy: The CEO must, within five years of appointment, build and maintain a shareholding equal to two times net salary set on appointment. No formal post-employment shareholding requirement is in place. |
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 29 | ||
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 30 | ||
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 31 | ||
Mike Regnier | Angel Santodomingo 4 | Enrique Alvarez Labiano 5 | ||||||
2025 | 2024 | 2025 | 2024 | 2025 | 2024 | |||
£000 | £000 | £000 | £000 | £000 | £000 | |||
Salary and fees | 1,575 | 1,575 | 1,169 | 951 | 681 | — | ||
Taxable benefits 1 | 20 | 12 | 275 | 233 | 470 | — | ||
Pension | 142 | 142 | 151 | 123 | 142 | — | ||
Total fixed pay | 1,737 | 1,729 | 1,595 | 1,307 | 1,293 | — | ||
Bonus (paid and deferred) 2 | 1,607 | 1,432 | 1,751 | 1,440 | 1,623 | — | ||
Long-term incentive plan 3 | 1,755 | — | — | — | — | — | ||
Total variable pay | 3,362 | 1,432 | 1,751 | 1,440 | 1,623 | — | ||
Total remuneration | 5,099 | 3,161 | 3,346 | 2,747 | 2,916 | — | ||
1 | Taxable benefits for the Executive Directors comprise a range of benefits including, but not limited to, private health care and living expenses for expatriates. |
2 | 33% of the Chief Executive Officer's Variable Pay Plan award is subject to long-term performance metrics assessed over three years, which can increase the value of this element by up to 125% or decrease the award to 0%. No other executives are subject to long-term performance metrics. The value of the current Chief Executive Officer's 2025 Variable Pay Plan awards not subject to performance conditions, i.e. 67%, is disclosed above. The value subject to further performance conditions, 2025: £780,205 (2024: £805,282) will be disclosed at the close of the performance period upon vesting. |
3 | The Long Term Incentive Plan value represents the portion of the 2022 Variable Pay Plan that was subject to additional performance conditions and vested during 2025. Following performance testing, 115.2% of the deferred award vested. The value of awards made in share-linked instruments has been calculated with reference to Banco Santander’s share price over the final thirty days of the year in which the award vested. Nathan Bostock, former Chief Executive Officer, received an award with a value of £551,111. |
4 | Angel Santodomingo was appointed to the Board as an Executive Director on 5 March 2024 and the figures above reflect remuneration received whilst serving as a Board Director. The pension and benefit provisions reflect his expatriate status and allow maintenance of home country pension and living arrangements. All other elements of remuneration align with UK based colleagues. |
5 | Enrique Alvarez Labiano was appointed to the Board as an Executive Director on 12 February 2025 and the figures above reflect remuneration received whilst serving as a Board Director. The pension and benefit provisions reflect his expatriate status and allow maintenance of home country pension and living arrangements. All other elements of remuneration align with UK based colleagues. |
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 32 | ||
CEO pay ratio | ||||
Methodology 1 | 25th percentile | Median | 75th percentile | |
2025 CEO pay ratio 5 | Option A | 148:1 | 103:1 | 61:1 |
2024 CEO pay ratio 4 | Option A | 98:1 | 69:1 | 40:1 |
2023 CEO pay ratio | Option A | 106:1 | 75:1 | 45:1 |
2022 CEO pay ratio | Option A | 119:1 | 84:1 | 48:1 |
2021 CEO pay ratio | Option A | 140:1 | 96:1 | 54:1 |
CEO remuneration 3 | 25th percentile 2 | Median 2 | 75th percentile 2 | |
2025 CEO pay ratio | £ | £ | £ | £ |
Total salary | £1,575,000 | £28,004 | £38,871 | £59,894 |
Total remuneration | £5,098,360 | £34,420 | £49,495 | £83,432 |
1 | Employee pay is calculated based on the 'Option A' methodology. We chose Option A as it gives the most reliable and accurate result by calculating a comparable single figure for each employee. |
2 | Employee pay data is based on full time equivalent pay for Santander UK plc employees. This excludes a small number of employees in the rest of the Santander UK group. Including those employees results in a ratio consistent with the above. For each employee, total remuneration is calculated based on fixed pay accrued in the 2025 financial year, and variable pay is either based on actual bonuses in respect of the 2025 year (where these are available) or modelled target bonuses where actuals are not yet available. |
3 | The CEO's total remuneration is aligned to that disclosed in the Executive Directors' remuneration table on the previous page. |
4 | The 2024 ratios are re-stated above. These were originally calculated based on fixed pay accrued within the 2024 year, in addition to target bonuses for eligible employees. The 2024 ratios have now been recalculated using 2024 fixed pay and bonuses paid in 2025 in respect of 2024 for all employees. |
5 | The values used for the CEO's 2025 Variable Pay Plan awards are the same as those stated in the Executive Directors’ remuneration table i.e. the component which is not subject to performance conditions is used for the CEO pay ratio calculation above. The calculation also includes the vesting value of the 2022 Variable Pay Plan award that was subject to additional performance conditions and vested during 2025. |
Relative importance of spend on pay | |||
2025 | 2024 | Change | |
£m | £m | % | |
Profit before tax | 1,482 | 1,349 | 10 |
Total employee costs | 1,198 | 1,277 | (6) |
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 33 | ||
Chair and Board Committee member fee | ||
2025 | 2024 | |
£000 | £000 | |
Chair (inclusive of membership fee) | 725 | 725 |
Board member | 100 | 100 |
Additional responsibilities | ||
Senior Independent Director | 45 | 45 |
Chair of Board Risk Committee | 70 | 70 |
Chair of Board Audit Committee | 70 | 70 |
Chair of Board Responsible Banking Committee | 60 | 60 |
Chair of Board Remuneration Committee | 60 | 60 |
Membership of Board Risk Committee | 35 | 35 |
Membership of Board Audit Committee | 30 | 30 |
Membership of Board Responsible Banking Committee | 30 | 30 |
Membership of Board Remuneration Committee | 30 | 30 |
Chair of Board Special Projects Committee 1 | 30 | 30 |
Membership of Board Special Projects Committee 1 | 15 | 15 |
Consumer Duty Champion | 8 | 8 |
Designated NED to represent views of the workforce | 8 | 8 |
2025 | 2024 | 2025 | 2024 | 2025 | 2024 | 2025 | 2024 | |
Fees | Fees | Benefits | Benefits | Total | Total | |||
Non-Executive Directors | £000 | £000 | £000 | £000 | £000 | £000 | £000 | £000 |
Chair | ||||||||
Thomas Scholar 1 | 455 | — | — | — | 1 | — | 456 | — |
William Vereker 2 | 423 | 725 | — | — | 1 | 2 | 424 | 727 |
Independent Non-Executive Directors | ||||||||
Lisa Fretwell | 197 | 224 | — | — | — | — | 197 | 224 |
Ed Giera 9 | 62 | 299 | — | — | — | — | 62 | 299 |
David Gledhill 4 | 231 | 65 | — | — | — | — | 231 | 65 |
Michelle Hinchliffe | 220 | 229 | — | — | — | — | 220 | 229 |
Mark Lewis 5 | 244 | 257 | — | — | — | — | 244 | 257 |
Nicky Morgan | 278 | 241 | — | — | — | — | 278 | 241 |
David Oldfield 6 | 239 | 18 | — | — | — | — | 239 | 18 |
José María Roldan 7 | 195 | 188 | — | — | — | 5 | 195 | 193 |
Banco Santander Group nominated Non-Executive Directors 8 | ||||||||
Mahesh Aditya 3 | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — |
Pedro Castro e Almeida | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — |
Dirk Marzluf 9 | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — |
Pamela Walkden | 100 | 109 | — | — | — | — | 100 | 109 |
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 34 | ||
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 35 | ||
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 36 | ||
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 37 | ||
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 38 | ||
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 39 | ||
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 40 | ||
Risk Culture Statement |
Santander UK places good customer outcomes at the heart of our decision-making and our people take personal responsibility for doing the right thing. We are thoughtful about taking risks, meaning we only take risks that we understand, we balance risk and reward when making decisions and are proportionate in our approach. |
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 41 | ||
Board Level Committee | Main risk responsibilities |
The Board | – Has overall responsibility for business execution and for managing risk |
– Reviews and approves the Risk Framework and Risk Appetite | |
Board Risk Committee (BRC) | – Assesses the Risk Framework and recommends it to the Board for approval |
– Advises the Board on our overall Risk Appetite, tolerance and strategy | |
– Oversees our exposure to risk and our strategy and advises the Board on both | |
– Reviews the effectiveness of our risk management systems and internal controls | |
– Reviews reports from the Chief Compliance Officer (CCO) on the adequacy and effectiveness of the compliance function | |
– Responsible for oversight of cybersecurity risks and receives regular updates on cybersecurity risk position including cybersecurity incidents | |
– Receives regular updates on economic crime compliance and risks including money laundering, bribery and corruption and sanctions compliance, and monitors KPIs in line with approved Board risk appetite | |
Board Responsible Banking Committee | – Responsible for culture and operational risk from conduct, compliance, competition & legal matters |
– Ensures that adequate and effective control processes are in place to identify and manage reputational risks | |
– Oversees our Sustainability and Responsible Banking programme and how it impacts on employees, communities, the environment including sustainability and climate change, reputation, brand and market positioning | |
– Reviews updates on key risk issues, customer, reputational and conduct matters | |
Board Audit Committee | – Monitors and reviews the financial statements integrity, and any formal announcements on financial performance |
– Reviews the adequacy and effectiveness of the internal financial controls and whistleblowing arrangements | |
– Monitors and reviews the effectiveness of the internal audit function | |
– Receives regular updates from the internal audit function, including on its reviews of cybersecurity risk and controls | |
– Oversees the independence and performance of the external auditors | |
Board Remuneration Committee | – Oversees and approves remuneration policies and frameworks, long-term strategy, objectives, risk appetite, culture and values, including risk adjustment and malus and/or clawback provisions. |
Board Special Projects Committee | – Advises the Board, Board Risk Committee, and other Committees, as appropriate, in respect of special projects and transformation matters |
Board Nomination and Governance Committee | – Oversees Board and Committee composition and governance arrangements, including recommending membership of the Board Risk Committee and evaluation of Board and Committee effectiveness. |
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 42 | ||
Executive Level Committee | Main risk responsibilities |
Executive Committee (ExCo) | – Reviews business plans in line with our Risk Framework and Risk Appetite before they are sent to the Board to approve |
– Receives updates on key risk issues (not already reported to the CEO through other forums) and monitors the actions taken | |
– Focuses on the responsibilities of the Executive Committee Senior Management Function holders and how they are discharged | |
– Reviews updates on key risk issues, customer, reputational and conduct matters | |
Executive Transformation Committee | – Reviews, monitors and challenges the bank-wide transformation outcomes, benefits and risks |
Executive Risk Control Committee (ERCC) | – Reviews Risk Appetite proposals before they are sent to the BRC and the Board to approve |
– Ensures that we comply with our Risk Framework, Risk Appetite and risk policies | |
– Reviews and monitors our risk exposures and approves any corrective steps we need to take | |
Disclosure Committee | – Ensures the adequacy and effectiveness of disclosure controls and procedures and reviews material financial information prior to external disclosure |
Gold Committee | – Oversees Special Situations, including endorsement of Recovery/Resolvability plans and indicators, approval of contingency and action plans, and coordination of recovery and resolution responses with regulators |
Asset and Liability Committee (ALCO) | – Reviews liquidity risk appetite (LRA) proposals |
– Ensures we measure and control structural balance sheet risks, including capital, funding and liquidity, in line with the policies, strategies and plans set by the Board | |
– Reviews and monitors key asset and liability management activities to ensure we keep our exposures within our Risk Appetite | |
Capital Committee | – Puts in place reporting systems and risk control processes to make sure capital risks are managed within our Risk Framework |
– Reviews capital adequacy and capital plans, including the ICAAP, before they are sent to the Board to approve | |
Incident Accountability Committee | – Considers, calibrates, challenges and agrees any appropriate individual remuneration adjustments |
– Presents recommendations to the Board Remuneration Committee | |
Credit Approval Committee | – Approves corporate and wholesale credit transactions which exceed levels delegated to lower level forums or individuals |
Economic Crime Committee | – Ensures due reporting, consideration, oversight and informed decision making regarding compliance with financial crime laws and regulations, fraud, and best industry practice aligned to our Risk Appetite |
Role | Main risk responsibilities |
Chief Executive Officer (CEO) | The Board delegates responsibility for our business activities and managing risk on a day-to-day basis to the CEO. The CEO proposes our strategy and business plan, puts them into practice and manages the risks involved. The CEO must also ensure we have a suitable system of controls to manage risks and report to the Board on them. |
Chief Risk Officer (CRO) | Oversees and challenges risk activities, and ensures that the business activity is conducted within our risk appetite. Responsible for control and oversight of all risk types with regulatory responsibility to report on these risk types to Executive and Board Committees. |
Chief Financial Officer (CFO) | Responsible for developing strategy, leadership and management of the CFO Division. The CFO is responsible for managing interest rate, liquidity, pension and capital risks. The CFO also aims to maximise the return on Regulatory and Economic Capital. |
Chief Internal Auditor (CIA) | Designs and uses an audit system that identifies the main risks and evaluates controls. The CIA also develops an audit plan to assess existing risks that involve producing audit, assurance and monitoring reports. |
Chief Compliance & Non-Financial Risk Officer (CCO) | Responsible to the CRO for control and oversight of conduct, compliance, reputational and economic crime risk, but has direct responsibility to report on conduct, compliance and reputational risk to Executive and Board Committees and the regulator. |
Money Laundering Reporting Officer (MLRO) | Responsible to the CCO for control and oversight of economic crime risk but has regulatory responsibility to report on this risk type to Executive and Board Committees and the regulator. |
Line 1: Risk management |
Business Units and Business Support Units identify, assess and manage the risks which originate and exist in their area, within our Risk Appetite. It is under the executive responsibility of the CEO. |
Line 2: Risk control & oversight |
Risk Control Units are independent monitoring, control and oversight functions. They make sure Business Units and Business Support Units manage risks effectively and within our Risk Appetite. The Risk Control units are: Risk – responsible for credit, liquidity, capital, market, pension, strategic and business, operational, model and enterprise risks; Economic Crime; and Compliance - responsible for reputational and conduct and regulatory risks. It is under the executive responsibility of the CEO, but responsible to the CRO for overseeing the first line of defence. |
Line 3: Risk assurance |
Internal Audit is an independent corporate function. It gives assurance on the design and effectiveness of our risk management and control processes. It is responsible to the CIA. |
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 43 | ||
Category | Description |
Risk Frameworks | Set out how we should manage and control risk across the business, our risk types and our risk activities. |
Risk Management Responsibilities | Set out the Line 1 risk management responsibilities for Business Units and Business Support Units. |
Strategic Commercial Plans | Plans produced by business areas, at least annually, which describe the forecasted objectives, volumes and risk profile of new and existing business, within the limits defined in our Risk Appetite. |
Risk Appetite | See our Risk Appetite section that follows. |
Delegated Authorities/Mandates | Define who can do what under the authority delegated to the CEO by the Board. |
Risk Certifications | Business Units, Business Support Units or Risk Control Units set out each year how they managed/controlled risks in line with our risk frameworks and Risk Appetite, and explain any action to be taken. This helps drive personal accountability. |
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 44 | ||
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 45 | ||
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 46 | ||
Key metrics Stage 3 ratio of 1.18% ( 2024: 1.42% ). Loss allowances of £812m (2024: £869m ). Balance weighted average LTV of 65% (2024: 64%) on new mortgage lending. | |||||
Retail & Business Banking | Consumer Finance | Corporate & Commercial Banking | Corporate Centre |
In Mortgages: – Residential mortgages for customers with good credit quality (prime lending). – We provide these mostly for owner- occupiers, with buy-to-let mortgages for non-professional landlords. In Everyday Banking: – Unsecured lending to individuals, such as loans, credit cards and overdrafts. – Unsecured lending to businesses with annual turnover up to £6.5m and simpler borrowing needs such as loans, credit cards and overdrafts. | – Financing for cars, vans, motorbikes and leisure vehicles through Santander Consumer (UK) plc (SCUK). – Through our joint ventures, Hyundai Capital UK Ltd and Volvo Car Financial Services UK Limited, we provide retail point of sale customer finance and wholesale finance facilities (stock finance). | – Loans, overdrafts, treasury services, invoice finance, trade and supplier finance. – We provide these to SMEs and mid-sized corporates typically with annual turnover up to £500m, Commercial Real Estate and Social Housing customers. |
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 47 | ||
Portfolio | Description |
Residential mortgages | Collateral is in the form of a first legal charge over the property. Before we grant a mortgage, the property is valued either by a surveyor or using automated valuation methodologies where our confidence in the accuracy of this method is high. |
Unsecured lending to individuals | There is no collateral or security tied to the loan that can be used to mitigate any potential loss if the customer does not pay us back. |
Unsecured lending to businesses | Business banking lending is unsecured. When lending to incorporated businesses, we typically obtain personal guarantees from each director, but we do not treat these as collateral. We consider the UK Government guarantee under its Coronavirus Loan Schemes as collateral, covering 100% of losses for the Bounce Back Loan Scheme (BBLS). |
Portfolio | Description |
Consumer (auto) finance | Collateral is in the form of legal ownership of the vehicle for most loans, with the customer being the registered keeper. Only a very small proportion of business is underwritten as a personal loan. In these cases, there is no collateral or security tied to the loan. We use a leading vehicle valuation company to assess the LTV at the proposal stage to ensure the value of the vehicle is appropriate. |
Portfolio | Description |
SME and mid corporate | Includes secured and unsecured lending. We can take mortgage debentures or a first charge on commercial property as collateral. Before agreeing the loan, we obtain an independent professional valuation of the property. Loan agreements typically allow us to obtain revaluations during the term of the loan. We can also take guarantees, but we do not treat them as collateral unless they are supported by a tangible asset charged to us. We also lend against assets (like vehicles and equipment) and invoices for some customers. We value assets before we lend. For invoices, we review the customers' ledgers regularly and lend against debtors who meet agreed criteria. |
Commercial Real Estate (CRE) | We take a first charge on commercial property as collateral. The loan is subject to criteria such as the property condition, age and location, tenant quality, lease terms and length, and the sponsor’s experience and creditworthiness. Before advancing the loan, and where appropriate, a bank representative visits the property. We also obtain an independent professional valuation which typically includes a site visit. Loan agreements typically allow us to obtain revaluations during the term of the loan. |
Social Housing | We take a first charge on portfolios of residential real estate owned and let by UK Housing Associations as collateral, in most cases. We revalue this every three to five years (in line with industry practice), using the standard methods for property used for Social Housing. |
Portfolio | Description |
Sovereign and Supranational | In line with market practice, there is no collateral against these assets. |
Structured Products | These are our High Quality Liquid Assets (HQLA) in our Eligible Liquidity Pool. They are mainly Asset Backed Securities (ABS) and covered bonds, which hold senior positions in the creditor hierarchy. Their credit rating reflects over-collateralisation in the structure and the assets that underpin their cash flows. |
Financial Institutions |
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 48 | ||
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 49 | ||
Action | Description |
Term extension | We can extend the loan term, making each monthly payment smaller. We may offer this if the customer is in arrears or up to date with payments but shows signs of financial difficulties. We may also offer this if the loan is about to mature and refinancing is not possible on market terms. In selected instances, we may offer term extensions for interest only loans that are past the point of product maturity. This will typically be where no viable repayment solution has been identified for the outstanding capital balance, and legal enforcement activity is not deemed to be appropriate to the customer's circumstances. |
Interest-only | Historical conversions to interest-only repayment plans due to financial difficulties are classed as forborne. For corporate customers, interest-only concessions are considered on a case by case basis. Concessions are only granted if the nature of the financial difficulties is assessed to be temporary. Counterparties are expected to recover in full and resume making full capital and interest payments once they are in a stronger financial position. |
Other payment rescheduling, including capitalisation | For retail mortgage customers, we may add the arrears to the mortgage balance (this is known as capitalisation) if they cannot afford to increase their monthly payment to pay off their arrears in a reasonable time but have been making their monthly payments, usually for at least six months. We can capitalise property charges due to a landlord. We pay them for the customer to avoid the lease being forfeited, although these are not classed as forbearance. We may combine this help with term extensions and, in the past, interest-only concessions. In certain exceptional cases, we may offer interest rate concessions. We may agree an arrangement to pay less than the Contractual Monthly Payment (including zero) for a short period of time where they are experiencing temporary financial difficulties, or to pay more than the Contractual Monthly Payment in order to pay back accrued arrears. For credit card and bank account customers, we may agree to suspend fees and/or interest for a short period of time where they are experiencing temporary financial difficulties. A refinance of a personal loan over a longer term to reduce the contractual monthly payment may be agreed, where a customer is showing signs of financial difficulties. The interest rate remains the same, or the closest lower rate available. For corporate customers, we may lower or stop their payments until they have time to recover. We may reschedule payments to better match the customer’s cash flow – for example if the business is seasonal - or provide a temporary increase in facilities to cover peak demand ahead of their trading improving. We might do this by arrears capitalisation or drawing from an overdraft. We may also offer to provide new facilities, interest rate concessions and interest roll-up. In rare cases, we agree to forgive or reduce part of the debt. |
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 50 | ||
Exit from | Conditions to be met | |
Cure | Non-performing to Performing / Stage 3 to Stage 2 | For an account classified as non-performing forbearance/Stage 3 to exit, all the following conditions must be met: |
– If the account was classed as Stage 3 due to being more than 90 days past due, then the account should be 90 days or less past due | ||
– If the account was classed as Stage 3 due to being unlikely to pay, then the account should no longer be deemed unlikely to pay | ||
– The customer has no other material default debt with us more than 90 days past due. | ||
– Account has exited its forbearance trigger for 12 consecutive months | ||
If all the conditions are met, the account is re-classed as Stage 2 forbearance until the Stage 2 forbearance exit conditions set out below are also met | ||
Performing forbearance to Non-Forborne / Stage 2 to Stage 1 | For an account classified as forbearance/Stage 2 to exit, all the following conditions must be met: | |
– The account is no longer in arrears, and the customer has no other material debts with us which are more than 30 days in arrears | ||
– The account no longer triggers SICR | ||
– The account has been classed as Stage 2 for at least two years since the end of the latest forbearance strategy |
Action | Description |
Waiving or changing covenants | If a borrower breaks a covenant, we can either waive it or change it, taking their latest and future financial position into account. We may also add a condition on the use of any surplus cash (after operating costs) to pay down their debt to us. |
Asking for more collateral or guarantees | If a borrower has unencumbered assets, we may accept more collateral in return for revised financing terms. We may also take a guarantee from companies in the same group and/or major shareholders. We only do this where we believe the guarantor can meet their commitment. |
Asking for more equity | Where a borrower can no longer pay the interest on their debt, we may accept fresh equity capital from new or existing investors to change the capital structure in return for better terms on the existing debt. |
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 51 | ||
Metric | Description |
Expected Credit Loss (ECL) | ECL tells us what credit risk is expected to cost us either over the next 12 months or over the lifetime of the exposure where there is evidence of a SICR since origination. We explain how we calculate ECL below. |
Stages 1, 2 and 3 | We assess each facility’s credit risk profile to determine which Stage to allocate them to, and we monitor where there is a SICR and transfers between the Stages, including monitoring of coverage ratios for each Stage. |
Stage 3 ratio | The Stage 3 ratio is the sum of Stage 3 drawn and Stage 3 undrawn assets divided by the sum of total drawn assets and Stage 3 undrawn assets. The Stage 3 ratio is a key indicator used to monitor underlying asset performance. |
Expected Loss (EL) (unaudited) | EL is based on the CRD IV regulatory capital rules and gives us another view of credit risk. It is the product of the probability of default, exposure at default and loss given default, and we include direct and indirect costs. We base it on our risk models and our assessment of each customer’s credit quality. The rest of the Risk review, impairments, losses and loss allowances refer to calculations in accordance with IFRS, unless we specifically say they relate to CRD IV. For our IFRS impairment accounting policy, see Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. |
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 52 | ||
Base case key macroeconomic assumptions |
GDP: The UK economy slowed in Q3-25 with growth of 0.1% quarter-on-quarter. It was always likely that a slow-down from the above average quarterly growth rates of H1-25 would happen, but with weak PMIs as well there is a concern that the economy will stagnate in Q4-25. However, Q3-25 GDP did see a slight improvement in household spending while business investment posted a solid gain, as such we would expect that post-Budget growth will pick up, although some underlying weakness means the economy growing at levels similar to those experienced pre-pandemic, rather than the stronger growth needed to help repair the UK’s public finances. For 2026, we expect to see another year of positive growth, although slightly weaker than in 2025 as real wage growth eases and the pace of interest rate cuts slows. Over the longer term, the key issue for growth remains productivity and without a boost to this, growth will remain at the average pre-pandemic levels of 1.4%. It remains to be seen whether artificial intelligence (AI) or government policy can help to improve this. |
Bank Rate: The Monetary Policy Committee (MPC) lowered Bank Rate four times in 2025 to 3.75%, in line with our expectations. Our base case assumes a further two rate cuts in 2026, taking Bank Rate to 3.25% by the end of the year, with no further reductions thereafter. The outlook for further interest rate cuts remains uncertain, with the MPC stating that decisions to lower Bank Rate further will be influenced by policymakers' views on how restrictive the current stance of monetary policy is. |
House price growth: House prices grew marginally in 2025, helped in part by falling mortgage rates, despite some weakness towards the end of the year. House prices have proved resilient given the heightened levels of uncertainty experienced throughout the year. Lower inflation and interest rates coupled with the gradual improvement in affordability, and ongoing weakness in housing supply, is expected to ensure steady house price growth over the forecast period. We anticipate growth of c.2.5% year-on-year in 2026 with an annual house price growth of c.3% year-on-year growth for the rest of the forecast period. |
Unemployment rate: Recent data for unemployment indicates there is a loosening of the labour market in response to higher employment costs. However, some caution needs to be taken as the unemployment data is still subject to problems with the ONS Labour Force Survey data. The unemployment rate has risen to over 5%, payroll numbers have fallen in most months over the past year and redundancies have risen too, all chiming with weakness seen across various survey data. In terms of the forecast, we expect the unemployment rate to remain elevated in the short term with businesses reporting pay pressures and squeezed margins as reasons for reducing headcounts. The unemployment rate then drops back to 4.3% by the end of the forecast period, broadly in line with Bank of England's prediction for the natural rate of unemployment which is, as growth recovers, businesses and consumer sentiment improves and CPI inflation remains at the target rate. |
CRE price growth: After falling for seven quarters in a row, CRE prices stabilised in Q2-24 and have since risen in each of the five quarters through to Q3-25 as the sector continues to recover, after two years of falling prices. Cuts in Bank Rate have likely helped prices to rise and despite monthly increases slowing towards the end of 2025, we expect CRE price growth to stabilise throughout the forecast period around the 2% year-on-year mark. |
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 53 | ||
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 54 | ||
Economic scenarios 1 | Upside | Base case | Downside 1 | Downside 2 | Weighted | |
% | % | % | % | % | ||
GDP | 2024 (actual) | 1.1 | 1.1 | 1.1 | 1.1 | 1.1 |
2025 | 1.5 | 1.4 | 1.3 | 1.3 | 1.4 | |
2026 | 1.7 | 1.0 | (0.4) | (3.3) | 0.3 | |
2027 | 2.3 | 1.4 | — | (1.0) | 0.9 | |
2028 | 2.5 | 1.4 | 0.4 | 1.4 | 1.3 | |
2029 | 2.6 | 1.5 | 0.4 | 1.4 | 1.4 | |
2030 | 2.7 | 1.5 | 0.7 | 1.4 | 1.5 | |
Start to trough 2 | n/a | n/a | (0.7) | (5.0) | n/a | |
5-year average increase/decrease 3 | 2.3 | 1.4 | 0.2 | (0.1) | n/a | |
Bank Rate | 2024 (actual) | 4.75 | 4.75 | 4.75 | 4.75 | 4.75 |
2025 | 3.75 | 3.75 | 3.75 | 3.75 | 3.75 | |
2026 | 3.00 | 3.25 | 4.50 | 2.00 | 3.40 | |
2027 | 3.00 | 3.25 | 3.25 | 1.50 | 3.04 | |
2028 | 3.00 | 3.25 | 3.25 | 2.50 | 3.14 | |
2029 | 3.00 | 3.25 | 3.25 | 2.75 | 3.16 | |
2030 | 3.00 | 3.25 | 3.25 | 3.00 | 3.19 | |
5-year end period | 3.00 | 3.25 | 3.25 | 3.00 | n/a | |
5-year peak | 3.75 | 3.75 | 4.50 | 3.75 | 3.79 | |
HPI | 2024 (actual) | 4.0 | 4.0 | 4.0 | 4.0 | 4.0 |
2025 | 2.3 | 1.5 | 0.1 | 0.3 | 1.2 | |
2026 | 4.1 | 2.5 | (5.3) | (12.1) | (0.6) | |
2027 | 4.5 | 3.0 | (4.4) | (11.9) | 0.2 | |
2028 | 4.5 | 3.0 | 0.7 | (4.9) | 2.1 | |
2029 | 4.5 | 3.0 | 3.4 | 7.2 | 3.7 | |
2030 | 4.5 | 3.0 | 4.4 | 7.1 | 3.9 | |
Start to trough 2 | n/a | n/a | (10.2) | (28.0) | (0.3) | |
5-year average increase/decrease 3 | 4.4 | 2.9 | (0.7) | (3.7) | n/a | |
Unemployment | 2024 (actual) | 4.4 | 4.4 | 4.4 | 4.4 | 4.4 |
2025 | 4.7 | 4.8 | 5.1 | 5.2 | 4.9 | |
2026 | 4.7 | 4.9 | 5.7 | 6.8 | 5.3 | |
2027 | 4.1 | 4.7 | 5.8 | 8.5 | 5.3 | |
2028 | 4.0 | 4.4 | 5.8 | 7.9 | 5.0 | |
2029 | 4.0 | 4.3 | 5.9 | 7.1 | 4.9 | |
2030 | 4.0 | 4.3 | 6.0 | 6.4 | 4.9 | |
5-year end period | 4.0 | 4.3 | 6.0 | 6.4 | n/a | |
5-year peak | 4.7 | 4.9 | 6.0 | 8.5 | 5.3 | |
CRE price growth | 2024 (actual) | 0.5 | 0.5 | 0.5 | 0.5 | 0.5 |
2025 | 2.1 | 1.7 | (0.2) | (0.8) | 1.0 | |
2026 | 6.7 | 2.2 | (3.1) | (16.8) | (0.3) | |
2027 | 5.8 | 2.5 | (1.9) | (7.2) | 1.2 | |
2028 | 3.6 | 2.2 | (0.8) | 2.5 | 1.8 | |
2029 | 4.0 | 1.9 | 0.3 | 3.0 | 2.0 | |
2030 | 2.3 | 1.5 | 2.4 | 3.9 | 2.1 | |
Start to trough 2 | n/a | n/a | (6.7) | (24.1) | (0.1) | |
5-year average increase/decrease 3 | 4.6 | 2.2 | (0.9) | (3.8) | n/a |
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 55 | ||
Economic scenarios 1 | Upside | Base case | Downside 1 | Downside 2 | Weighted | |
% | % | % | % | % | ||
GDP | 2023 (actual) | 0.3 | 0.3 | 0.3 | 0.3 | 0.3 |
2024 | 0.9 | 0.9 | 0.8 | 0.4 | 0.8 | |
2025 | 2.0 | 1.4 | (0.4) | (3.4) | 0.6 | |
2026 | 2.5 | 1.6 | 0.3 | (0.9) | 1.2 | |
2027 | 2.5 | 1.4 | 0.9 | 1.3 | 1.4 | |
2028 | 2.5 | 1.4 | 1.0 | 2.8 | 1.6 | |
2029 | 2.5 | 1.4 | 1.1 | 2.8 | 1.6 | |
Start to trough 2 | n/a | n/a | (0.7) | (5.2) | n/a | |
5-year average increase/decrease 3 | 2.4 | 1.5 | 0.6 | 0.3 | n/a | |
Bank Rate | 2023 (actual) | 5.25 | 5.25 | 5.25 | 5.25 | 5.25 |
2024 | 4.75 | 4.75 | 4.75 | 4.75 | 4.75 | |
2025 | 3.25 | 3.75 | 4.50 | 2.25 | 3.71 | |
2026 | 3.00 | 3.50 | 3.25 | 1.50 | 3.16 | |
2027 | 3.00 | 3.25 | 3.00 | 2.50 | 3.08 | |
2028 | 3.00 | 3.25 | 3.00 | 2.75 | 3.10 | |
2029 | 3.00 | 3.25 | 3.00 | 3.00 | 3.13 | |
5-year end period | 3.00 | 3.25 | 3.00 | 3.00 | n/a | |
5-year peak | 4.75 | 4.75 | 4.75 | 4.75 | 4.75 | |
HPI | 2023 (actual) | (0.7) | (0.7) | (0.7) | (0.7) | (0.7) |
2024 | 4.8 | 4.5 | 2.0 | 1.3 | 3.6 | |
2025 | 4.3 | 3.0 | (5.8) | (20.1) | (1.2) | |
2026 | 4.7 | 3.0 | (3.7) | (14.7) | 0.3 | |
2027 | 4.6 | 3.0 | 2.9 | 5.8 | 3.4 | |
2028 | 4.5 | 3.0 | 4.4 | 9.6 | 4.0 | |
2029 | 4.6 | 3.0 | 4.6 | 7.7 | 4.0 | |
Start to trough 2 | n/a | n/a | (10.1) | (33.0) | (0.8) | |
5-year average increase/decrease 3 | 4.7 | 3.2 | n/a | (3.7) | n/a | |
Unemployment | 2023 (actual) | 3.8 | 3.8 | 3.8 | 3.8 | 3.8 |
2024 | 4.4 | 4.3 | 4.4 | 4.4 | 4.4 | |
2025 | 4.1 | 4.4 | 5.2 | 8.3 | 4.9 | |
2026 | 4.0 | 4.2 | 5.5 | 8.2 | 4.9 | |
2027 | 4.0 | 4.2 | 5.5 | 7.6 | 4.8 | |
2028 | 4.0 | 4.2 | 5.5 | 7.0 | 4.8 | |
2029 | 4.0 | 4.2 | 5.5 | 6.4 | 4.7 | |
5-year end period | 4.0 | 4.2 | 5.5 | 6.4 | n/a | |
5-year peak | 4.4 | 4.4 | 5.5 | 8.5 | 4.9 | |
CRE price growth | 2023 (actual) | (5.6) | (5.6) | (5.6) | (5.6) | (5.6) |
2024 | 0.4 | (0.1) | (2.3) | (2.7) | (0.9) | |
2025 | 5.7 | 2.5 | (5.5) | (14.9) | (0.7) | |
2026 | 5.2 | 2.8 | 1.7 | (8.5) | 2.0 | |
2027 | 2.9 | 2.5 | 2.0 | 4.4 | 2.6 | |
2028 | 3.3 | 2.2 | 1.8 | 3.8 | 2.4 | |
2029 | 3.0 | 2.1 | 2.4 | 3.4 | 2.4 | |
Start to trough 2 | n/a | n/a | (7.4) | (24.7) | (1.2) | |
5-year average increase/decrease 3 | 4.0 | 2.3 | (0.1) | (3.3) | n/a |
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 56 | ||
Upside | Base case | Downside 1 | Downside 2 | Weighted | |
Scenario weights | % | % | % | % | % |
2025 | 15 | 50 | 25 | 10 | 100 |
2024 | 15 | 50 | 25 | 10 | 100 |
Retail & Business Banking and Consumer Finance |
– They have been reported bankrupt or insolvent and are in arrears |
– The loan term has ended, and the customer has not repaid the principal in full after three months. |
– They have had forbearance while in default and have failed to perform under the new arrangement terms, or have had multiple forbearance. Performing forborne accounts while not in default are reported in Stage 2 |
– We have suspended their fees and interest because they are in financial difficulties |
– We have repossessed the property or the asset. |
Corporate & Commercial Banking and Corporate Centre |
– They have had a winding up notice issued, or something happens that is likely to trigger insolvency – such as another lender calls in a loan |
– Something happens that makes them less likely to be able to pay us – such as they lose an important client or contract |
– They have regularly missed or delayed payments, even though they have not gone over the three-month limit for default |
– Their loan is unlikely to be refinanced or repaid in full on maturity |
– Their loan has an excessive LTV that is unlikely to be resolved, such as by a change in planning policy, pay-downs, or increase in market value |
– Loans restructured under financial difficulties, classified as forborne transactions, in last 12 months. |
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 57 | ||
Retail & Business Banking | Consumer Finance 2 | Corporate & Commercial Banking | Corporate Centre | |||
Mortgages | Unsecured Lending 1 | |||||
Personal loans | Credit cards | Overdrafts | ||||
30bps | 30bps | 30bps | 30bps | 300bps | 30bps | Internal rating method |
Retail & Business Banking | Consumer Finance | Corporate & Commercial Banking | Corporate Centre | |||
Mortgages | Unsecured Lending 1 | |||||
Personal loans | Credit cards | Overdrafts | ||||
–In forbearance –Default in last 24m –30 Days Past Due (DPD) in last 12m –Bankrupt –£100+ arrears –Over-indebted customers –Interest Only accounts 24m pre-maturity | –In Collections –Default in last 12m –£50+ arrears | –In forbearance –Default in last 12m –In Collections –£100+ arrears –Behaviour score indicators | –Fees suspended –Default in last 12m –Debit dormant >35 days –Any excess in month | –In forbearance –Deceased or Insolvent –Court ‘Return of goods’ order or Police watchlist –Agreement terminated –Payment holiday –Cash Collection | –In forbearance –Default in last 12m –Watchlist: proactive management –Default at proxy origination –Customers in a high- risk sector | –Watchlist: proactive management |
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 58 | ||
Retail & Business Banking | |||||||
Everyday Banking | Consumer Finance | Corporate Centre | Total | ||||
Mortgages | Credit Cards | Other | |||||
2025 | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m |
Modelled ECL | 104 | 160 | 115 | 74 | 110 | — | 563 |
Individually assessed | 8 | — | — | — | 180 | — | 188 |
ECL before Judgemental Adjustments | 112 | 160 | 115 | 74 | 290 | — | 751 |
Judgemental Adjustments | |||||||
Affordability and Cost of Living | 2 | — | 6 | — | 1 | — | 9 |
Adjustments to modelled forecast parameters | 23 | (5) | 13 | (11) | 5 | — | 25 |
Corporate single large exposure | — | — | — | — | 27 | — | 27 |
Total Judgemental Adjustments | 25 | (5) | 19 | (11) | 33 | — | 61 |
Total ECL | 137 | 155 | 134 | 63 | 323 | — | 812 |
Total JAs as a percentage of Total ECL (%) | 8 | ||||||
2024 | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m |
Modelled ECL | 127 | 149 | 122 | 69 | 142 | — | 609 |
Individually assessed | 6 | — | — | — | 162 | — | 168 |
ECL before Judgemental Adjustments | 133 | 149 | 122 | 69 | 304 | — | 777 |
Judgemental Adjustments | |||||||
Affordability and Cost of Living | 11 | — | 6 | — | 14 | — | 31 |
Adjustments to modelled forecast parameters | 28 | 1 | 8 | — | — | — | 37 |
Corporate single large exposure | — | — | — | — | 24 | — | 24 |
Total Judgemental Adjustments | 39 | 1 | 14 | — | 38 | — | 92 |
Total ECL | 172 | 150 | 136 | 69 | 342 | — | 869 |
Total JAs as a percentage of Total ECL (%) | 11 |
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 59 | ||
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 60 | ||
Upside | Base case | Downside 1 | Downside 2 | Weighted | |
2025 | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m |
Exposure | 293,493 | 293,493 | 293,493 | 293,493 | 293,493 |
Retail & Business Banking | 201,290 | 201,290 | 201,290 | 201,290 | 201,290 |
Of which: | |||||
– Mortgages | 180,339 | 180,339 | 180,339 | 180,339 | 180,339 |
Consumer Finance | 4,979 | 4,979 | 4,979 | 4,979 | 4,979 |
Corporate & Commercial Banking | 27,361 | 27,361 | 27,361 | 27,361 | 27,361 |
Corporate Centre | 59,863 | 59,863 | 59,863 | 59,863 | 59,863 |
ECL | 730 | 761 | 899 | 1,119 | 812 |
Retail & Business Banking | 357 | 381 | 483 | 689 | 426 |
Of which: | |||||
– Mortgages | 87 | 100 | 177 | 366 | 137 |
Consumer Finance | 62 | 62 | 64 | 64 | 63 |
Corporate & Commercial Banking | 311 | 318 | 352 | 366 | 323 |
Corporate Centre | — | — | — | — | — |
Upside | Base case | Downside 1 | Downside 2 | Weighted | |
2024 | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m |
Exposure | 283,860 | 283,860 | 283,860 | 283,860 | 283,860 |
Retail & Business Banking | 196,732 | 196,732 | 196,732 | 196,732 | 196,732 |
Of which: | |||||
– Mortgages | 176,026 | 176,026 | 176,026 | 176,026 | 176,026 |
Consumer Finance | 4,759 | 4,759 | 4,759 | 4,759 | 4,759 |
Corporate & Commercial Banking | 26,307 | 26,307 | 26,307 | 26,307 | 26,307 |
Corporate Centre | 56,062 | 56,062 | 56,062 | 56,062 | 56,062 |
ECL | 741 | 774 | 921 | 1,524 | 869 |
Retail & Business Banking | 380 | 403 | 517 | 1,051 | 458 |
Of which: | |||||
– Mortgages | 112 | 128 | 218 | 705 | 172 |
Consumer Finance | 67 | 68 | 69 | 70 | 69 |
Corporate & Commercial Banking | 294 | 303 | 335 | 403 | 342 |
Corporate Centre | — | — | — | — | — |
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 61 | ||
Increase/decrease in house prices | ||||
+20% | +10% | -10% | -20% | |
Increase/(decrease) in profit before tax | £m | £m | £m | £m |
2025 | 38 | 24 | (43) | (126) |
2024 | 34 | 21 | (38) | (112) |
Factor | Description |
Survival rate (SR) | The probability that the exposure has not closed or defaulted since the reporting date. |
Probability of default (PD) | The likelihood of a borrower defaulting in the following quarter, assuming it has not closed or defaulted since the reporting date. For each quarter in the forecast period, we estimate the quarterly PD from a range of factors. These include key risk drivers for the exposure, as well as the expected evolution of the account risk with maturity and factors for changing economics. We support this with historical data analysis. |
Exposure at default (EAD) | The amount we expect to be owed if a default, or sale in the case of retail mortgages, event occurs. We determine EAD for each quarter of the forecast period by the expected payment profile, which varies by product. For amortising products, we base it on the borrower’s contractual repayments over the forecast period. We adjust this for any expected overpayments on Stage 1 accounts that the borrower may make and for any arrears we expect if the account was to default. For revolving products, or amortising products with an off-balance sheet element, we determine EAD using the balance at default and the contractual exposure limit. We vary these assumptions by product and base them on analysis of recent default data. |
Loss given default (LGD) | Our expected loss if a default event were to occur. We express it as a percentage and calculate it based on factors that we have observed to affect the likelihood and/or value of any subsequent write-offs, which vary according to whether the product is secured or unsecured. If the product is secured, we consider collateral values as well as the historical discounts to market/book values due to forced sales type. |
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 62 | ||
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 63 | ||
Maximum exposure | |||||||||||||
Balance sheet asset | Off-balance sheet | Collateral 1 | |||||||||||
Gross amounts | Loss allowance | Net amounts | Gross amounts | Loss allowance | Net amounts | Cash | Non-cash | Netting 2 | Net exposure | ||||
2025 | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | |||
Cash and balances at central banks | 29.4 | — | 29.4 | — | — | — | — | — | — | 29.4 | |||
Financial assets at amortised cost: | |||||||||||||
Loans and advances to customers: 3 | |||||||||||||
– Residential Mortgages 4 | 167.3 | (0.1) | 167.2 | 13.1 | — | 13.1 | — | (169.9) | — | 10.4 | |||
– Corporate loans | 20.4 | (0.2) | 20.2 | 7.7 | — | 7.7 | — | (15.7) | — | 12.2 | |||
– Finance leases | 4.3 | (0.1) | 4.2 | — | — | — | — | (4.2) | — | — | |||
– Accrued interest and other adjustments | 0.8 | — | 0.8 | 0.4 | — | 0.4 | — | — | — | 1.2 | |||
– Other unsecured loans | 5.5 | (0.3) | 5.2 | 14.7 | (0.1) | 14.6 | — | — | — | 19.8 | |||
– Amounts due from fellow Banco Santander group subsidiaries and JVs | 5.0 | — | 5.0 | — | — | — | — | — | — | 5.0 | |||
Total loans and advances to customers | 203.3 | (0.7) | 202.6 | 35.9 | (0.1) | 35.8 | — | (189.8) | — | 48.6 | |||
– Loans and advances to banks | 1.0 | — | 1.0 | 0.7 | — | 0.7 | — | — | — | 1.7 | |||
– Reverse repurchase agreements – non trading | 17.7 | — | 17.7 | 2.2 | — | 2.2 | — | (16.5) | (1.2) | 2.2 | |||
– Other financial assets at amortised cost | 4.0 | — | 4.0 | — | — | — | — | — | — | 4.0 | |||
Total financial assets at amortised cost | 226.0 | (0.7) | 225.3 | 38.8 | (0.1) | 38.7 | — | (206.3) | (1.2) | 56.5 | |||
Financial assets at fair value at FVOCI: | |||||||||||||
– Debt securities | 5.2 | — | 5.2 | — | — | — | — | — | — | 5.2 | |||
Total financial assets at FVOCI | 5.2 | — | 5.2 | — | — | — | — | — | — | 5.2 | |||
Total | 260.6 | (0.7) | 259.9 | 38.8 | (0.1) | 38.7 | — | (206.3) | (1.2) | 91.1 | |||
2024 | |||||||||||||
Cash and balances at central banks | 29.9 | — | 29.9 | — | — | — | — | — | — | 29.9 | |||
Financial assets at amortised cost: | |||||||||||||
Loans and advances to customers: 3 | |||||||||||||
– Residential Mortgages 4 | 165.2 | (0.2) | 165.0 | 10.8 | — | 10.8 | — | (168.0) | — | 7.8 | |||
– Corporate loans | 18.6 | (0.3) | 18.3 | 7.8 | — | 7.8 | — | (14.9) | — | 11.2 | |||
– Finance leases | 4.2 | (0.1) | 4.1 | — | — | — | — | — | — | 4.1 | |||
– Accrued interest and other adjustments | 0.8 | — | 0.8 | 0.4 | — | 0.4 | — | — | — | 1.2 | |||
– Other unsecured loans | 6.6 | (0.2) | 6.4 | 14.2 | (0.1) | 14.1 | — | — | — | 20.5 | |||
4.8 | — | 4.8 | — | — | — | — | — | — | 4.8 | ||||
Total loans and advances to customers | 200.2 | (0.8) | 199.4 | 33.2 | (0.1) | 33.1 | — | (182.9) | — | 49.6 | |||
– Loans and advances to banks | 1.0 | — | 1.0 | 0.5 | — | 0.5 | — | — | — | 1.5 | |||
– Reverse repurchase agreements – non trading | 10.3 | — | 10.3 | 2.0 | — | 2.0 | — | (10.3) | (0.1) | 1.9 | |||
– Other financial assets at amortised cost | 3.4 | — | 3.4 | — | — | — | — | — | — | 3.4 | |||
Total financial assets at amortised cost | 214.9 | (0.8) | 214.1 | 35.7 | (0.1) | 35.6 | — | (193.2) | (0.1) | 56.4 | |||
Financial assets at FVOCI: | |||||||||||||
– Debt securities | 9.0 | — | 9.0 | — | — | — | — | — | — | 9.0 | |||
Total financial assets at FVOCI | 9.0 | — | 9.0 | — | — | — | — | — | — | 9.0 | |||
Total | 253.8 | (0.8) | 253.0 | 35.7 | (0.1) | 35.6 | — | (193.2) | (0.1) | 95.3 | |||
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 64 | ||
Balance sheet asset gross amount | Collateral 1 | Netting 2 | Net exposure | |||
Cash | Non-cash | |||||
2025 | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | |
Financial assets at FVTPL: | ||||||
– Derivative financial instruments | 0.9 | (0.4) | — | (0.4) | 0.1 | |
– Other financial assets at FVTPL | 0.1 | — | — | — | 0.1 | |
Total | 1.0 | (0.4) | — | (0.4) | 0.2 | |
2024 | ||||||
Financial assets at FVTPL: | ||||||
– Derivative financial instruments | 1.2 | (0.7) | — | (0.4) | 0.1 | |
– Other financial assets at FVTPL | 0.1 | — | — | — | 0.1 | |
Total | 1.3 | (0.7) | — | (0.4) | 0.2 | |
Santander UK risk grade | PD range | |||
Mid | Lower | Upper | S&P equivalent | |
% | % | % | ||
9 | 0.010 | 0.000 | 0.021 | AAA to AA+ |
8 | 0.032 | 0.021 | 0.066 | AA to AA- |
7 | 0.100 | 0.066 | 0.208 | A+ to BBB |
6 | 0.316 | 0.208 | 0.658 | BBB- to BB |
5 | 1.000 | 0.658 | 2.081 | BB- |
4 | 3.162 | 2.081 | 6.581 | B+ to B |
3 | 10.000 | 6.581 | 20.811 | B- |
2 | 31.623 | 20.811 | 99.999 | CCC to C |
1 (Default) | 100.000 | 100.000 | 100.000 | D |
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 65 | ||
Santander UK risk grade | Loss allowance | Total | ||||||||
9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 to 1 | Other 1,2 | |||
2025 | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn |
Exposures - On balance sheet | ||||||||||
Financial assets at amortised cost: | ||||||||||
–Loans and advances to customers 2 | 11.2 | 31.6 | 80.9 | 46.1 | 15.4 | 6.2 | 5.0 | 6.9 | (0.7) | 202.6 |
–Stage 1 | 11.0 | 31.0 | 77.9 | 41.0 | 12.4 | 2.9 | 0.7 | 6.8 | (0.1) | 183.6 |
–Stage 2 | 0.2 | 0.6 | 3.0 | 5.1 | 3.0 | 3.3 | 2.1 | 0.1 | (0.3) | 17.1 |
–Stage 3 | — | — | — | — | — | — | 2.2 | — | (0.3) | 1.9 |
Of which mortgages: | 10.6 | 29.7 | 75.5 | 39.3 | 6.7 | 3.0 | 2.4 | 0.1 | (0.1) | 167.2 |
–Stage 1 | 10.4 | 29.1 | 72.4 | 34.3 | 4.3 | 0.4 | 0.1 | — | — | 151.0 |
–Stage 2 | 0.2 | 0.5 | 3.1 | 5.0 | 2.4 | 2.6 | 1.0 | — | — | 14.8 |
–Stage 3 | — | 0.1 | — | — | — | — | 1.3 | 0.1 | (0.1) | 1.4 |
Total off–balance sheet | 10.1 | 8.9 | 8.5 | 4.0 | 1.9 | 0.9 | 0.7 | 3.8 | (0.1) | 38.7 |
–Stage 1 | 10.1 | 8.8 | 8.3 | 3.8 | 1.7 | 0.7 | 0.4 | 3.8 | — | 37.6 |
–Stage 2 | — | 0.1 | 0.2 | 0.2 | 0.2 | 0.2 | 0.2 | — | (0.1) | 1.0 |
–Stage 3 | — | — | — | — | — | — | 0.1 | — | — | 0.1 |
Santander UK risk grade | Total | Coverage Ratio | ||||||||
9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 to 1 | Other 1,2 | |||
2025 | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | % |
ECL - On balance sheet | ||||||||||
Financial assets at amortised cost: | ||||||||||
– Loans and advances to customers 2 | — | — | — | — | 0.2 | 0.1 | 0.4 | — | 0.7 | 0.3 |
– Stage 1 | — | — | — | — | 0.1 | — | — | — | 0.1 | 0.1 |
– Stage 2 | — | — | — | — | 0.1 | 0.1 | 0.1 | — | 0.3 | 1.7 |
– Stage 3 | — | — | — | — | — | — | 0.3 | — | 0.3 | 13.6 |
Of which mortgages: | — | — | — | — | — | — | 0.1 | — | 0.1 | 0.1 |
– Stage 1 | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — |
– Stage 2 | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — |
– Stage 3 | — | — | — | — | — | — | 0.1 | — | 0.1 | 6.7 |
Total off–balance sheet | — | — | — | — | — | 0.1 | — | — | 0.1 | 0.3 |
– Stage 1 | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — |
– Stage 2 | — | — | — | — | — | 0.1 | — | — | 0.1 | 9.1 |
– Stage 3 | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — |
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 66 | ||
Santander UK risk grade | Loss allowance | |||||||||
9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 to 1 | Other 1,2 | Total | ||
2024 | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn |
Exposures - On balance sheet | ||||||||||
Financial assets at amortised cost: | ||||||||||
– Loans and advances to customers 2 | 5.8 | 31.3 | 81.8 | 46.4 | 15.6 | 6.8 | 5.4 | 7.1 | (0.8) | 199.4 |
– Stage 1 | 5.7 | 30.6 | 78.1 | 40.5 | 12.4 | 2.8 | 0.6 | 6.9 | (0.1) | 177.5 |
– Stage 2 | 0.1 | 0.7 | 3.7 | 5.9 | 3.2 | 3.9 | 2.4 | 0.1 | (0.3) | 19.7 |
– Stage 3 | — | — | — | — | — | 0.1 | 2.4 | 0.1 | (0.4) | 2.2 |
Of which mortgages: | 5.2 | 29.8 | 76.5 | 40.8 | 6.5 | 3.3 | 3.1 | — | (0.2) | 165.0 |
– Stage 1 | 5.1 | 29.3 | 72.9 | 35.0 | 4.0 | 0.4 | — | — | — | 146.7 |
– Stage 2 | 0.1 | 0.5 | 3.6 | 5.8 | 2.5 | 2.9 | 1.3 | — | (0.1) | 16.6 |
– Stage 3 | — | — | — | — | — | — | 1.8 | — | (0.1) | 1.7 |
Total off–balance sheet | 6.9 | 8.9 | 9.0 | 4.2 | 1.9 | 0.8 | 0.7 | 3.3 | (0.1) | 35.6 |
– Stage 1 | 6.9 | 8.8 | 8.8 | 4.0 | 1.7 | 0.5 | 0.4 | 3.3 | — | 34.4 |
– Stage 2 | — | 0.1 | 0.2 | 0.2 | 0.2 | 0.3 | 0.2 | — | (0.1) | 1.1 |
– Stage 3 | — | — | — | — | — | — | 0.1 | — | — | 0.1 |
Santander UK risk grade | Coverage Ratio | |||||||||
9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 to 1 | Other 1,2 | Total | ||
2024 | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | % |
ECL - On balance sheet | ||||||||||
Financial assets at amortised cost: | ||||||||||
– Loans and advances to customers 2 | — | — | — | — | 0.2 | 0.1 | 0.5 | — | 0.8 | 0.4 |
– Stage 1 | — | — | — | — | 0.1 | — | — | — | 0.1 | 0.1 |
– Stage 2 | — | — | — | — | 0.1 | 0.1 | 0.1 | — | 0.3 | 1.5 |
– Stage 3 | — | — | — | — | — | — | 0.4 | — | 0.4 | 18.2 |
Of which mortgages: | — | — | — | — | — | 0.1 | 0.1 | — | 0.2 | 0.1 |
– Stage 1 | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — |
– Stage 2 | — | — | — | — | — | 0.1 | — | — | 0.1 | 0.6 |
– Stage 3 | — | — | — | — | — | — | 0.1 | — | 0.1 | 5.9 |
Total off–balance sheet | — | — | — | — | — | 0.1 | — | — | 0.1 | 0.3 |
– Stage 1 | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — |
– Stage 2 | — | — | — | — | — | 0.1 | — | — | 0.1 | 9.1 |
– Stage 3 | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — |
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 67 | ||
Customer Loans | Loan Loss Allowances | ||||||
Total | Stage 1 | Stage 2 | Stage 3 1 | ||||
2025 | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | % | £m | £m |
Retail & Business Banking | 173.5 | 156.2 | 15.7 | 1.6 | 0.95 | 168 | 384 |
– Mortgages | 167.3 | 151.0 | 14.8 | 1.5 | 0.88 | 15 | 137 |
– Credit Cards | 3.1 | 2.6 | 0.4 | 0.1 | 2.88 | 55 | 137 |
– Unsecured Personal Loans | 2.0 | 1.8 | 0.2 | — | 1.07 | 65 | 57 |
– Overdrafts | 0.4 | 0.2 | 0.2 | — | 6.87 | 24 | 37 |
– Business Banking | 0.7 | 0.6 | 0.1 | — | 5.65 | 9 | 16 |
Consumer Finance | 5.0 | 4.6 | 0.4 | — | 0.96 | 27 | 63 |
Corporate & Commercial Banking | 18.9 | 16.9 | 1.4 | 0.6 | 3.42 | 53 | 282 |
Corporate Centre | — | — | — | — | 0.15 | — | — |
Total Drawn | 197.4 | 177.7 | 17.5 | 2.2 | 1.18 | 248 | 729 |
Retail & Business Banking | 27.8 | 27.0 | 0.8 | — | — | 42 | |
– Mortgages | 13.1 | 12.8 | 0.3 | — | — | — | |
– Credit Cards | 11.6 | 11.3 | 0.3 | — | — | 18 | |
– Unsecured Personal Loans | — | — | — | — | — | — | |
– Overdrafts | 2.9 | 2.7 | 0.2 | — | — | 23 | |
– Business Banking | 0.2 | 0.2 | — | — | — | 1 | |
Consumer Finance | — | — | — | — | — | — | |
Corporate & Commercial Banking | 8.4 | 8.1 | 0.3 | — | — | 41 | |
Corporate Centre | 2.6 | 2.6 | — | — | — | — | |
Total Undrawn | 38.8 | 37.7 | 1.1 | — | — | 83 | |
Total | 236.2 | 215.4 | 18.6 | 2.2 | 248 | 812 | |
2024 | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | % | £m | £m |
Retail & Business Banking | 171.7 | 152.2 | 17.6 | 1.9 | 1.17 | 156 | 421 |
– Mortgages | 165.1 | 146.7 | 16.7 | 1.7 | 1.08 | 9 | 172 |
– Credit Cards | 2.8 | 2.3 | 0.5 | — | 2.75 | 51 | 135 |
– Unsecured Personal Loans | 2.1 | 1.9 | 0.2 | — | 1.20 | 60 | 63 |
– Overdrafts | 0.5 | 0.3 | 0.2 | — | 7.40 | 26 | 37 |
– Business Banking | 1.2 | 1.0 | — | 0.2 | 7.10 | 10 | 14 |
Consumer Finance | 4.8 | 4.5 | 0.3 | — | 0.77 | 25 | 69 |
Corporate & Commercial Banking | 18.0 | 15.2 | 2.1 | 0.7 | 3.96 | 49 | 294 |
Corporate Centre | — | — | — | — | — | — | — |
Total Drawn | 194.5 | 171.9 | 20.0 | 2.6 | 1.42 | 230 | 784 |
Retail & Business Banking | 25.0 | 24.3 | 0.7 | — | — | 37 | |
– Mortgages | 10.8 | 10.5 | 0.3 | — | — | — | |
– Credit Cards | 10.9 | 10.7 | 0.2 | — | — | 15 | |
– Unsecured Personal Loans | — | — | — | — | — | — | |
– Overdrafts | 3.1 | 2.9 | 0.2 | — | — | 20 | |
– Business Banking | 0.2 | 0.2 | — | — | — | 2 | |
Consumer Finance | — | — | — | — | — | — | |
Corporate & Commercial Banking | 8.3 | 7.7 | 0.5 | 0.1 | — | 48 | |
Corporate Centre | 2.4 | 2.4 | — | — | — | — | |
Total Undrawn | 35.7 | 34.4 | 1.2 | 0.1 | — | 85 | |
Total | 230.2 | 206.3 | 21.2 | 2.7 | 230 | 869 |
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 68 | ||
31 December 2025 | 31 December 2024 | ||
% | % | ||
Retail & Business Banking | |||
– Mortgages | 0.65 | 0.80 | |
– Credit Cards | 0.55 | 0.56 | |
– Unsecured Personal Loans | 0.78 | 0.88 | |
– Overdrafts | 3.09 | 3.05 | |
– Business Banking | 3.83 | 3.89 | |
Consumer Finance | 0.44 | 0.53 | |
Corporate & Commercial Banking | 1.04 | 1.04 |
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 69 | ||
Stage 1 | Stage 2 | Stage 3 | Total | |
2025 | £m | £m | £m | £m |
Exposures | ||||
On-balance sheet | ||||
Retail & Business Banking | 156,212 | 15,657 | 1,592 | 173,461 |
Consumer Finance | 4,595 | 336 | 48 | 4,979 |
Corporate & Commercial Banking | 16,859 | 1,445 | 623 | 18,927 |
Corporate Centre | 57,305 | — | — | 57,305 |
Total on-balance sheet | 234,971 | 17,438 | 2,263 | 254,672 |
Off–balance sheet | ||||
Retail & Business Banking 1 | 27,026 | 752 | 51 | 27,829 |
Consumer Finance | — | — | — | — |
Corporate & Commercial Banking | 8,074 | 334 | 26 | 8,434 |
Corporate Centre | 2,558 | — | — | 2,558 |
Total off–balance sheet 2 | 37,658 | 1,086 | 77 | 38,821 |
Total exposures | 272,629 | 18,524 | 2,340 | 293,493 |
ECL | ||||
On-balance sheet | ||||
Retail & Business Banking | 54 | 207 | 123 | 384 |
Consumer Finance | 14 | 21 | 28 | 63 |
Corporate & Commercial Banking | 53 | 35 | 194 | 282 |
Corporate Centre | — | — | — | — |
Total on-balance sheet | 121 | 263 | 345 | 729 |
Off–balance sheet | ||||
Retail & Business Banking | 11 | 29 | 2 | 42 |
Consumer Finance | — | — | — | — |
Corporate & Commercial Banking | 25 | 9 | 7 | 41 |
Corporate Centre | — | — | — | — |
Total off–balance sheet | 36 | 38 | 9 | 83 |
Total ECL | 157 | 301 | 354 | 812 |
Coverage ratio 3 | % | % | % | % |
On-balance sheet | ||||
Retail & Business Banking | — | 1.3 | 7.7 | 0.2 |
Consumer Finance | 0.3 | 6.2 | 58.4 | 1.3 |
Corporate & Commercial Banking | 0.3 | 2.4 | 31.1 | 1.5 |
Corporate Centre | — | — | — | — |
Total on-balance sheet | 0.1 | 1.5 | 15.2 | 0.3 |
Off–balance sheet | ||||
Retail & Business Banking | — | 3.9 | 2.7 | 0.1 |
Consumer Finance | — | — | — | — |
Corporate & Commercial Banking | 0.3 | 2.7 | 28.1 | 0.5 |
Corporate Centre | — | — | — | — |
Total off-balance sheet | 0.1 | 3.5 | 11.4 | 0.2 |
Total coverage | 0.1 | 1.6 | 15.1 | 0.3 |
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 70 | ||
Stage 1 | Stage 2 | Stage 3 | Total | |
2024 | £m | £m | £m | £m |
Exposures | ||||
On-balance sheet | ||||
Retail & Business Banking | 152,198 | 17,571 | 1,955 | 171,724 |
Consumer Finance | 4,389 | 334 | 36 | 4,759 |
Corporate & Commercial Banking | 15,280 | 2,098 | 651 | 18,029 |
Corporate Centre | 53,699 | — | — | 53,699 |
Total on-balance sheet | 225,566 | 20,003 | 2,642 | 248,211 |
Off–balance sheet | ||||
Retail & Business Banking 1 | 24,211 | 745 | 52 | 25,008 |
Consumer Finance | — | — | — | — |
Corporate & Commercial Banking | 7,743 | 470 | 65 | 8,278 |
Corporate Centre | 2,363 | — | — | 2,363 |
Total off–balance sheet 2 | 34,317 | 1,215 | 117 | 35,649 |
Total exposures | 259,883 | 21,218 | 2,759 | 283,860 |
ECL | ||||
On-balance sheet | ||||
Retail & Business Banking | 52 | 223 | 146 | 421 |
Consumer Finance | 16 | 27 | 26 | 69 |
Corporate & Commercial Banking | 55 | 71 | 168 | 294 |
Corporate Centre | — | — | — | — |
Total on-balance sheet | 123 | 321 | 340 | 784 |
Off–balance sheet | ||||
Retail & Business Banking | 12 | 24 | 1 | 37 |
Consumer Finance | — | — | — | — |
Corporate & Commercial Banking | 18 | 14 | 16 | 48 |
Corporate Centre | — | — | — | — |
Total off–balance sheet | 30 | 38 | 17 | 85 |
Total ECL | 153 | 359 | 357 | 869 |
Coverage ratio 3 | % | % | % | % |
On-balance sheet | ||||
Retail & Business Banking | — | 1.3 | 7.5 | 0.2 |
Consumer Finance | 0.4 | 8.2 | 71.2 | 1.4 |
Corporate & Commercial Banking | 0.4 | 3.4 | 25.9 | 1.6 |
Corporate Centre | — | — | — | — |
Total on-balance sheet | 0.1 | 1.6 | 12.9 | 0.3 |
Off–balance sheet | ||||
Retail & Business Banking | — | 3.2 | 2.6 | 0.1 |
Consumer Finance | — | — | — | — |
Corporate & Commercial Banking | 0.2 | 3.0 | 24.2 | 0.6 |
Corporate Centre | — | — | — | — |
Total off-balance sheet | 0.1 | 3.1 | 14.6 | 0.2 |
Total coverage | 0.1 | 1.7 | 13.0 | 0.3 |
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 71 | ||
2025 | Backstop | Quantitative | Qualitative | JAs | Total | |||
30 DPD | PD deterioration | PD threshold | Forbearance | Other 1 | Mortgage Refinancing | |||
Retail & Business Banking | Exposure £m | 463 | 8,945 | 389 | 485 | 4,965 | 410 | 15,657 |
ECL £m | 17 | 120 | 27 | 5 | 36 | 2 | 207 | |
Of which -Mortgages | Exposure £m | 394 | 8,365 | 281 | 474 | 4,855 | 410 | 14,779 |
ECL £m | 5 | 40 | 3 | 3 | 16 | 2 | 69 | |
Consumer Finance | Exposure £m | 31 | 170 | 13 | 2 | 120 | — | 336 |
ECL £m | 8 | 8 | 4 | — | 1 | — | 21 | |
Corporate & Commercial Banking | Exposure £m | 92 | 771 | 90 | 22 | 470 | — | 1,445 |
ECL £m | — | 16 | 6 | — | 13 | — | 35 | |
Corporate Centre | Exposure £m | — | — | — | — | — | — | — |
ECL £m | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | |
Total Drawn | Exposure £m | 586 | 9,886 | 492 | 509 | 5,555 | 410 | 17,438 |
ECL £m | 25 | 144 | 37 | 5 | 50 | 2 | 263 | |
Undrawn | ECL £m | — | 23 | 6 | 1 | 8 | — | 38 |
Total Reported | Exposure £m | 616 | 10,504 | 536 | 551 | 5,907 | 410 | 18,524 |
ECL £m | 25 | 167 | 43 | 6 | 58 | 2 | 301 | |
2024 | Backstop | Quantitative | Qualitative | JAs | Total | |||
30 DPD | PD deterioration | PD Threshold | Forbearance | Other 1 | Mortgage Refinancing | |||
Retail & Business Banking | Exposure £m | 592 | 9,434 | 478 | 308 | 4,955 | 1,804 | 17,571 |
ECL £m | 20 | 133 | 29 | 5 | 25 | 11 | 223 | |
Of which -Mortgages | Exposure £m | 504 | 8,834 | 350 | 298 | 4,898 | 1,804 | 16,688 |
ECL £m | 7 | 48 | 3 | 3 | 12 | 11 | 84 | |
Consumer Finance | Exposure £m | 30 | 155 | — | — | 149 | — | 334 |
ECL £m | 10 | 11 | — | — | 6 | — | 27 | |
Corporate & Commercial Banking | Exposure £m | 54 | 930 | 61 | 57 | 996 | — | 2,098 |
ECL £m | 1 | 38 | 7 | 1 | 24 | — | 71 | |
Corporate Centre | Exposure £m | — | — | — | — | — | — | — |
ECL £m | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | |
Total Drawn | Exposure £m | 676 | 10,519 | 539 | 365 | 6,100 | 1,804 | 20,003 |
ECL £m | 31 | 182 | 36 | 6 | 55 | 11 | 321 | |
Undrawn | ECL £m | 1 | 23 | 6 | 2 | 6 | — | 38 |
Total Reported | Exposure £m | 701 | 11,180 | 605 | 434 | 6,494 | 1,804 | 21,218 |
ECL £m | 32 | 205 | 42 | 8 | 61 | 11 | 359 | |
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 72 | ||
On-balance sheet | Off-balance sheet | |||||
Exposures | Loss allowance | Net carrying amount | Exposures | Loss allowance | ||
2025 | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | |
Retail & Business Banking 1 | 173,461 | 384 | 173,077 | 27,829 | 42 | |
Consumer Finance | 4,979 | 63 | 4,916 | — | — | |
Corporate & Commercial Banking | 18,927 | 282 | 18,645 | 8,434 | 41 | |
Corporate Centre | 57,305 | — | 57,305 | 2,558 | — | |
Total exposures presented in Credit Quality tables | 254,672 | 729 | 253,943 | 38,821 | 83 | |
Intercompany balances (including joint ventures) | 5,055 | |||||
Other items 2 | 916 | |||||
Adjusted net carrying amount | 259,914 | |||||
Assets classified at FVTPL | 934 | |||||
Non-financial assets 3 | 5,989 | |||||
Total assets per the Consolidated Balance Sheet | 266,837 | |||||
2024 | ||||||
Retail & Business Banking 1 | 171,724 | 421 | 171,303 | 25,008 | 37 | |
Consumer Finance | 4,759 | 69 | 4,690 | — | — | |
Corporate & Commercial Banking | 18,029 | 294 | 17,735 | 8,278 | 48 | |
Corporate Centre | 53,699 | — | 53,699 | 2,363 | — | |
Total exposures presented in Credit Quality tables | 248,211 | 784 | 247,427 | 35,649 | 85 | |
Intercompany balances (including joint ventures) | 4,832 | |||||
Other items 2 | 848 | |||||
Adjusted net carrying amount | 253,107 | |||||
Assets classified at FVTPL | 1,340 | |||||
Non-financial assets 3 | 5,497 | |||||
Total assets per the Consolidated Balance Sheet | 259,944 | |||||
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 73 | ||
Stage 1 | Stage 2 | Stage 3 | Total | |||||
Exposures 1 | ECL | Exposures 1 | ECL | Exposures 1 | ECL | Exposures 1 | ECL | |
£m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | |
At 1 January 2025 | 259,883 | 153 | 21,218 | 359 | 2,759 | 357 | 283,860 | 869 |
Transfers from Stage 1 to Stage 22 | (7,088) | (10) | 7,088 | 10 | — | — | — | — |
Transfers from Stage 2 to Stage 12 | 6,231 | 78 | (6,231) | (78) | — | — | — | — |
Transfers to Stage 3 2 | (239) | (1) | (852) | (31) | 1,091 | 32 | — | — |
Transfers from Stage 3 2 | 2 | — | 290 | 17 | (292) | (17) | — | — |
Transfers of financial instruments | (1,094) | 67 | 295 | (82) | 799 | 15 | — | — |
Net ECL remeasurement on stage transfer3 | — | (69) | — | 83 | — | 103 | — | 117 |
Change in economic scenarios 4 | — | (10) | — | 7 | — | (5) | — | (8) |
Change to ECL models | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — |
New lending and assets purchased 5 8 | 54,405 | 41 | 1,086 | 38 | 44 | 13 | 55,535 | 92 |
Redemptions, repayments and assets sold6 8 | (31,104) | (29) | (4,267) | (79) | (1,042) | (61) | (36,413) | (169) |
Changes in risk parameters and other movements7 | (9,461) | 4 | 192 | (25) | 371 | 180 | (8,898) | 159 |
Assets written off 6 | — | — | — | — | (591) | (248) | (591) | (248) |
At 31 December 2025 | 272,629 | 157 | 18,524 | 301 | 2,340 | 354 | 293,493 | 812 |
Net movement in the period | 12,746 | 4 | (2,694) | (58) | (419) | (3) | 9,633 | (57) |
ECL charge/(release) to the Income Statement | 4 | (58) | 245 | 191 | ||||
Less: Discount unwind | — | — | (21) | (21) | ||||
Less: Recoveries net of collection costs | — | — | 23 | 23 | ||||
Total ECL charge/(release) to the Income Statement | 4 | (58) | 247 | 193 | ||||
At 1 January 2024 | 268,211 | 170 | 23,595 | 461 | 3,071 | 361 | 294,877 | 992 |
Transfers from Stage 1 to Stage 22 | (11,911) | (11) | 11,911 | 11 | — | — | — | — |
Transfers from Stage 2 to Stage 12 | 9,395 | 118 | (9,395) | (118) | — | — | — | — |
Transfers to Stage 3 2 | (434) | (2) | (845) | (34) | 1,279 | 36 | — | — |
Transfers from Stage 3 2 | 35 | 2 | 417 | 34 | (452) | (36) | — | — |
Transfers of financial instruments | (2,915) | 107 | 2,088 | (107) | 827 | — | — | — |
Net ECL remeasurement on stage transfer3 | — | (107) | — | 96 | — | 122 | — | 111 |
Change in economic scenarios 4 | — | (20) | — | (44) | — | — | — | (64) |
Change to ECL models | (2,287) | (5) | 2,361 | 37 | (74) | (26) | — | 6 |
New lending and assets purchased 5 8 | 33,894 | 43 | 1,170 | 58 | 164 | 40 | 35,228 | 141 |
Redemptions, repayments and assets sold6 8 | (38,081) | (44) | (4,663) | (69) | (1,242) | (79) | (43,986) | (192) |
Changes in risk parameters and other movements7 | 1,061 | 9 | (3,333) | (73) | 355 | 169 | (1,917) | 105 |
Assets written off 6 | — | — | — | — | (342) | (230) | (342) | (230) |
At 31 December 2024 | 259,883 | 153 | 21,218 | 359 | 2,759 | 357 | 283,860 | 869 |
Net movement in the period | (8,328) | (17) | (2,377) | (102) | (312) | (4) | (11,017) | (123) |
ECL charge/(release) to the Income Statement | (17) | (102) | 226 | 107 | ||||
Less: Discount unwind | — | — | (24) | (24) | ||||
Less: Recoveries net of collection costs | — | — | (12) | (12) | ||||
Total ECL charge/(release) to the Income Statement | (17) | (102) | 190 | 71 |
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 74 | ||
2025 | 2024 | |
£bn | £bn | |
UK | 282.6 | 271.5 |
Rest of Europe | 12.1 | 11.4 |
Rest of world | 4.8 | 6.9 |
Total | 299.5 | 289.8 |
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 75 | ||
Stock | New business 1 | ||||||||||
2025 | 2024 | 2025 | 2024 | ||||||||
£m | % | £m | % | £m | % | £m | % | ||||
Home movers 2 | 69,963 | 42 | 69,354 | 42 | 10,516 | 41 | 6,736 | 45 | |||
Remortgagers 3 | 47,242 | 28 | 45,226 | 27 | 9,572 | 38 | 4,353 | 29 | |||
First-time buyers | 34,776 | 21 | 35,702 | 22 | 3,426 | 14 | 3,262 | 22 | |||
Buy-to-let | 15,287 | 9 | 14,931 | 9 | 1,718 | 7 | 567 | 4 | |||
167,268 | 100 | 165,213 | 100 | 25,232 | 100 | 14,918 | 100 | ||||
Movement in mortgage lending | £bn |
1 January 2025 | 165.2 |
New business | 25.3 |
Redemptions and repayments | (23.2) |
31 December 2025 | 167.3 |
2025 | 2024 | ||
Proportion of mortgage internal transfers retained online | 79% | 77% |
2025 | 2024 | ||||
Internal transfers (£bn) 4 | 36.0 | 32.2 | |||
Further advances and flexi drawdowns (£bn) | 1.0 | 0.8 | |||
First-time buyers - gross lending (£bn ) | 3.4 | 3.3 | |||
2025 | 2024 | ||||
£m | % | £m | % | ||
Fixed rate | 153,172 | 92 | 148,495 | 90 | |
Of which maturing: | |||||
– < 12 months | 41,262 | 25 | 37,656 | 23 | |
– Later than 1 year but no later than 3 years | 83,529 | 50 | 84,704 | 51 | |
– Later than 3 years but no later than 4 years | 11,431 | 7 | 11,122 | 7 | |
– Later than 4 years but no later than 5 years | 14,011 | 8 | 11,645 | 7 | |
– Later than 5 years | 2,939 | 2 | 3,368 | 2 | |
Variable rate | 10,227 | 6 | 12,105 | 7 | |
Standard Variable Rate (SVR) | 2,434 | 1 | 3,007 | 2 | |
Follow on Rate (FoR) | 1,435 | 1 | 1,606 | 1 | |
167,268 | 100 | 165,213 | 100 | ||
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 76 | ||
Stock | New business 1 | ||||
2025 | 2024 | 2025 | 2024 | ||
Region | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | |
London | 43.9 | 42.7 | 6.6 | 4.1 | |
Midlands and East Anglia | 23.4 | 23.1 | 3.6 | 2.0 | |
North | 21.8 | 21.7 | 3.4 | 1.9 | |
Northern Ireland | 2.2 | 2.3 | 0.3 | 0.1 | |
Scotland | 6.0 | 6.0 | 1.0 | 0.6 | |
South East excluding London | 52.7 | 52.3 | 7.6 | 4.6 | |
South West, Wales and other | 17.3 | 17.1 | 2.7 | 1.6 | |
167.3 | 165.2 | 25.2 | 14.9 | ||
Mortgage loan size | 2025 | 2024 | |
>£1.0m | 3% | 2% | |
£0.5m to £1.0m | 11% | 10% | |
£0.25m to £0.5m | 32% | 31% | |
<£0.25m | 54% | 57% | |
Average loan size (stock) 1 | £201k | £193k | |
Average loan size (new business) | £254k | £246k |
2025 | 2024 | ||||||||||
Stock | Stage 3 | New Business | Stock | Stage 3 | New Business | ||||||
Total | ECL | Total | ECL | Total | ECL | Total | ECL | ||||
LTV | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | |
Up to 50% | 75,743 | 29 | 705 | 10 | 5,373 | 76,122 | 33 | 880 | 13 | 3,407 | |
>50-60% | 33,122 | 17 | 270 | 6 | 4,375 | 33,067 | 21 | 317 | 8 | 2,394 | |
>60-70% | 27,776 | 21 | 210 | 9 | 3,803 | 29,171 | 27 | 254 | 10 | 2,311 | |
>70-80% | 18,466 | 19 | 122 | 7 | 5,214 | 17,132 | 27 | 150 | 12 | 3,458 | |
>80-90% | 9,385 | 15 | 64 | 7 | 4,352 | 7,989 | 19 | 72 | 8 | 2,445 | |
>90-100% | 2,503 | 10 | 30 | 4 | 2,099 | 1,452 | 12 | 38 | 7 | 888 | |
>100% | 273 | 26 | 49 | 14 | 16 | 280 | 33 | 56 | 20 | 15 | |
167,268 | 137 | 1,450 | 57 | 25,232 | 165,213 | 172 | 1,767 | 78 | 14,918 | ||
Collateral value 1 | 167,234 | 1,441 | 25,232 | 165,176 | 1,756 | 14,918 | |||||
% | % | % | % | % | % | ||||||
Average balance weighted LTV 2 | 52 | 52 | 65 | 51 | 51 | 64 | |||||
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 77 | ||
Stage 1 | Stage 2 | Stage 3 | Total | |||||
Exposures 1 | ECL | Exposures 1 | ECL | Exposures 1 | ECL | Exposures 1 | ECL | |
£m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | |
At 1 January 2025 | 157,268 | 10 | 16,973 | 84 | 1,785 | 78 | 176,026 | 172 |
Transfers from Stage 1 to Stage 22 | (5,651) | — | 5,651 | — | — | — | — | — |
Transfers from Stage 2 to Stage 12 | 4,863 | 14 | (4,863) | (14) | — | — | — | — |
Transfers to Stage 3 2 | (123) | — | (465) | (5) | 588 | 5 | — | — |
Transfers from Stage 3 2 | — | — | 235 | 6 | (235) | (6) | — | — |
Transfers of financial instruments | (911) | 14 | 558 | (13) | 353 | (1) | — | — |
Net ECL remeasurement on stage transfer3 | — | (14) | — | 14 | — | 9 | — | 9 |
Change in economic scenarios 4 | — | (6) | — | — | — | (4) | — | (10) |
Change to ECL models | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — |
New lending and assets purchased 5 8 | 34,589 | 6 | 586 | 5 | 23 | 1 | 35,198 | 12 |
Redemptions, repayments and assets sold6 8 | (20,975) | — | (3,125) | (20) | (652) | (21) | (24,752) | (41) |
Changes in risk parameters and other movements7 | (6,137) | 1 | 49 | (1) | 21 | 10 | (6,067) | 10 |
Assets written off 6 | — | — | — | — | (66) | (15) | (66) | (15) |
At 31 December 2025 | 163,834 | 11 | 15,041 | 69 | 1,464 | 57 | 180,339 | 137 |
Net movement in the period | 6,566 | 1 | (1,932) | (15) | (321) | (21) | 4,313 | (35) |
ECL charge/(release) to the Income Statement | 1 | (15) | (6) | (20) | ||||
Less: Discount unwind | — | — | (3) | (3) | ||||
Less: Recoveries net of collection costs | — | — | 41 | 41 | ||||
Total ECL charge/(release) to the Income Statement | 1 | (15) | 32 | 18 | ||||
At 1 January 2024 | 161,163 | 24 | 17,997 | 110 | 2,028 | 108 | 181,188 | 242 |
Transfers from Stage 1 to Stage 22 | (9,873) | (1) | 9,873 | 1 | — | — | — | — |
Transfers from Stage 2 to Stage 12 | 7,899 | 20 | (7,899) | (20) | — | — | — | — |
Transfers to Stage 3 2 | (230) | — | (524) | (7) | 754 | 7 | — | — |
Transfers from Stage 3 2 | 3 | — | 268 | 9 | (271) | (9) | — | — |
Transfers of financial instruments | (2,201) | 19 | 1,718 | (17) | 483 | (2) | — | — |
Net ECL remeasurement on stage transfer3 | — | (19) | — | 31 | — | 15 | — | 27 |
Change in economic scenarios 4 | — | (15) | — | (29) | — | 1 | — | (43) |
Change to ECL models | (1,859) | (3) | 1,869 | 21 | (10) | (37) | — | (19) |
New lending and assets purchased 5 8 | 21,758 | 4 | 315 | 3 | 33 | 1 | 22,106 | 8 |
Redemptions, repayments and assets sold6 8 | (21,925) | (1) | (3,162) | (14) | (762) | (27) | (25,849) | (42) |
Changes in risk parameters and other movements7 | 332 | 1 | (1,764) | (21) | 46 | 28 | (1,386) | 8 |
Assets written off 6 | — | — | — | — | (33) | (9) | (33) | (9) |
At 31 December 2024 | 157,268 | 10 | 16,973 | 84 | 1,785 | 78 | 176,026 | 172 |
Net movement in the period | (3,895) | (14) | (1,024) | (26) | (243) | (30) | (5,162) | (70) |
ECL (release)/charge to the Income Statement | (14) | (26) | (21) | (61) | ||||
Less: Discount unwind | — | — | (3) | (3) | ||||
Less: Recoveries net of collection costs | — | — | 36 | 36 | ||||
Total ECL charge/(release) to the Income Statement | (14) | (26) | 12 | (28) | ||||
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 78 | ||
2025 | 2024 | |
£m | £m | |
Financial assets modified in the period: | ||
– Amortised cost before modification | 542 | 555 |
–Net modification loss | 2 | 2 |
Financial assets modified since initial recognition: | ||
– Gross carrying amount of financial assets for which the loss allowance changed to 12 months ECL in the period | 338 | 260 |
Capitalisation | Term extension | Interest-only | Concessionary interest rate | Reduced repayment plan | Total | Loss allowances | |
2025 | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m |
Stage 2 | 186 | 184 | 186 | 41 | 261 | 858 | 6 |
Stage 3 | 209 | 86 | 45 | 41 | 293 | 674 | 25 |
395 | 270 | 231 | 82 | 554 | 1,532 | 31 | |
Proportion of portfolio | 0.2% | 0.2% | 0.1% | 0.1% | 0.3% | 0.9% | |
2024 | |||||||
Stage 2 | 231 | 186 | 201 | 23 | 145 | 786 | 6 |
Stage 3 | 203 | 141 | 53 | 104 | 156 | 657 | 27 |
434 | 327 | 254 | 127 | 301 | 1,443 | 33 | |
Proportion of portfolio | 0.3% | 0.2% | 0.2% | 0.1% | 0.2% | 0.9% |
2025 | 2024 | |||
Term Extension | Interest-only | Term Extension | Interest-only | |
£m | £m | £m | £m | |
Stage 1 | 48 | 786 | 115 | 1,257 |
Stage 2 | 7 | 286 | 21 | 461 |
Stage 3 | 1 | 13 | 1 | 22 |
56 | 1,085 | 137 | 1,740 | |
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 79 | ||
Product | Description |
Interest-only loans | With an interest-only mortgage, the customer pays interest every month, but the principal is only required to be repaid at the end of the mortgage term. Some mortgages have a part that is interest-only, with the rest being a normal repayment mortgage. We mitigate the risk from new interest-only mortgages by having lower maximum LTVs. For most applicants, the maximum LTV is 50%. For high net worth customers, it can be up to 75%. When a customer plans to repay their mortgage by selling the property, we require a minimum equity buffer of £300k. We also remind customers that they have to arrange to repay the principal at the end of the mortgage. We send them messages with their annual mortgage statements, and we contact them throughout the mortgage term to encourage them to tell us how they plan to repay. We increase the frequency of contact as the loan approaches maturity. If customers know they will not be able to repay their mortgage when it ends, or if their mortgage has already passed the date when it should have ended, we talk to them. If we think it is in their interests and they can afford it, we look at other ways to manage it, such as turning the mortgage into a repayment one and extending it. If the customer is waiting for their way to repay it, such as an investment plan, to mature, we may permit an extension. |
Part interest-only, part repayment loans | Customers with part interest-only, part repayment mortgages still have to pay back a lump sum at the end of their mortgage for the interest-only part. This means these loans have a higher credit risk as we depend on the customers to pay back a lump sum. We design new account LTV maximums to mitigate this risk. We also make sure the customer has a plausible repayment plan before we lend to them and stays on track for the loan term. We mitigate the risk from these loans in similar ways to those we use for interest-only mortgages. The maximum LTV for new loans is 85%. For most applicants, up to 50% of that can be interest-only. For high net worth customers, it can be up to 75%. When a customer plans to repay the interest- only element of their mortgage by selling the property, we require a minimum equity buffer of £300k. We manage communications and extension options in similar ways to those we use for interest-only mortgages. |
Flexible loans | Flexible mortgages allow customers to pay more or less than their usual amount each month, or even to take ‘payment holidays’ when they pay nothing at all. There are conditions on when and how much customers can draw down, and they do not have to take or draw down the whole loan all at once. A customer can ask us to raise their credit limit, but that means we will go through our full credit approval process. We can also lower a customer’s credit limit at any time, so it never goes above 90% of the property’s current market value. We no longer offer flexible loans for new mortgages. This is an area of interest if any customers might be using these facilities to self-forbear, such as regularly drawing down small amounts. We reflect signs that the credit risk has significantly increased in our ECL calculations. |
Loans with an LTV >100% | In some cases, property prices have fallen, so mortgages we gave in the past with lower LTVs now have LTVs greater than 100%. Where the mortgage balance is more than the property is now worth, we cannot recover the full value of the loan by repossessing and selling the property. This means there is a higher credit risk on these loans, so we monitor them as part of our assessment of ongoing portfolio performance. |
Buy-to-Let (BTL) loans | We have specific policies for BTL and focus on non-professional landlords. We have prudent lending criteria and the maximum LTV is 75%. The first applicant must earn a minimum of £25,000 per year, and we require proof of income in all cases. We also use a BTL affordability rate as part of our lending assessment. This means that the rental income must cover the monthly mortgage interest payments by a prescribed amount when calculated using a stressed interest rate. We regularly review the prescribed amount and adjust it as needed. |
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 80 | ||
2025 | Total | Stage 1 | Stage 2 | Stage 3 | Stage 3 ratio | Properties in possession | Balance weighted LTV (indexed) |
£m | £m | £m | £m | % | £m | % | |
Mortgage portfolio | 167,268 | 151,039 | 14,779 | 1,450 | 0.88 | 74 | 52 |
Of which: Portfolio of particular interest 1 | |||||||
–Interest only | 35,637 | 29,866 | 5,155 | 616 | 1.74 | 35 | 49 |
–Part interest-only, part repayment 2 | 11,495 | 9,978 | 1,357 | 160 | 1.40 | 9 | 53 |
–Flexible | 3,504 | 2,508 | 828 | 168 | 5.19 | 11 | 37 |
–LTV >100% | 273 | 88 | 136 | 49 | 17.91 | 18 | 116 |
–Buy-to-let | 15,287 | 14,166 | 1,070 | 51 | 0.33 | 4 | 59 |
2024 | |||||||
Mortgage portfolio | 165,213 | 146,758 | 16,688 | 1,767 | 1.08 | 46 | 51 |
Of which: Portfolio of particular interest 1 | |||||||
–Interest only | 36,188 | 29,802 | 5,572 | 814 | 2.27 | 23 | 48 |
–Part interest-only, part repayment 2 | 11,873 | 10,112 | 1,542 | 219 | 1.85 | 8 | 52 |
–Flexible | 4,333 | 3,190 | 933 | 210 | 5.25 | 8 | 38 |
–LTV >100% | 280 | 75 | 149 | 56 | 20.15 | 10 | 117 |
–Buy-to-let | 14,931 | 13,672 | 1,204 | 55 | 0.37 | 2 | 59 |
Interest-only 2 | Flexible | LTV >100% | Buy-to-Let | |
2025 | £m | £m | £m | £m |
Total | 239 | 43 | 8 | 18 |
– Stage 2 | 103 | 17 | 1 | 8 |
– Stage 3 | 136 | 26 | 7 | 10 |
2024 | ||||
Total | 272 | 56 | 9 | 18 |
– Stage 2 | 115 | 19 | 2 | 8 |
– Stage 3 | 157 | 37 | 7 | 10 |
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 81 | ||
2025 | 2024 | ||||||
BBLS with 100% Government Guarantee (£bn) | 0.6 | 1.1 | |||||
% of credit card customers that repay balance in full each month (unaudited) | 54% | 56% | |||||
UPL average customer balance (£) | 6,000 | 6,000 |
Credit cards | Overdrafts | Total | |
2025 | £m | £m | £m |
Financial assets modified in the period: | |||
– Amortised cost before modification | 18 | 13 | 31 |
– Net modification loss | 12 | 4 | 16 |
Financial assets modified since initial recognition: | |||
– Gross carrying amount of financial assets for which the loss allowance changed to 12m ECL in the period | 1 | — | 1 |
2024 | |||
Financial assets modified in the period: | |||
– Amortised cost before modification | 14 | 9 | 23 |
– Net modification loss | 18 | 6 | 24 |
Financial assets modified since initial recognition: | |||
– Gross carrying amount of financial assets for which the loss allowance changed to 12m ECL in the period | 2 | 1 | 3 |
Other unsecured | ||||||
Business banking | Personal loans | Credit cards | Overdrafts | Total other unsecured | Total | |
2025 | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m |
Total | 6 | 1 | 70 | 26 | 97 | 103 |
– Stage 2 | — | 1 | 15 | 10 | 26 | 26 |
– Stage 3 | 6 | — | 55 | 16 | 71 | 77 |
2024 | ||||||
Total | 3 | 2 | 57 | 22 | 81 | 84 |
– Stage 2 | — | 1 | 11 | 5 | 17 | 17 |
– Stage 3 | 3 | 1 | 46 | 17 | 64 | 67 |
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 82 | ||
2025 | 2024 | ||
Consumer (auto) finance new business gross lending (£m) | 2,029 | 1,593 | |
Wholesale loans (stock finance) to car dealerships as approximate % of the Consumer loan book | 13.8% | 9.7% | |
% of lending collateralised on the vehicle | 98% | 95% | |
Average Consumer (auto) finance loan size (£) | 19,551 | 16,045 |
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 83 | ||
Stage 1 | Stage 2 | Stage 3 | Total | |||||
Exposures 1 | ECL | Exposures 1 | ECL | Exposures 1 | ECL | Exposures 1 | ECL | |
£m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | |
At 1 January 2025 | 23,023 | 73 | 2,568 | 85 | 716 | 184 | 26,307 | 342 |
Transfers from Stage 1 to Stage 23 | (681) | (3) | 681 | 3 | — | — | — | — |
Transfers from Stage 2 to Stage 13 | 797 | 14 | (797) | (14) | — | — | — | — |
Transfers to Stage 3 3 | (32) | — | (291) | (12) | 323 | 12 | — | — |
Transfers from Stage 3 3 | — | — | 22 | 2 | (22) | (2) | — | — |
Transfers of financial instruments | 84 | 11 | (385) | (21) | 301 | 10 | — | — |
Net ECL remeasurement on stage transfer4 | — | (9) | — | 12 | — | 44 | — | 47 |
Change in economic scenarios 2 | — | (2) | — | 2 | — | (1) | — | (1) |
Change to ECL models | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — |
New lending and assets purchased 5 | 11,687 | 14 | 207 | 2 | 6 | 3 | 11,900 | 19 |
Redemptions, repayments and assets sold7 | (6,105) | (10) | (732) | (29) | (237) | (24) | (7,074) | (63) |
Changes in risk parameters and other movements6 | (3,756) | 1 | 121 | (7) | 77 | 38 | (3,558) | 32 |
Assets written offs 7 | — | — | — | — | (214) | (53) | (214) | (53) |
At 31 December 2025 | 24,933 | 78 | 1,779 | 44 | 649 | 201 | 27,361 | 323 |
Net movement in the period | 1,910 | 5 | (789) | (41) | (67) | 17 | 1,054 | (19) |
ECL (release)/charge to the Income Statement | 5 | (41) | 70 | 34 | ||||
Less: Discount unwind | — | — | (11) | (11) | ||||
Less: Recoveries net of collection costs | — | — | 5 | 5 | ||||
Total ECL (release)/charge to the Income Statement | 5 | (41) | 64 | 28 | ||||
Stage 1 | Stage 2 | Stage 3 | Total | |||||
Exposures 1 | ECL | Exposures 1 | ECL | Exposures 1 | ECL | Exposures 1 | ECL | |
£m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | |
At 1 January 2024 | 22,567 | 76 | 3,965 | 132 | 745 | 172 | 27,277 | 380 |
Transfers from Stage 1 to Stage 23 | (1,101) | (3) | 1,101 | 3 | — | — | — | — |
Transfers from Stage 2 to Stage 13 | 781 | 13 | (781) | (13) | — | — | — | — |
Transfers to Stage 3 3 | (84) | (1) | (230) | (12) | 314 | 13 | — | — |
Transfers from Stage 3 3 | 24 | 1 | 121 | 18 | (145) | (19) | — | — |
Transfers of financial instruments | (380) | 10 | 211 | (4) | 169 | (6) | — | — |
Net ECL remeasurement on stage transfer4 | — | (9) | — | (4) | — | 54 | — | 41 |
Change in economic scenarios 2 | — | (3) | — | (7) | — | (1) | — | (11) |
Change to ECL models | (222) | (2) | 286 | (11) | (64) | 12 | — | (1) |
New lending and assets purchased 5 | 8,485 | 20 | 552 | 21 | 118 | 29 | 9,155 | 70 |
Redemptions, repayments and assets sold7 | (5,203) | (24) | (1,149) | (29) | (254) | (42) | (6,606) | (95) |
Changes in risk parameters and other movements6 | (2,224) | 5 | (1,297) | (13) | 82 | 15 | (3,439) | 7 |
Assets written off 7 | — | — | — | — | (80) | (49) | (80) | (49) |
At 31 December 2024 | 23,023 | 73 | 2,568 | 85 | 716 | 184 | 26,307 | 342 |
Net movement in the period | 456 | (3) | (1,397) | (47) | (29) | 12 | (970) | (38) |
ECL (release)/charge to the Income Statement | (3) | (47) | 61 | 11 | ||||
Less: Discount unwind | — | — | (12) | (12) | ||||
Less: Recoveries net of collection costs | — | — | 5 | 5 | ||||
Total ECL (release)/charge to the Income Statement | (3) | (47) | 54 | 4 | ||||
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 84 | ||
Santander UK risk grade | |||||||||
9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 to 1 | Other | Total 1 | |
2025 | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m |
SME and mid corporate | — | 449 | 903 | 3,364 | 4,172 | 3,069 | 1,604 | 36 | 13,597 |
Commercial Real Estate | — | — | 802 | 2,589 | 2,360 | 411 | 134 | — | 6,296 |
Social Housing | 120 | 2,032 | 5,581 | — | — | — | — | — | 7,733 |
120 | 2,481 | 7,286 | 5,953 | 6,532 | 3,480 | 1,738 | 36 | 27,626 | |
Of which: | |||||||||
– Stage 1 | 120 | 2,481 | 7,278 | 5,910 | 6,219 | 2,710 | 444 | 36 | 25,198 |
– Stage 2 | — | — | 8 | 43 | 313 | 770 | 645 | — | 1,779 |
– Stage 3 | — | — | — | — | — | — | 649 | — | 649 |
2024 | |||||||||
SME and mid corporate | — | 253 | 723 | 3,170 | 4,295 | 3,013 | 1,589 | 82 | 13,125 |
Commercial Real Estate | — | — | 567 | 1,913 | 2,460 | 620 | 309 | — | 5,869 |
Social Housing | 13 | 1,983 | 5,868 | — | — | — | — | — | 7,864 |
13 | 2,236 | 7,158 | 5,083 | 6,755 | 3,633 | 1,898 | 82 | 26,858 | |
Of which: | |||||||||
– Stage 1 | 13 | 2,236 | 7,115 | 4,991 | 6,159 | 2,597 | 382 | 82 | 23,575 |
– Stage 2 | — | — | 43 | 92 | 596 | 1,036 | 800 | — | 2,567 |
– Stage 3 | — | — | — | — | — | — | 716 | — | 716 |
Gross exposure | Collateral | Net exposure | |
Stage 3 | Stage 3 | Stage 3 | |
2025 | £m | £m | £m |
SME and mid corporate | 572 | 141 | 431 |
Commercial Real Estate | 77 | 74 | 3 |
649 | 215 | 434 |
2024 | |||
SME and mid corporate | 639 | 209 | 430 |
Commercial Real Estate | 77 | 71 | 6 |
716 | 280 | 436 |
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 85 | ||
2025 | 2024 | ||
£m | £m | ||
Financial assets modified in the period: | |||
– Amortised cost before modification | 160 | 232 | |
– Net modification loss | 15 | 5 | |
Financial assets modified in the period (multiple forbearance): | |||
– Amortised cost before modification | 126 | 145 | |
– Net modification loss | 3 | 7 | |
Financial assets modified since initial recognition: | |||
– Gross carrying amount of financial assets for which the loss allowance changed to 12-month ECL in the period | 10 | 15 |
2025 | 2024 | ||
£m | £m | ||
Stock 1 | |||
– Term extension | 103 | 102 | |
– Interest-only | 193 | 229 | |
– Other payment rescheduling | 381 | 373 | |
677 | 704 | ||
Of which: | |||
– Stage 1 | — | 40 | |
– Stage 2 | 218 | 228 | |
– Stage 3 | 459 | 436 | |
677 | 704 | ||
Proportion of portfolio | 2.5% | 2.6% |
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 86 | ||
Overview Liquidity risk is the risk that we do not have sufficient liquid financial resources available to meet our obligations as they fall due, or we can only secure such resources at high cost. In this section, we describe our key liquidity risks, including our sources and uses of liquidity, and how we manage liquidity risk. We also analyse our key liquidity metrics, including our LCRs and our eligible liquidity pools. We then explain our funding strategy and structure and we analyse our wholesale funding. Finally, we analyse how we have encumbered some of our assets to support our funding activities. | Key metrics LCR of 162% ( 2024 : 154%) RFB DoLSub LCR of 157% ( 2024 : 151% ) RFB DoLSub LCR eligible liquidity pool of £47.4bn (2024: £44.4bn ) RFB DoLSub NSFR of 135% (2024: 135%) Wholesale funding with maturity <1 year £13.1bn (2024: £19.6bn ) |
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 87 | ||
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 88 | ||
2025 | 2024 | ||
RFB DoLSub LCR 2 | £bn | £bn | |
Eligible liquidity pool (liquidity value) 1 | 46.9 | 43.7 | |
Net stress outflows | (29.9) | (28.9) | |
Surplus | 17.0 | 14.8 | |
Eligible liquidity pool as a percentage of anticipated net cash flows | 157% | 151% |
RFB DoLSub | Carrying value | Weighted average carrying value in the year | ||||||
2025 | 2024 | 2025 | 2024 | |||||
Level 1 | Level 2 | Total | Level 1 | Level 2 | Total | Total | Total | |
£bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | |
Cash and balances at central banks | 28.4 | — | 28.4 | 29.0 | — | 29.0 | 28.8 | 30.8 |
Government bonds | 14.8 | 0.4 | 15.2 | 10.2 | 0.9 | 11.1 | 15.0 | 13.7 |
Supranational bonds and multilateral development banks | 0.3 | — | 0.3 | 0.4 | — | 0.4 | 0.4 | 0.2 |
Covered bonds | 1.1 | 1.6 | 2.7 | 1.4 | 1.7 | 3.1 | 3.0 | 2.9 |
Asset-backed securities | — | 0.8 | 0.8 | — | 0.8 | 0.8 | 0.8 | 0.7 |
44.6 | 2.8 | 47.4 | 41.0 | 3.4 | 44.4 | 48.0 | 48.3 | |
RFB DoLSub | US Dollar | Euro | Sterling | Other | Total |
£bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | |
2025 | 2.9 | 0.6 | 42.5 | 1.4 | 47.4 |
2024 | 1.2 | 1.2 | 40.8 | 1.2 | 44.4 |
2025 | 2024 | ||
% | % | ||
RFB DoLSub NSFR | 135 | 135 |
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 89 | ||
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 90 | ||
Balance sheet line item | ||||||||
Funding analysis | Deposits by banks 1 | Deposits by customers 2 | Repurchase agreements - non trading | Financial liabilities designated at fair value | Debt securities in issue | Subordinated liabilities | Other equity instruments 3 | |
2025 | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn |
Deposits by banks | 0.6 | 0.6 | — | — | — | — | — | — |
Certificates of deposit and commercial paper | 4.1 | — | — | — | — | 4.1 | — | — |
Senior unsecured | 14.3 | — | 1.4 | — | 0.5 | 12.4 | — | — |
Covered bonds | 18.9 | — | — | — | — | 18.9 | — | — |
Securitisation and structured issuance | 6.7 | — | — | — | — | 6.7 | — | — |
Of which: | ||||||||
- RMBS and ABS | 5.6 | — | — | — | — | 5.6 | — | — |
TFSME | 3.9 | 3.9 | — | — | — | — | — | — |
Subordinated liabilities and equity | 3.8 | — | — | — | — | — | 1.9 | 1.9 |
Total wholesale funding | 52.3 | 4.5 | 1.4 | — | 0.5 | 42.1 | 1.9 | 1.9 |
Repos | 9.0 | — | — | 9.0 | — | — | — | — |
Foreign exchange and hedge accounting | (1.0) | — | — | — | — | (1.0) | — | — |
Other | 3.3 | 2.1 | — | — | 0.8 | 0.3 | 0.1 | — |
Balance sheet total | 63.6 | 6.6 | 1.4 | 9.0 | 1.3 | 41.4 | 2.0 | 1.9 |
2024 | ||||||||
Deposits by banks | 1.4 | 1.4 | — | — | — | — | — | — |
Certificates of deposit and commercial paper | 4.5 | — | — | — | — | 4.5 | — | — |
Senior unsecured | 12.2 | — | 1.8 | — | 0.4 | 10.0 | — | — |
Covered bonds | 17.4 | — | — | — | — | 17.4 | — | — |
Securitisation and structured issuance | 5.1 | — | — | — | — | 5.1 | — | — |
Of which: | ||||||||
- RMBS and ABS | 3.9 | — | — | — | — | 3.9 | — | — |
TFSME | 11.0 | 11.0 | — | — | — | — | — | — |
Subordinated liabilities and equity | 4.1 | — | — | — | — | — | 2.2 | 1.9 |
Total wholesale funding | 55.7 | 12.4 | 1.8 | — | 0.4 | 37.0 | 2.2 | 1.9 |
Repos | 8.6 | — | — | 8.6 | — | — | — | — |
Foreign exchange and hedge accounting | (0.4) | — | — | — | — | (0.6) | 0.2 | — |
Other | 1.6 | 1.6 | — | — | 0.7 | (0.7) | — | — |
Balance sheet total | 65.5 | 14.0 | 1.8 | 8.6 | 1.1 | 35.7 | 2.4 | 1.9 |
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 91 | ||
≤ 1 month | >1 and ≤ 3 months | >3 and ≤ 6 months | >6 and ≤ 9 months | >9 and ≤ 12 months | Sub-total ≤ 1 year | >1 and ≤ 2 years | >2 and ≤ 5 years | >5 years | Total | |
2025 | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn |
Downstreamed from Santander UK Group Holdings plc to Santander UK plc1 | ||||||||||
Senior unsecured | 0.5 | — | 0.7 | — | 0.8 | 2.0 | 2.0 | 5.7 | 1.3 | 11.0 |
Subordinated liabilities and equity (incl. AT1) | — | 0.2 | — | — | — | 0.2 | 0.9 | 2.0 | — | 3.1 |
0.5 | 0.2 | 0.7 | — | 0.8 | 2.2 | 2.9 | 7.7 | 1.3 | 14.1 | |
Other Santander UK plc | ||||||||||
Deposits by banks | — | — | — | 0.4 | 0.2 | 0.6 | — | — | — | 0.6 |
Certificates of deposit and commercial paper | 0.5 | 3.1 | 0.5 | — | — | 4.1 | — | — | — | 4.1 |
Senior unsecured | — | — | — | — | 0.1 | 0.1 | 0.7 | 2.3 | 0.2 | 3.3 |
Covered bonds | — | 2.8 | 0.8 | 0.2 | 0.1 | 3.9 | 6.2 | 7.2 | 1.6 | 18.9 |
Securitisation & structured issuance 2 | — | 0.5 | 0.7 | 0.2 | 0.2 | 1.6 | 1.5 | 3.0 | — | 6.1 |
Of which: | ||||||||||
– RMBS and ABS | — | 0.1 | 0.2 | 0.2 | 0.5 | 1.5 | 3.0 | — | 5.0 | |
TFSME | — | — | — | — | — | — | 2.5 | — | 1.4 | 3.9 |
Subordinated liabilities | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | 0.2 | 0.5 | 0.7 |
0.5 | 6.4 | 2.0 | 0.8 | 0.6 | 10.3 | 10.9 | 12.7 | 3.7 | 37.6 | |
Other group entities | ||||||||||
Securitisation & structured issuance 3 | — | — | 0.6 | — | — | 0.6 | — | — | — | 0.6 |
Total at 31 December 2025 | 1.0 | 6.6 | 3.3 | 0.8 | 1.4 | 13.1 | 13.8 | 20.4 | 5.0 | 52.3 |
Of which: | ||||||||||
– Secured | — | 3.3 | 2.0 | 0.4 | 0.3 | 6.0 | 10.2 | 10.3 | 3.0 | 29.5 |
– Unsecured | 1.0 | 3.3 | 1.3 | 0.4 | 1.1 | 7.1 | 3.6 | 10.1 | 2.0 | 22.8 |
2024 | ||||||||||
Total at 31 December 2024 | 3.3 | 4.8 | 1.8 | 1.2 | 8.5 | 19.6 | 9.0 | 22.0 | 5.1 | 55.7 |
Of which: | ||||||||||
– Secured | 0.9 | 0.5 | 1.3 | 0.2 | 7.2 | 10.1 | 6.8 | 14.1 | 2.5 | 33.5 |
– Unsecured | 2.4 | 4.3 | 0.5 | 1.0 | 1.3 | 9.5 | 2.2 | 7.9 | 2.6 | 22.2 |
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 92 | ||
2025 | 2024 | ||||||||
Sterling | US Dollar | Euro | Other | Sterling | US Dollar | Euro | Other | ||
% | % | % | % | % | % | % | % | ||
Downstreamed from Santander UK Group Holdings plc to Santander UK plc | |||||||||
Senior unsecured | 19 | 68 | 12 | 1 | 25 | 62 | 12 | 1 | |
Subordinated liabilities and equity (incl. AT1) | 94 | 6 | — | — | 89 | 11 | — | — | |
36 | 54 | 9 | 1 | 42 | 48 | 9 | 1 | ||
Other Santander UK plc | |||||||||
Deposits by banks | 1 | 97 | 1 | 1 | 1 | 97 | 2 | — | |
Certificates of deposit and commercial paper | 36 | 64 | — | — | 24 | 67 | 8 | 1 | |
Senior unsecured | 49 | — | 51 | — | 80 | — | 20 | — | |
Covered bonds | 49 | 8 | 39 | 4 | 48 | 9 | 40 | 3 | |
Securitisation & structured issuance | 100 | — | — | — | 100 | — | — | — | |
TFSME | 100 | — | — | — | 100 | — | — | — | |
Subordinated liabilities | 77 | 23 | — | — | 76 | 24 | — | — | |
61 | 13 | 24 | 2 | 65 | 15 | 18 | 2 | ||
Other group entities | |||||||||
Securitisation & structured issuance | 100 | — | — | — | 100 | — | — | — | |
Total | 55 | 24 | 20 | 1 | 60 | 23 | 16 | 1 | |
Sterling | US Dollar | Euro | Other | Total 2025 | Total 2024 | ||
£bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | ||
Downstreamed from Santander UK Group Holdings plc to Santander UK plc | |||||||
Senior unsecured | — | 3.0 | — | — | 3.0 | 0.8 | |
Subordinated debt and equity (inc. AT1) | 0.5 | — | — | — | 0.5 | 0.4 | |
0.5 | 3.0 | — | — | 3.5 | 1.2 | ||
Other Santander UK plc | |||||||
Securitisations and other secured funding | 1.7 | — | — | — | 1.7 | 1.2 | |
Of which: | |||||||
– RMBS and ABS | 1.7 | — | — | — | 1.7 | 1.2 | |
Covered bonds | 1.0 | — | 1.7 | — | 2.7 | 5.9 | |
Senior unsecured 1 | 0.3 | — | 1.7 | — | 2.0 | 0.1 | |
3.0 | — | 3.4 | — | 6.4 | 7.2 | ||
Other group entities | |||||||
Securitisations | 0.6 | — | — | — | 0.6 | — | |
Total gross issuances | 4.1 | 3.0 | 3.4 | — | 10.5 | 8.4 |
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 93 | ||
Encumbered with counterparties other than central banks | Assets positioned at central banks3 | ||||
Covered bonds | Securitisations | Other | Total | ||
2025 | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m |
Cash and balances at central banks1,2 | — | — | 1,440 | 1,440 | — |
Loans and advances to customers | 27,428 | 9,038 | 100 | 36,566 | 41,857 |
Loans and advances to banks | — | — | 238 | 238 | — |
Other financial assets at amortised cost | — | — | 1,282 | 1,282 | — |
Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income | — | — | 2,349 | 2,349 | 551 |
Total assets | 27,428 | 9,038 | 5,409 | 41,875 | 42,408 |
2024 | |||||
Cash and balances at central banks1,2 | — | — | 1,580 | 1,580 | — |
Loans and advances to customers | 25,695 | 7,026 | 68 | 32,789 | 49,888 |
Loans and advances to banks | — | — | 139 | 139 | — |
Other financial assets at amortised cost | — | — | 1,529 | 1,529 | — |
Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income | — | — | 3,920 | 3,920 | 584 |
Total assets | 25,695 | 7,026 | 7,236 | 39,957 | 50,472 |
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 94 | ||
Overview Capital risk is the risk that we do not have an adequate amount or quality of capital to meet our internal business objectives, regulatory requirements and market expectations. In this section, we set out how we are regulated. We explain how we manage capital on a standalone basis as a subsidiary in the Banco Santander group. We then analyse our capital resources and key capital ratios including our RWAs. | Key metrics CET1 capital ratio of 15.8% (2024: 14.9%) Total qualifying regulatory capital of £14.3bn (2024: £13.7bn) |
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 95 | ||
2025 | 2024 | ||
% | % | ||
CET1 capital ratio | 15.8 | 14.9 | |
AT1 | 2.8 | 2.8 | |
Tier 2 | 2.7 | 3.3 | |
Total capital ratio | 21.3 | 21.0 | |
Total subordination available to Santander UK plc senior unsecured bondholders as a % of RWAs | 21.3 | 21.0 | |
Return on assets - profit after tax divided by average total assets | 0.40 | 0.36 |
2025 | 2024 | ||
£m | £m | ||
CET1 capital | 10,601 | 9,791 | |
AT1 capital | 1,860 | 1,860 | |
Tier 1 capital | 12,461 | 11,651 | |
Tier 2 capital | 1,854 | 2,093 | |
Total capital 1 | 14,315 | 13,744 |
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 96 | ||
Overview Market risk comprises non-traded market risk and traded market risk. Non-traded market risk is the risk of loss of income, economic or market value due to changes to interest rates in the non-trading book or to changes in other market risk factors (e.g. credit spread and inflation risk), where such changes would affect our net worth through a change to revenues, assets, liabilities, and off-balance sheet exposures in the non-trading book. Traded market risk is the risk of changes in market factors that affect the value of the positions in the trading book. We have no significant traded market risk exposure. In this section, we set out which of our assets and liabilities are exposed to non-traded and traded market risk. Then we explain how we manage these risks, including our structural hedge, and discuss our key market risk metrics. | Key metrics Net Interest Income (NII) sensitivity to +100bps was £281m and to ‑100bps was £(195)m (2024: £167m and £(201)m). Economic Value of Equity (EVE) sensitivity to +100bps was £(449)m and to ‑100bps was £540m (2024: £(496)m and £425m). | ||||
Category | Description |
Interest rate risk | Interest rate risk mainly consists of yield curve risk, which arises from timing mismatches in the repricing of fixed and variable rate assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet instruments. It also includes margin compression risk, which arises when we are unable to reprice our deposits in line with our assets. |
Spread risk | Spread risk arises when the value of assets or liabilities which are accounted for at fair value (either through Other Comprehensive Income or through profit and loss) is affected by changes in the credit spreads. These spreads represent the difference between the discount rate used to value the asset or liability, and the corresponding underlying interest rate curve. |
Foreign exchange risk | Our banking business is mainly conducted in sterling, so we have limited exposure to foreign exchange risk. Where exposure does arise from activities such as raising money in foreign currencies and holding high quality foreign currency bonds in the eligible liquidity pool, we buy or sell relevant currencies and use derivatives to manage the exposure to within low limits. For more on this, see ‘Wholesale Funding’ in the ‘Liquidity Risk’ section. |
Income statement volatility risk | Most of the assets and liabilities in our banking book are measured at amortised cost. However, we sometimes use derivatives to manage their risk profiles. As all derivatives are accounted for at fair value, differences in their accounting treatment can create volatility in the Income Statement, even when the derivative serves as an economic hedge of the underlying asset or liability. |
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 97 | ||
Net Interest Income (NII) sensitivity |
– NII sensitivity is an income-based measure used to forecast the changes to interest income and interest expense under different rate scenarios. It shows the combined impact on net interest income over a given period – typically 12 or 36 months. |
– We calculate NII sensitivity as the change in NII for a defined set of instantaneous parallel and non-parallel shifts in the yield curve. |
EVE sensitivity |
– EVE sensitivity measures the change in the net present value of all the interest rate sensitive items in the banking book balance sheet for a defined set of instantaneous parallel and non-parallel yield curve shifts. |
VaR |
– VaR estimates possible losses from market changes under normal (non-stressed) conditions. |
– We use a historical simulation approach based on two years of historical daily price movements, and reported at a 99% confidence level. |
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 98 | ||
2025 | 2024 | ||||
+100bps | -100bps | +100bps | -100bps | ||
£m | £m | £m | £m | ||
NII sensitivity (audited) 1 | 281 | (195) | 167 | (201) | |
EVE sensitivity | (449) | 540 | (496) | 425 | |
3 months | 1 year | 3 years | 5 years | >5years | Not sensitive | Total | |
2025 | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m |
Assets | 97,363 | 50,635 | 92,376 | 24,699 | 10,692 | 14,890 | 290,655 |
Liabilities | 109,861 | 50,799 | 57,023 | 42,180 | 3,282 | 25,576 | 288,721 |
Off-balance sheet | 3,402 | 9,750 | (24,075) | 12,780 | (3,791) | — | (1,934) |
Net gap | (9,096) | 9,586 | 11,278 | (4,701) | 3,619 | (10,686) | — |
2024 | |||||||
Assets | 93,430 | 51,502 | 93,136 | 21,899 | 8,357 | 15,118 | 283,442 |
Liabilities | 110,187 | 51,152 | 52,767 | 43,930 | 2,081 | 24,157 | 284,274 |
Off-balance sheet | 4,673 | 2,414 | (20,185) | 15,835 | (1,905) | — | 832 |
Net gap | (12,084) | 2,764 | 20,184 | (6,196) | 4,371 | (9,039) | — |
2025 | 2024 | ||
£m | £m | ||
VaR 1 | 5 | 5 | |
Stressed Loss 2 | 76 | 110 |
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 99 | ||
Overview Pension risk is the risk caused by our statutory, contractual or other liabilities with respect to a pension scheme (whether set up for our employees or those of a related company or otherwise). It also refers to the risk that we will need to make payments or other contributions with respect to a pension scheme due to a moral obligation or for some other reason. In this section, we explain how we manage pension risk, including our investment and hedging strategies. We also discuss our key metrics and developments in the year. | Key metrics Funding Deficit at Risk was £760m (2024: £830m) Funded defined benefit pension scheme accounting surplus was £524m (2024: £439m) | ||||
Categories | Description |
Interest rate risk | The risk that a decrease in (long-term) interest rates causes an increase in the value of the Scheme’s liabilities that are not matched by an increase in the value of its assets. |
Inflation risk | Annual pension increases are directly linked to RPI or CPI. The risk is that an increase in inflation causes an increase in the value of the Scheme’s liabilities that are not matched by an increase in the value of its assets. |
Longevity risk | The Scheme’s liabilities are in respect of current and past employees and are expected to stretch beyond 2080 due to the long-term nature of the obligation. Therefore, the Scheme’s liabilities are also impacted by changes to the life expectancy of Scheme members over time. |
Investment risk | The risk that the return on the Scheme’s assets is insufficient to meet the liabilities. |
Key risk metrics | Description |
Funding Deficit at Risk | We use a VaR and a forward-looking stress testing framework to model the Scheme’s assets and liabilities to show the potential deterioration in the funding position. |
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 100 | ||
Key tools | Description |
Investment strategies | – The Trustee developed the following investment objectives to reflect their main duty to act in the best interests of Scheme beneficiaries: – To maintain a diversified portfolio of assets of appropriate quality, security, liquidity and profitability to generate income and capital growth to meet, with new contributions from members and employers, the cost of current and future benefits that the Scheme provides – To limit the risk that the assets fail to meet the liabilities – To invest in a manner appropriate to the nature and duration of the expected future retirement benefit payments under the Scheme – To minimise the Scheme's long-term costs by maximising asset returns net of fees and expenses whilst reflecting the objectives above. – The investment strategy is regularly reviewed, and its impact on Funding Deficit at Risk is considered. |
Hedging strategies | –The Trustee employs asset-liability matching arrangements including the use of liability driven investment strategies, and has a hedging strategy to reduce key market risks, mainly interest rate and inflation risk, but also currency and longevity risk. We monitor available collateral and liquidity with the objective of ensuring we have sufficient collateral and/or liquidity available to meet any margin calls. |
Environmental, social and governance (ESG) | –The Trustee has established a Sustainability Committee which is responsible for overseeing the Scheme’s policies, regulatory obligations and priorities in respect of climate change and wider ESG related matters. |
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 101 | ||
Overview Strategic and business risk is the risk of loss or underperformance against planned objectives; damage arising from strategic decisions or their poor implementation that impact the long-term interests of our key stakeholders, or from an inability to adapt to external developments. In this section, we describe our key strategic and business risks and explain how we manage them. We also describe developments in the year. |
Risk management | Description |
Risk appetite | We have a medium-low appetite for strategic and business risk. This limits the risks we are prepared to take to achieve our strategic objectives and is aligned to our balanced, customer-centric business model. |
Risk measurement | Our Board and senior management regularly review potential risks in our operations and plans to ensure we stay within risk appetite. |
Risk mitigation | We manage strategic and business risk by having a clear and consistent strategy that takes account of external factors and our own capabilities. We have an effective planning process which ensures we adapt our strategy to reflect changes in risks and opportunities. |
Risk monitoring and reporting | We closely track our business environment, including long-term trends that might affect us in the future. As part of this, we report a range of indicators. |
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 102 | ||
Overview Reputational risk is the risk of damage to the way Santander UK is perceived by public opinion, by our employees, clients, investors, or any other interested party. In this section, we describe our key reputational risks and explain how we manage them. We also describe developments in the year. |
Risk management | Description |
Risk appetite | –We have a low appetite for reputational risk, which is agreed by the Board at least each year. |
Risk measurement | –We assess our exposure to reputational risk daily. We base this on expert judgement and analysis of social, print, and broadcast media, and the views of political and market commentators. We also commission independent third parties to analyse our activities and those of our UK peers to identify reputational events, a decline in our reputation, and sector or thematic issues that impact our business. We also measure the perception of Santander UK by key stakeholders through regular interactions and review staff sentiment each year. |
Risk mitigation | –Our business units consider reputational risk as part of their operational risk and control assessments. We also consider it as part of our new product reviews. Our Corporate Communications and Responsible Banking, Legal and Compliance and Marketing teams help business units to mitigate the risk and agree action plans as needed, as part of their role to protect our brand and reputation. |
Risk monitoring and reporting | –We monitor and report reputational risks and issues on a timely basis. Our Reputational Risk Forum reviews and escalates key issues to ERCC, RBC and the Board. We also report regularly to ExCo on Sustainability and Public Affairs policies. |
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 103 | ||
Overview Operational risk is the risk of loss or adverse impact due to inadequate or failed internal processes, people and systems, or external events. Operational resilience is the ability to prevent disruption occurring to the extent practicable; adapt systems and processes to continue to provide services and functions in the event of an incident; return to normal running promptly when a disruption is over; and learn and evolve from both incidents and near misses. Operational resilience is the outcome of executing sound operational risk practices. In this section, we describe our key operational risks and explain how we manage them, with a focus on our top operational risks. We also describe our operational risk event losses and developments in the year. |
Category | Description |
Business and Operational Continuity | Business & Operational Continuity risk is the risk of failure to deliver a satisfactory levels of service, without interruption, during operationally disruptive/crisis events, or to effectively respond to a crisis event in a manner which minimises harm due to inadequate contingency arrangements, or a lack of crisis response preparedness |
Cyber and Information Security | Cyber and Information Security risk is the risk of loss in the confidentiality, integrity, and availability of our information, data, or systems due to information and cyber security events by either internal or external actors resulting in poor customer outcomes, poor employee outcomes, business impacts including operational disruption. This includes events affecting our suppliers where they result in a confidentiality, integrity or availability impact to our information, data or systems |
Data Management | Data Management Risk is the risk of business decisions, processes and outputs that are inappropriate/incorrect due to inaccurate, incomplete, irretrievable, or untimely data |
Financial Statement and Tax Reporting | Financial Statement and Tax Reporting risk is the risk of inaccurate and/or untimely financial statements and/or tax filing due to errors, poor data quality, mis-representation and breaches in reporting requirements |
IT | IT risk is the risk of detriment to the availability, integrity and agility-to-change/adapt our technology services, systems, information and applications due to failures in using, managing, operating and deploying our own or third party provided technology services, systems, information and applications |
Legal | Legal risk is the risk of non-compliance with legislation or contractual terms, failure to protect assets or mishandling of legal proceedings due to errors, failure to take action in a timely manner, inadequate design and/or execution of systems, controls or operational processes or legal risk management practices |
Payments Processing | Payment Processing risk is the risk of failed, incomplete, inaccurate, or untimely execution or settlement of payments due to inadequate processes or systems, human error or capacity constraints |
Premises and Physical Security | Premises & Physical Security risk is the risk of injuries to customers, employees and other persons, damage to the bank's buildings and property/ assets or failure of property infrastructure or utility supplies due to internal or external events including equipment malfunction, deterioration in the condition of property, adverse weather, natural disasters or civil unrest |
Third Party | Third Party risk is the risk of failed or inadequate service provision from a supplier, or non-adherence by a supplier to the bank’s expected level of conduct due to a lack of clarity regarding the bank’s service delivery expectations, a poor supplier control environment to support service delivery, poor financial management by the supplier, or poor culture and behaviours of the supplier, and/or internal or external events |
Transformation and Change | Transformation & Change risk is the risk of a poorly designed and/or executed transformation portfolio due to the inadequate management, design, build, testing, deployment or implementation of change |
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 104 | ||
NFR risk toolset | Description |
Operational risk and control assessments | Our business units identify and assess their operational risks to ensure they manage and control them within our operational risk appetite, and prioritise actions needed. Every area must identify and record their material risks, assess their controls for adequacy and then accept the risk or plan to address any deficiencies. We perform independent testing of our most important controls to ensure enhanced rigour and challenge of how effectively they are mitigating our largest risks. We also use operational risk assessments and risk rating tools as key parts of change risk management. |
Risk scenario analysis | We perform this across business units. It involves a top-down assessment of our key operational risks. We update our scenarios each year. The analysis gives us insight into rare but high impact events and allows us to understand potential impacts and address issues. Our Operational risk scenario analysis covers major Operational risks that are extreme but plausible and requires participants across the business to consider and assess the financial and qualitative impacts on Santander UK, in the event these exposures were to materialise. We complete the scenario analysis for risk management and regulatory purposes. We also use it as a business tool for their own stress testing to help understand the largest exposures and agree key actions required to prevent, control or mitigate risks. We review and update our scenarios each year to ensure they still represent our key operational risk exposures. |
Key indicators (metrics) | Key indicators and their tolerance levels give us an objective view of risk exposure or the strength of a control at any point in time. They also show trends and give us early warning of potential increasing risk exposures. Our business-wide risk appetite indicators are of primary importance which show adherence to our Risk Appetite statements. |
Operational risk event and loss management | Operational risk events occur when our controls do not operate as we planned and this leads to customer impact, financial loss, regulatory impacts and/or damage to our reputation. We use data from these processes to identify and correct any control weaknesses. We also use root cause analysis to identify emerging themes, to prevent or reduce the impacts of recurrence and to support risk and control assessments, scenario analysis and risk reporting. Our operational risk loss appetite sets the level of total operational risk loss (expected and unexpected) in any given year (on a 12-month rolling basis) that we consider to be acceptable. We track actual losses against our appetite, and we escalate as needed. |
Mitigation tools | Description |
Training and competence | We train our staff and require them to maintain a suitable level of competence to ensure customers can achieve appropriate outcomes. We invest in all our people to ensure that we achieve our mandatory risk objectives and that everyone acknowledges their personal responsibility to manage risk. We focus on ensuring we train our colleagues to recognise and support customers who may be vulnerable, or who may be experiencing financial stress, financial difficulty or financial abuse. We also have a dedicated Specialist Support Team that offers guidance to colleagues helping customers who may need more tailored solutions. |
Action management | Where risk exposures are outside our Risk Appetite, our business units identify, assess, manage and monitor material actions to reduce the exposure back to within appetite. |
Event root cause analysis | Where new material and significant events are reported, steps are taken to identify the root cause of the event. This enables a read across and the sharing of lessons learned with appropriate mitigating actions taken to address the root cause and successfully resolve the event, and enhancements made to the control environment to prevent re-occurrence. |
Emerging risk monitoring | We monitor key threats, developments, and risks, including consideration of which risk types or Business areas may be impacted or stressed by them. |
Risk based insurance | Where appropriate, we use insurance to complement other risk mitigation measures. |
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 105 | ||
Category | Risk mitigation |
Cybersecurity | Protecting our customers, systems and data remains a top priority for us. We operate a layered information and cybersecurity defence which is aligned to the National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST). |
We constantly look to adapt our capabilities to the evolving threats. We do this by gathering intelligence on threat actors, motives, and their attack techniques. We protect our most critical people, assets, and data with preventative controls in line with the identified threats. We also assume that breaches will happen in any case, and so we seek to mitigate these by ensuring their timely detection and that appropriate response and recovery activities are in place. We do this by leveraging industry standard threat analysis, identifying specific real-life scenarios, developing detailed response playbooks, and testing them regularly using bank-wide simulation exercises involving up to the CEO. Cybersecurity controls are also thoroughly captured in policies, standards, guidelines and procedures available to all staff. | |
Third parties are vital for the functioning and resilience of our business. As such, we operate a dedicated risk and control assessment prior to, and during, the lifecycle of engagements. This ensures the controls operated by the third party are in line with our policies and integrated with our processes as needed. These include, amongst others, business continuity, incident reporting and regulatory compliance. | |
We regularly assess the state of our environment by reviewing the maturity of our controls in line with our internal risk management framework. We engage with regulatory authorities through regular oversight meetings and we participate in the CBEST programme. The CBEST programme aims to evaluate the resilience of firms and financial market infrastructures through testing performed by accredited and independent specialist firms. We also have a team of penetration testers in our Internal Audit function, that reviews our cybersecurity risks and controls, and reports the results to the BAC. We participate in industry recognised intelligence sharing groups with other banks (e.g. Cyber Defence Alliance), and we speak regularly to government agencies. | |
We campaign to raise awareness and give customers the knowledge they need to avoid becoming victims of cybersecurity incidents. As part of this, we run customer education campaigns and offer advice through our online security operations centre. We also have a cybersecurity insurance policy to give us comprehensive cover to respond to and recover losses and damages from security breaches. | |
Our Chief Information Security Officer (CISO) is responsible for the day-to-day running of security operations and the immediate response to information and cybersecurity incidents. The CISO relies on a comprehensive specialist team, supported by cybersecurity controls and capabilities available from the Banco Santander group CISO team in Spain. | |
The CISO and most staff who manage cybersecurity risk across all lines of defence are industry specialists with substantial experience in leadership and technical aspects. This experience is gained via previous cybersecurity related roles in top global financial organisations, global multinationals, UK government security agencies, UK regulators, such as the PRA, industry leading cybersecurity risk management suppliers, and relevant university education. Many hold specialist security certifications that are kept relevant by attending dedicated training and specialist conferences. | |
The CISO is responsible for cybersecurity risk operations and risk management and falls under the COO SMF accountability framework. The Chief Compliance and NFR Officer (CCO) holds SMF16 prescribed accountability and is responsible to the CRO for management and oversight activities for Non-financial risks enacted by the CISO and the COO to ensure they remain within appetite. | |
The CISO and the COO report regularly and frequently to the Board, ExCo, BRC and ERCC. They provide detailed commentaries on the threat environment, key incidents across the industry, geopolitical considerations, the overall residual risk, progress on key projects, the control environment position, and appetite going forward. In addition, BRC and ERCC receive monthly cybersecurity updates as part of the standard risk reporting suite. | |
The CISO and the COO escalate material cybersecurity incidents affecting us and our suppliers via our internal incident escalation and management procedure with direct notifications to the CRO and other executive management. | |
The Board and BRC include members who have substantial experience of technology risk, including Non-Executive Directors and the Chief Operating and Technology Officer. We also provide targeted training for Board members, senior management and other employees to enhance their knowledge per the evolving and emerging threat landscape. |
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 106 | ||
2025 | 2024 | ||||
Value % | Volume % | Value % | Volume % | ||
Internal fraud | — | — | 1 | — | |
External fraud | 32 | 83 | 73 | 87 | |
Employment practices and workplace safety | 1 | 3 | 1 | 1 | |
Clients, products and business practices | 58 | 5 | 11 | 3 | |
Damage to physical assets | — | — | 2 | 1 | |
Business disruption and systems failures | — | — | 2 | — | |
Execution, delivery, and process management | 9 | 9 | 10 | 8 | |
100 | 100 | 100 | 100 | ||
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 107 | ||
Overview Economic crime risk is the collective term used for Financial Crime risk and Fraud risk. Financial Crime risk is the risk that we are used to facilitate criminal activities. These include money laundering, terrorist financing, proliferation financing, sanctions evasion, facilitation of tax evasion, bribery and corruption. Fraud risk is the risk associated with attempted or successful fraud being committed against the RFB, a customer or a third party. Within Santander UK, fraud is defined as getting a financial benefit by use of deception or dishonesty with the intention to deprive or disadvantage the RFB, its customers or other parties. In addition, fraud loss is the loss from successful fraud. In this section, we describe our key economic crime risks and explain how we manage them. We also describe developments in the year. | ||
Category | Description |
Money laundering | We are used by criminals to transform the proceeds of crime into seemingly legitimate money or other assets. |
Terrorist financing | We are used by terrorists to deposit, distribute or collect funds that are used to fund their activity. |
Sanctions | We do not identify payments, customers or entities that are subject to economic or financial sanctions. |
Bribery and corruption | We fail to put in place effective controls to prevent or detect bribery and corruption. |
Facilitation of tax evasion | We fail to put in place effective systems and controls to prevent the facilitation of tax evasion. |
Fraud | An attempted or successful fraud is committed against us, a customer or a third party. |
Failure to prevent fraud | We fail to put in place effective systems and controls to prevent fraud. |
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 108 | ||
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 109 | ||
Overview Model risk is the risk that the predictions from models may be inaccurate, causing sub-optimal decisions to be made; or that a model may be used inappropriately. In this section, we describe our key model risks and explain how we manage them. We also describe developments in the year. |
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 110 | ||
Overview We manage compliance risk (previously known as conduct and regulatory risk) types under a single framework. Compliance risk is the risk of our decisions and behaviours leading to detriment or poor outcomes for our customers. It also refers to the risk of failing to maintain high standards of market behaviour and integrity. Compliance risk is the risk of financial or reputational loss, or imposition of our conditions on regulatory permissions, due to failing to comply with applicable codes, regulator's rules, guidance and regulatory expectations. In this section, we describe where our key compliance risks can originate from and set out how we manage them. We also describe developments in the year. | ||
Category | Description |
Conduct and Consumer Duty | Conduct and Consumer Duty Risk is the risk that our decisions and behaviours lead to a detrimental or poor outcome for our customers and clients and/or fail to uphold and maintain high standards of market integrity. This is recognised as a cross-cutting risk in Santander UK Group Holdings plc's framework. |
Customer / Client Protection | Customer / Client Protection Risk is the risk of inability to deliver good customer outcomes across the full customer lifecycle including product design, pricing and value, communications, customer support, and post-sale servicing due to failures of people, processes, policies, systems and controls resulting in financial loss, reputational damage, regulatory fines, sanctions & scrutiny, customer loss & detriment, operational inefficiencies. |
Compliance Standards | Compliance Standards is the risk of non-compliance with applicable financial services regulations including failure to maintain adequate systems and controls, failure to meet supervisory oversight expectations, maintain market integrity and the protection of stakeholder interests due to failures of people, processes, policies, systems and controls resulting in financial loss, reputational damage, regulatory fines, sanctions & scrutiny, customer loss & detriment, operational inefficiencies. |
Data Privacy and Protection | Data Privacy and Protection Risk is the risk of failure to comply with data protection legislation, requirements, codes, guidance and supervisory expectations due to failures in the process of collecting, organising, managing, storing and safeguarding personal data resulting in business impacts including operational disruption, financial loss/increased costs, regulatory scrutiny and / or sanctions, reputational damage, legal claims or internal / external stakeholder impacts undermining customer trust. |
People | People Risk is the risk of insufficient staff capacity and capability, undesired employee behaviours, lack of diversity and inclusion, non- compliance with employment legislation (incl. Health and Safety requirements) due to ineffective design and/or execution of people management processes, and internal/external events resulting in poor customer outcomes, poor employee outcomes, business impacts including operational disruption, financial loss/increased costs, regulatory scrutiny and / or sanctions, reputational damage, legal claims or internal / external stakeholder impacts. |
Policies | Description |
Conduct and Consumer Duty policy | This policy outlines the requirements, expectations and behaviours we must comply with to deliver good outcomes for our customers employees, shareholders and communities and to meet our obligations of the Financial Conduct Authorities Consumer Duty. |
Customer / Client Protection and Compliance Standards Policy | This policy defines the requirements that we must adhere to, to deliver good customer outcomes across the full customer lifecycle including product design, pricing and value, communications, customer support, and post-sale servicing. It also sets out the expectations that we must comply with applicable financial services regulations including maintaining adequate systems and controls, and meeting supervisory oversight expectations. |
Product and Service Approval and Review policy, including Fair Value standard for regulated products (Retail customers) | Our Product and Services Approval and Review policy sets out the requirements which must be adhered to before launching a new product or service initiative or making changes to these and throughout their lifecycle. The supporting fair value standard details our approach to assessing whether a regulated product provides fair value to our retail customers, considering all stages of value during the product design phase, and on a regular basis. |
Fair treatment of vulnerable customers | Some customers may be impacted financially or personally as a result of their circumstances. Our Vulnerable Customer Standard gives business units a clear and consistent view of what vulnerability can mean and situations when customers may need more support. Our guidelines focus on identifying characteristics of vulnerability, understanding customer needs and the support and flexibility we can give to help. In addition to mandatory training, we train our customer-facing staff using real customer scenarios to enable our people to deal with a wide range of sensitive issues. Our online Vulnerable Customer Support Tool gives our people more guidance and support, and our Specialist Support Team gives guidance for the most complex situations. We also consider vulnerability in every initiative and adapt our technology to the needs of customers with vulnerability characteristics in our design and testing stages. We work with charities, authorities, trade associations and other specialists to develop our understanding of vulnerability. |
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 111 | ||
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 112 | ||
Financial statements |
In this section | |||
Audit report | |||
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (PCAOB ID876) | |||
Primary financial statements | |||
Consolidated Income Statement | |||
Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income | |||
Consolidated Balance Sheet | |||
Consolidated Cash Flow Statement | |||
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity | |||
Company Balance Sheet | |||
Company Cash Flow Statement | |||
Company Statement of Changes in Equity | |||
Notes to the financial statements | |||
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 113 | ||
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 114 | ||
Key audit matter | How our audit addressed the key audit matter |
Expected credit loss allowance for loans and advances to customers (group and company) | |
Refer to the Board Audit Committee Chair’s report, credit risk section of the risk review, note 1 (Accounting Policies), and note 13 (Loans and Advances to customers). Credit Impairment allowances represent management’s best estimate of the expected credit loss (ECL) within each portfolio at the balance sheet date. Management uses a number of models and judgemental adjustments (JAs) to achieve compliance with the requirements of IFRS 9. Determination of the ECL is complex and a number of significant judgements are involved in the estimation process. The assumptions made to determine the forward looking economic scenarios and the probability weightings, taking into account a range of plausible economic recovery paths, have a significant impact on ECL provisions. As a result, we consider the judgements and assumptions used in the determination of forward looking macroeconomic scenarios and the probability weights in relation to the residential mortgage and corporate and commercial bank (CCB) loan portfolios to represent a key audit matter. The residential mortgage and CCB ECL models include complex and judgemental assumptions. We consider the appropriateness of key assumptions over future write-off rates used in the Loss Given Default (LGD) models for residential mortgages and the CCB portfolio to represent a key audit matter. In the CCB loan portfolios, individual impairment assessments are performed for certain credit impaired loans and advances which are categorised as Stage 3. Assumptions are required to be made in determining the level of any allowance and we consider the key audit matter to relate to key judgements involved in determining the estimated loss for the individually assessed cases, specifically around future cash-flow assumptions, which may include the valuation of collateral. | Testing of key controls We understood and evaluated the design of key controls over the determination of the ECL and tested their operating effectiveness. These controls included: – Model performance monitoring controls, including testing model estimates against actual outcomes; – The Asset and Liability Committee’s review and approval of the base case economic assumptions; – Review and approval of the appropriateness of the individually assessed provisions and the key assumptions used; and – The Credit Risk Provisions Forum's review and approval of the outer economic scenarios and weightings, significant judgements & estimates and the overall assessment of ECL outputs. In addition, we performed the procedures described below: Forward looking economic scenarios and scenario probability weightings (CCB and residential mortgages) – We used economics experts and credit risk modelling specialists to critically assess the reasonableness of the multiple economic scenarios and scenario probability weightings adopted by management; – We considered external economic data and consensus forecasts to assess whether management’s forecasts appropriately reflect the different possible paths that the economy could take; and – We compared the base scenario assumptions to other external consensus forecasts, and we considered the inferred GDP ‘time to recovery’ for each scenario based on historical distributions when evaluating the probability weights. Key assumptions used in the LGD models (CCB and residential mortgages) We evaluated the key assumptions used in the LGD models, with the support of our credit risk specialists, which included the following procedures: – A conceptual review of the LGD assumptions; – Inspected model monitoring results and independently replicated key elements of model monitoring; – Independently replicated management's methodology for all accounts in the residential mortgage and CCB portfolios to evaluate the appropriate implementation of the LGD models and assumptions; – Assessed the reasonableness of management's JA to the key LGD assumptions for the residential mortgage portfolio; and – Compared CCB LGDs to industry data. Individually assessed corporate Stage 3 cases (CCB) For a sample of credit impaired loans: – We evaluated the specific circumstances of the borrower and determined whether key judgements were appropriate; – We assessed the significant assumptions used to estimate the discounted cash flow projections, and where appropriate we involved experts to assess the underlying collateral or business valuations; and – We re-performed management’s impairment calculations and tested key inputs. |
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 115 | ||
Key audit matter | How our audit addressed the key audit matter |
Valuation of defined benefit pension surplus (group and company) | |
Refer to note 1 (Accounting Policies) and note 28 (Retirement Benefit Plans). The group operates a number of defined benefit pension schemes, which in aggregate are in a surplus position of £502m as at 31 December 2025. The main scheme is the Santander (UK) Group Pension Scheme (the scheme). Defined benefit obligation (DBO): The valuation of the DBO of the scheme is dependent on a number of forward looking assumptions, the most significant of which are the discount rate, inflation and life expectancy. These assumptions are unobservable and complex to estimate due to the long duration of the pension obligation. Significant judgement is required in their determination and small changes in these assumptions can have a material impact on the valuation of the DBO. Management updates the valuation of the DBO, including assumptions incorporated within, each year with the assistance of external experts. The valuation of the defined benefit obligation is complex and judgemental and therefore represents a key audit matter. Retirement benefit assets: The scheme holds investments in certain illiquid assets, including commercial real estate and private equity funds, with underlying investments including private equity funds, unquoted corporate bonds and other assets not quoted in active markets. The valuations of these assets are derived from inputs or data that are unobservable. The commercial real estate is valued using bespoke and subjective valuation methods taking both the nature of the properties and the tenancy schedules as inputs to derive their fair value. The valuation of the investments in private equity funds is performed by the respective investment managers and is typically subject to a delay. These valuations are performed on either a Bid or Net Asset Value (NAV) basis, and are complex due to the subjectivity required in valuing the underlying unquoted investments, including the selection of unobservable inputs used in the valuation. Where necessary, these valuations are adjusted for any known cash movements and other movements in fair value arising during the period between the valuation date and the balance sheet date. The lack of observable inputs, subjectivity required in their valuation and in the case of private equity investments, the lag in valuation, gives rise to a high level of estimation uncertainty and therefore represents a key audit matter. | Testing of key controls We understood and evaluated the design and tested the operating effectiveness of key controls relevant to the determination of the significant assumptions used in calculating the valuation of the DBO, and the valuation of the illiquid retirement benefit assets. These controls included: – Assessing the reasonableness and appropriateness of assumptions incorporated in the measurement of the DBO; – Reviewing on a quarterly basis the reasonableness and appropriateness of movements in the DBO. – Assessing on an annual basis the reliability of investment manager valuations by comparing the previous unaudited valuations received from investment managers against subsequently received audited financial statements prepared as at the equivalent date; – Assessing the reasonableness of the property valuations obtained from the custodian, by comparing them on a quarterly basis against the valuation obtained from management’s property valuer expert. Differences are analysed and investigated; and – Assessing on an annual basis the appropriateness of lagged valuations and potential fair value movements since the last valuation date with reference to relevant market information, such as industry indices. In addition, we performed the procedures described below: Defined benefit obligation – We used sensitivity analysis to determine the impact of alternative assumptions; – We used actuarial experts to evaluate the reasonableness and appropriateness of significant assumptions in the measurement of the DBO, including benchmarking against independently determined ranges of acceptable assumptions and consideration of external market data; – We considered the objectivity and competence of management’s actuarial expert. We reviewed the expert’s IAS 19 report and discussed with the expert the methods adopted to determine the valuation of the DBO as at the balance sheet date, including assumptions incorporated within; and – We evaluated the appropriateness of related financial statement disclosures. Retirement benefit assets: For commercial real estate, we: – Obtained the valuation report prepared by management's expert; – For a sample of properties, and with the support of our own expert, assessed the reasonableness of the valuation methodology adopted and key assumptions used by the valuer in order to conclude on the reasonableness and appropriateness of the valuation recorded as at the balance sheet date; and – Considered the objectivity and competence of management’s property valuation expert. For investments in private equity funds, we: – Obtained third-party confirmations directly from the respective investment managers and compared these against management’s reported valuations; – Where necessary, we recalculated management’s valuation and compared it to the third-party confirmations; – We understood and tested material adjustments recorded, including those recognised to account for capital changes in the period between the valuation and the balance sheet date where there was a time lag; – Assessed whether there was evidence which corroborated or contradicted the valuation recorded. For example; we compared previous unaudited valuations received from investment managers against audited financial statements prepared as at the equivalent date (where available) and analysed potential fair value movements since the last valuation date with reference to relevant market information, such as quoted indices and recent transactions; and – Where available, reviewed controls reports for the relevant investment managers. |
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 116 | ||
Key audit matter | How our audit addressed the key audit matter |
Impairment assessment of goodwill (group and company) | |
Refer to the Board Audit Committee Chair’s report, note 1 (Accounting Policies) and note 19 (Intangible Assets). The goodwill balance was £1.2bn at 31 December 2025, which c.98% relates to the Personal Financial Services ('PFS') Cash Generating Unit ('CGU') within the Retail & Business Banking segment within Santander UK plc. The carrying value of goodwill is contingent on the estimates of future cash flows and profitability which are forecasted using assumptions that require significant management judgement. These assumptions and judgements are inherently uncertain and are impacted by the wider economic environment, including developments in the UK economy and the banking market as interest rates continue to fall, and uncertainty around the timing and quantum of future base rate changes. Management's impairment assessment used a value in use (VIU) methodology, concluding that no impairment existed as at 31 December 2025. The calculation of the VIU is complex and involves subjective assumptions, specifically, the determination of certain cash flow forecasts and the discount rate. Due to the magnitude of this balance and the judgements, this impairment assessment represents a key audit matter. | Testing of key controls We understood and evaluated the design and implementation of the key controls over the goodwill impairment assessment and the significant assumptions used in calculating the value in use. Impairment assessment of goodwill We evaluated management’s assessment and conclusion in the context of the requirements of IAS 36. Our work included the following: – We engaged experts to evaluate the appropriateness and reasonableness of the methodology and key assumptions used in the determination of the carrying value and VIU of the Personal Financial Services CGU, including: – determining an independent range for the discount rate using external data sources and peer bank data, and comparing it to the rate used by management; and – assessing the appropriateness of the methodology and adjustments for estimating the regulatory capital requirements and the apportionment made for capital retained in the business. – We agreed the cash flow forecasts to the Board approved three-year plan, and tested the reasonableness of adjustments to the plan included in the VIU model; – We evaluated the reasonableness and supportability of the cash flow forecasts, including comparing performance in recent years to the budgets and three-year plans for the equivalent periods to assess the historical accuracy of the budgeting and forecasting process; and – We assessed the reasonableness and supportability of the assumptions in the cash flow forecasts by engaging our economics experts to assess the economic assumptions in the plan, and by comparing key market assumptions against external data points and our understanding of the business’ strategy. |
Specific customer remediation, litigation and regulatory matters (group and company) | |
Refer to the Board Audit Committee Chair’s report, note 1 (Accounting Policies), note 27 (Provisions), note 30 (Contingent Liabilities and Commitments). Included within Provisions is the group’s best estimate of the cost of present obligations related to past events, including the impact of legal actions, customer remediation and regulatory investigations. Significant judgement may be required when accounting for provisions, including in determining whether a present obligation exists, and in estimating the probability and amount of any outflows. These judgements are based on the specific facts available and often require specialist professional advice. There can be a wide range of possible outcomes and uncertainties, particularly in relation to legal actions and regulatory investigations. As a result, it is sometimes not possible to make reliable estimates of the likelihood and amount of any potential outflows or not practicable to disclose an estimate of the financial effect of a contingent liability. The key matters are in relation to whether a reliable estimate of any outflows can be formed for an investigation by German authorities into tax arbitrage transactions, and the estimation of the provision for expected customer remediation costs in relation to historical commission arrangements on motor financing, most notably in relation to the scenarios chosen and weightings applied in estimating the provision. The potential cost to the group of each of these matters is material and due to the judgements in respect of these exposures represents a key audit matter. |
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 117 | ||
Key audit matter | How our audit addressed the key audit matter |
Valuation of intercompany derivatives measured using significant unobservable inputs (company) | |
Refer to Note 1 (Accounting policies) and Note 38 (Financial instruments). The company recognises on its balance sheet derivative financial instruments transacted with subsidiary undertakings as part of its covered bond programme. These instruments are measured at fair value. As explained in Note 38 to the financial statements, some of these derivative financial instruments are measured using valuation techniques that incorporate assumptions that are not evidenced by prices from observable current market transactions in the same instrument and are not based on observable market data. As such, the valuation requires the application of a significant degree of judgement. The significant unobservable inputs used in valuing these instruments are the weighted average rate expected to be paid on the mortgage portfolio over time, including assumptions regarding the prepayment and replenishment of mortgages in the portfolio, and the forecasted rates payable on these mortgages. As of 31 December 2025, the value of instruments which are sensitive to such inputs comprised derivative financial liabilities of £1.1bn. We determined that the measurement of the fair value for these derivatives represents a key audit matter given the degree of judgement in applying the relevant valuation technique and the fact that changing one or more of the significant unobservable inputs in the valuation models to reasonably possible alternative assumptions would change the fair values significantly. | Testing of key controls: We understood and evaluated the design and of key controls over the determination of the fair value and tested their operating effectiveness. These controls included: – Model performance monitoring controls, including analysis over changes in the model's inputs based on market conditions. In addition, we engaged our valuation experts to support us in performing the procedures described below: – Assessed the conceptual soundness and appropriateness of the model methodology applied to determine the fair value. – Evaluated whether the model implementation was consistent with the documented methodology by performing an independent replication of the model. – Evaluated the appropriateness of the assumptions adopted as at 31 December 2025, including the weighted average mortgage rate payable. This evaluation included our experts forming an independent expectation for unobservable inputs used to determine these assumptions and assessing the reasonableness of the assumptions against this expectation. |
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 118 | ||
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 119 | ||
Financial statements - group | Financial statements - company | |
Overall materiality | £80 million (2024: £80 million). | £76 million (2024: £76 million). |
How we determined it | Approximately 5% of adjusted profit before tax (2024: 5% of adjusted profit before tax) | Approximately 5% of adjusted profit before tax (2024: 5% of adjusted profit before tax), capped at the level which is used for the audit of the company as a component of the overall group. |
Rationale for benchmark applied | We set materiality using a benchmark of profit before tax (PBT), adjusted for certain non-recurring items, as these items do not reflect the underlying business performance and are not expected to recur. Adjusted PBT is a generally accepted benchmark for determining audit materiality. | We set materiality using a benchmark of profit before tax (PBT), adjusted for certain items including gains recognised by the company on certain intercompany derivative positions held with certain subsidiary undertakings. Adjusted PBT is a generally accepted benchmark for determining audit materiality. |
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 120 | ||
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 121 | ||
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 122 | ||
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 123 | ||
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 124 | ||
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 125 | ||
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 126 | ||
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 127 | ||
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 128 | ||
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 129 | ||
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 130 | ||
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 131 | ||
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 132 | ||
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 133 | ||
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 134 | ||
2025 | 2024 | 2023 | ||
Notes | £m | £m | £m | |
Interest and similar income | 3 | |||
Interest expense and similar charges | 3 | ( | ( | ( |
Net interest income | ||||
Fee and commission income | 4 | |||
Fee and commission expense | 4 | ( | ( | ( |
Net fee and commission income | ||||
Other operating income | 5 | |||
Total operating income | ||||
Operating expenses before credit impairment charges, provisions and charges | 6 | ( | ( | ( |
Credit impairment charges | 8 | ( | ( | ( |
Provisions for other liabilities and charges | 8 | ( | ( | ( |
Total credit impairment charges, provisions and charges | 8 | ( | ( | ( |
Profit before tax | ||||
Tax on profit | 9 | ( | ( | ( |
Profit after tax |
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 135 | ||
2025 | 2024 | 2023 | ||
Notes | £m | £m | £m | |
Profit after tax | ||||
Other comprehensive income/(expense) that may be reclassified to profit or loss subsequently: | ||||
Movement in fair value reserve (debt instruments): | ||||
- Change in fair value | ( | |||
- Income statement transfers | ( | ( | ||
- Taxation | 9 | ( | ||
( | ( | |||
Cash flow hedges: | ||||
- Effective portion of changes in fair value | 11 | ( | ( | |
- Income statement transfers | 11 | |||
- Taxation | ( | ( | ( | |
Cost of hedging: | ||||
- Cost of hedging (losses) | ( | |||
- Income statement transfers | ||||
- Taxation | ||||
( | ||||
Currency translation on foreign operations | ( | |||
Net other comprehensive income that may be reclassified to profit or loss subsequently | ||||
Other comprehensive (expense)/income that will not be reclassified to profit or loss subsequently: | ||||
Pension remeasurement: | ||||
- Change in fair value | 28 | ( | ( | ( |
- Taxation | 9 | |||
( | ( | ( | ||
Own credit adjustment: | ||||
- Change in fair value | ( | ( | ( | |
- Taxation | 9 | |||
( | ( | ( | ||
Net other comprehensive (expense) that will not be reclassified to profit or loss subsequently | ( | ( | ( | |
Total other comprehensive income/(expense) net of tax | ( | |||
Total comprehensive income | ||||
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 136 | ||
2025 | 2024 | ||
Notes | £m | £m | |
Assets | |||
Cash and balances at central banks | |||
Derivative financial instruments | 11 | ||
Other financial assets at fair value through profit or loss | 12 | ||
Loans and advances to banks | |||
Loans and advances to customers | 13 | ||
Reverse repurchase agreements - non-trading | 16 | ||
Other financial assets at amortised cost | 17 | ||
Macro hedge of interest rate risk | ( | ( | |
Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income | |||
Interests in other entities | 18 | ||
Intangible assets | 19 | ||
Property, plant and equipment | 20 | ||
Current tax assets | 9 | ||
Retirement benefit assets | 28 | ||
Other assets | |||
Assets held for sale | 40 | ||
Total assets | |||
Liabilities | |||
Deposits by banks | 21 | ||
Deposits by customers | 22 | ||
Repurchase agreements - non-trading | 23 | ||
Derivative financial instruments | 11 | ||
Other financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss | 24 | ||
Debt securities in issue | 25 | ||
Macro hedge of interest rate risk | |||
Other liabilities | 26 | ||
Provisions | 27 | ||
Deferred tax liabilities | 9 | ||
Retirement benefit obligations | 28 | ||
Subordinated liabilities | 29 | ||
Total liabilities | |||
Equity | |||
Share capital | 31 | ||
Share premium | 31 | ||
Other equity instruments | 32 | ||
Other reserves | ( | ||
Retained earnings | |||
Total equity | |||
Total liabilities and equity |
Mahesh Aditya | Angel Santodomingo |
Chief Executive Officer | Chief Financial Officer |
Company Registered Number: 02294747 |
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 137 | ||
2025 | 2024 | 2023 | ||
Notes | £m | £m | £m | |
Cash flows from operating activities | ||||
Profit before tax | ||||
Adjustments for: | ||||
Non-cash items included in profit | ||||
– Depreciation and amortisation | 6 | |||
– Loss from disposal of mortgage portfolio | ||||
– Provisions for other liabilities and charges | ||||
– Impairment losses | ||||
– Other non-cash items | ( | ( | ||
– Pension charge for defined benefit pension schemes | ||||
Net change in operating assets and liabilities: | ||||
– Cash and balances at central banks | ( | |||
– Derivative assets | ||||
– Other financial assets at fair value through profit or loss | ||||
– Loans and advances to banks and customers | ( | |||
– Reverse repurchase agreements - non-trading | ( | ( | ||
– Other assets | ( | ( | ||
– Deposits by banks and customers | ( | ( | ( | |
– Repurchase agreements - non-trading | ||||
– Derivative liabilities | ( | ( | ( | |
– Other financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss | ||||
– Debt securities in issue | ||||
– Other liabilities | ( | ( | ( | |
( | ( | ( | ||
Corporation taxes paid | 9 | ( | ( | ( |
Effects of exchange rate differences | ( | ( | ( | |
Net cash flows from operating activities | ( | ( | ( | |
Cash flows from investing activities | ||||
Purchase of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets | ( | ( | ( | |
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets | ||||
Purchase of financial assets at amortised cost and financial assets at FVOCI | ( | ( | ( | |
Proceeds from sale and redemption of financial assets at amortised cost and financial assets at FVOCI | ||||
Net cash flows from investing activities | ( | ( | ||
Cash flows from financing activities | ||||
Issue of other equity instruments | 33 | |||
Issue of debt securities and subordinated notes | ||||
Issuance costs of debt securities and subordinated notes | ( | ( | ( | |
Repayment of debt securities and subordinated notes | ( | ( | ( | |
Repurchase of other equity instruments | 33 | ( | ( | |
Dividends paid on ordinary shares | 10 | ( | ( | ( |
Dividends paid on preference shares and other equity instruments | ( | ( | ( | |
Principal elements of lease payments | 33 | ( | ( | ( |
Net cash flows from financing activities | ||||
Change in cash and cash equivalents | ( | ( | ( | |
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the year | ||||
Effects of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents | ( | ( | ( | |
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year | ||||
Cash and cash equivalents consist of: | ||||
Cash and balances at central banks | ||||
Less: restricted balances | ( | ( | ( | |
Other cash equivalents: Loans and advances to banks - non-trading | ||||
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year |
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 138 | ||
Other reserves | |||||||||
Share capital | Share premium | Other equity instruments | Fair value | Cash flow hedging | Cost of hedging | Currency translation | Retained earnings | ||
Total | |||||||||
£m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | |
At 1 January 2025 | ( | ( | |||||||
Profit after tax | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | ||
Other comprehensive income/(expense), net of tax: | |||||||||
- Fair value reserve (debt instruments) | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | ||
- Cash flow hedges | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | ||
- Cost of hedging | — | — | — | — | — | ( | — | — | ( |
- Pension remeasurement | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | ( | ( |
- Own credit adjustment | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | ( | ( |
- Currency translation on foreign operations | — | — | — | — | — | — | ( | — | ( |
Total other comprehensive income/(expense) | — | — | — | ( | ( | ( | |||
Total comprehensive income/(expense) | — | — | — | ( | ( | ||||
Capital reduction | — | ( | — | — | — | — | — | ||
Issue of other equity instruments | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | ||
Repurchase of other equity instruments | — | — | ( | — | — | — | — | — | ( |
Other | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | ||
Dividends on ordinary shares | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | ( | ( |
Dividends on preference shares and other equity instruments | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | ( | ( |
At 31 December 2025 | ( | ( | |||||||
At 1 January 2024 | ( | ( | |||||||
Profit after tax | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | ||
Other comprehensive (expense)/income, net of tax: | |||||||||
- Fair value reserve (debt instruments) | — | — | — | ( | — | — | — | — | ( |
- Cash flow hedges | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | ||
- Pension remeasurement | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | ( | ( |
- Own credit adjustment | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | ( | ( |
Total other comprehensive (expense)/income | — | — | — | ( | — | — | ( | ( | |
Total comprehensive (expense)/income | — | — | — | ( | — | — | |||
Issue of other equity instruments | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | ||
Repurchase of other equity instruments | — | — | ( | — | — | — | — | ( | ( |
Dividends on ordinary shares | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | ( | ( |
Dividends on preference shares and other equity instruments | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | ( | ( |
At 31 December 2024 | ( | ( | |||||||
At 1 January 2023 | ( | ||||||||
Profit after tax | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | ||
Other comprehensive (expense)/income, net of tax: | |||||||||
- Fair value reserve (debt instruments) | — | — | — | ( | — | — | — | — | ( |
- Cash flow hedges | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | ||
- Pension remeasurement | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | ( | ( |
- Own credit adjustment | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | ( | ( |
Total other comprehensive (expense)/income | — | — | — | ( | — | — | ( | ||
Total comprehensive (expense)/income | — | — | — | ( | — | — | |||
Other | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | ||
Dividends on ordinary shares | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | ( | ( |
Dividends on preference shares and other equity instruments | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | ( | ( |
At 31 December 2023 | ( | ( | |||||||
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 139 | ||
2025 | 2024 | ||
Notes | £m | £m | |
Assets | |||
Cash and balances at central banks | 29,376 | 29,881 | |
Derivative financial instruments | 11 | 967 | 1,482 |
Other financial assets at fair value through profit or loss | 12 | 40 | 100 |
Loans and advances to banks | 990 | 926 | |
Loans and advances to customers | 13 | 222,467 | 217,780 |
Reverse repurchase agreements – non-trading | 16 | 17,678 | 10,338 |
Other financial assets at amortised cost | 17 | 5,754 | 5,206 |
Macro hedge of interest rate risk | (224) | (910) | |
Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income | 5,216 | 9,040 | |
Interests in other entities | 18 | 1,281 | 1,257 |
Intangible assets | 19 | 1,469 | 1,498 |
Property, plant and equipment | 20 | 926 | 973 |
Current tax assets | 9 | 395 | 528 |
Retirement benefit assets | 28 | 524 | 439 |
Other assets | 1,759 | 1,803 | |
Assets held for sale | 40 | 18 | 12 |
Total assets | 288,636 | 280,353 | |
Liabilities | |||
Deposits by banks | 21 | 11,126 | 19,521 |
Deposits by customers | 22 | 211,643 | 201,215 |
Repurchase agreements non-trading | 23 | 9,029 | 8,617 |
Derivative financial instruments | 11 | 2,132 | 2,607 |
Other financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss | 24 | 1,250 | 1,055 |
Debt securities in issue | 25 | 35,797 | 31,833 |
Macro hedge of interest rate risk | 27 | (9) | |
Other liabilities | 26 | 1,949 | 1,789 |
Provisions | 27 | 238 | 313 |
Deferred tax liabilities | 9 | 372 | 130 |
Retirement benefit obligations | 28 | 22 | 23 |
Subordinated liabilities | 29 | 2,033 | 2,386 |
Total liabilities | 275,618 | 269,480 | |
Equity | |||
Share capital | 31 | 3,105 | 3,105 |
Share premium | 31 | 1,119 | 5,620 |
Other equity instruments | 32 | 1,860 | 1,860 |
Other reserves | 180 | (306) | |
Retained earnings | 6,754 | 594 | |
Total shareholders’ equity | 13,018 | 10,873 | |
Total liabilities and equity | 288,636 | 280,353 |
Mahesh Aditya | Angel Santodomingo |
Chief Executive Officer | Chief Financial Officer |
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 140 | ||
2025 | 2024 | ||
Notes | £m | £m | |
Cash flows from operating activities | |||
Profit before tax | 2,342 | 659 | |
Adjustments for: | |||
Non-cash items included in profit | |||
– Depreciation and amortisation | 6 | 241 | 238 |
– Loss from disposal of mortgage portfolio | — | 31 | |
– Provisions for other liabilities and charges | 374 | 356 | |
– Impairment losses | 191 | 164 | |
– Other non-cash items | (108) | (282) | |
– Pension charge for defined benefit pension schemes | 8 | 13 | |
706 | 520 | ||
Net change in operating assets and liabilities: | |||
– Cash and balances at central banks | 140 | 731 | |
– Derivative assets | 515 | 213 | |
– Other financial assets at fair value through profit or loss | 60 | 116 | |
– Loans and advances to banks and customers | (4,807) | 5,947 | |
– Reverse repurchase agreements – non-trading | (7,340) | 2,130 | |
– Other assets | (89) | 64 | |
– Deposits by banks and customers | 1,938 | (12,320) | |
– Repurchase agreements – non-trading | 412 | 206 | |
– Derivative liabilities | (475) | 633 | |
– Other financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss | 241 | 179 | |
– Debt securities in issue | 43 | 218 | |
– Other liabilities | (424) | (1,377) | |
(9,786) | (3,260) | ||
Corporation taxes paid | 9 | (48) | (172) |
Effects of exchange rate differences | (344) | (53) | |
Net cash flows from operating activities | (7,130) | (2,306) | |
Cash flows from investing activities | |||
Investments in other entities | (25) | — | |
Purchase of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets | (188) | (221) | |
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets | 18 | 5 | |
Purchase of financial assets at amortised cost and financial assets at FVOCI | (2,153) | (11,325) | |
Proceeds from sale and redemption of financial assets at amortised cost and financial assets at FVOCI | 5,384 | 7,048 | |
Net cash flows from investing activities | 3,036 | (4,493) | |
Cash flows from financing activities | |||
Issue of other equity instruments | 33 | 500 | 400 |
Issue of debt securities and subordinated notes | 8,132 | 7,175 | |
Issuance costs of debt securities and subordinated notes | (24) | (28) | |
Repayment of debt securities and subordinated notes | (4,219) | (6,439) | |
Repurchase of other equity instruments | 33 | (500) | (500) |
Dividends paid on ordinary shares | 10 | (26) | (1,311) |
Dividends paid on preference shares and other equity instruments | (132) | (129) | |
Principal elements of lease payments | 33 | (20) | (31) |
Net cash flow from financing activities | 3,711 | (863) | |
Change in cash and cash equivalents | (383) | (7,662) | |
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the year | 29,077 | 36,753 | |
Effects of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents | (12) | (14) | |
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year | 28,682 | 29,077 | |
Cash and cash equivalents consist of: | |||
Cash and balances at central banks | 29,376 | 29,881 | |
Less: regulatory minimum cash balances | (1,440) | (1,580) | |
27,936 | 28,301 | ||
Other cash equivalents: Loans and advances to banks - non-trading | 746 | 776 | |
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year | 28,682 | 29,077 |
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 141 | ||
Other reserves | ||||||||
Share capital | Share premium | Other equity instruments | Fair value | Cash flow hedging | Cost of hedging | Retained earnings | Total | |
£m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | |
At 1 January 2025 | 3,105 | 5,620 | 1,860 | (16) | (290) | — | 594 | 10,873 |
Profit after tax | — | — | — | — | — | — | 1,890 | 1,890 |
Other comprehensive income/(expense) net of tax: | ||||||||
- Fair value reserve (debt instruments) | — | — | — | 10 | — | — | — | 10 |
- Cash flow hedges | — | — | — | — | 480 | — | — | 480 |
- Cost of hedging | — | — | — | — | — | (4) | — | (4) |
- Pension remeasurement | — | — | — | — | — | — | (72) | (72) |
- Own credit adjustment | — | — | — | — | — | — | (1) | (1) |
Total other comprehensive income/(expense) | — | — | — | 10 | 480 | (4) | (73) | 413 |
Total comprehensive income/(expense) | — | — | — | 10 | 480 | (4) | 1,817 | 2,303 |
Capital reduction | — | (4,501) | — | — | — | — | 4,501 | — |
Issue of other equity instruments | — | — | 500 | — | — | — | — | 500 |
Repurchase of other equity instruments | — | — | (500) | — | — | — | — | (500) |
Dividends on ordinary shares | — | — | — | — | — | — | (26) | (26) |
Dividends on preference shares and other equity instruments | — | — | — | — | — | — | (132) | (132) |
At 31 December 2025 | 3,105 | 1,119 | 1,860 | (6) | 190 | (4) | 6,754 | 13,018 |
At 1 January 2024 | 3,105 | 5,620 | 1,956 | (6) | (191) | — | 2,022 | 12,506 |
Profit after tax | — | — | — | — | — | — | 313 | 313 |
Other comprehensive (expense) net of tax: | ||||||||
- Fair value reserve (debt instruments) | — | — | — | (10) | — | — | — | (10) |
- Cash flow hedges | — | — | — | — | (99) | — | — | (99) |
- Pension remeasurement | — | — | — | — | — | — | (289) | (289) |
- Own credit adjustment | — | — | — | — | — | — | (12) | (12) |
Total other comprehensive (expense) | — | — | — | (10) | (99) | — | (301) | (410) |
Total comprehensive (expense)/income | — | — | — | (10) | (99) | — | 12 | (97) |
Issue of other equity instruments | — | — | 400 | — | — | — | — | 400 |
Repurchase of other equity instruments | — | — | (496) | — | — | — | (4) | (500) |
Other | — | — | — | — | — | — | 4 | 4 |
Dividends on ordinary shares | — | — | — | — | — | — | (1,311) | (1,311) |
Dividends on preference shares and other equity instruments | — | — | — | — | — | — | (129) | (129) |
At 31 December 2024 | 3,105 | 5,620 | 1,860 | (16) | (290) | — | 594 | 10,873 |
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 142 | ||
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 143 | ||
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 144 | ||
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 145 | ||
Owner-occupied properties | Not exceeding 50 years |
Office fixtures and equipment | 3 to 35 years |
Computer software | Generally 3 years |
Right-of-use assets | Shorter of the lease term or the useful life of the underlying asset |
Operating lease assets - vehicles | 1 to 5 years |
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 146 | ||
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 147 | ||
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 148 | ||
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 149 | ||
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 150 | ||
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 151 | ||
Key judgements | – Establishing the criteria for a significant increase in credit risk (SICR) and, for corporate borrowers, internal credit risk rating |
– Determining the need for any judgemental adjustments | |
Key estimates | – Forward-looking multiple economic scenario assumptions |
– Probability weights assigned to multiple economic scenarios | |
– Expected future cash flows for individually assessed Stage 3 corporate exposures | |
– Collateral valuations of individually assessed Stage 3 corporate exposures |
Key judgements | – Determining whether a present obligation exists |
– Determining the likely outcome of future legal decisions | |
Key estimates | – Probability, timing, nature and amount of any outflows that may arise from past events |
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 152 | ||
Key judgements | – Setting the criteria for constructing the corporate bond yield curve used to determine the discount rate |
– Determining the methodology for setting the inflation assumption | |
Key estimates | – Discount rate applied to future cash flows |
– Rate of price inflation | |
– Expected lifetime of the schemes' members | |
– Valuation of pension fund assets whose values are not based on market observable data |
Key judgement | – Determining the basis of goodwill impairment testing methodology, including the need for planning assumptions and internal capital allocations |
Key estimates | – Forecast cash flows for cash generating units |
– Discount rates which factor in risk-free rates and applicable risk premiums | |
All of these variables are subject to fluctuations in external market rates and economic conditions beyond management’s control |
Key judgements: | Identifying significant unobservable inputs |
Determining appropriate valuation techniques | |
Key estimate: | Weighted average mortgage rate payable |
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 153 | ||
Retail & Business Banking | Consumer Finance | Corporate & Commercial Banking | Corporate Centre | Total | |
2025 | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m |
Net interest income | 3,506 | 129 | 677 | 68 | 4,380 |
Non-interest income/(expense) | 176 | 181 | 117 | (125) | 349 |
Total operating income/(expense) | 3,682 | 310 | 794 | (57) | 4,729 |
Operating expenses before credit impairment charges, provisions and charges | (1,918) | (150) | (374) | (15) | (2,457) |
Credit impairment charges | (133) | (8) | (28) | (24) | (193) |
Provisions for other liabilities and charges | (340) | (228) | (68) | 39 | (597) |
Total credit impairment charges, provisions and charges | (473) | (236) | (96) | 15 | (790) |
Profit/(loss) before tax | 1,291 | (76) | 324 | (57) | 1,482 |
Revenue/(expense) from external customers | 4,204 | 781 | 647 | (903) | 4,729 |
Inter-segment (expense)/revenue | (522) | (471) | 147 | 846 | — |
Total operating income/(expense) | 3,682 | 310 | 794 | (57) | 4,729 |
Revenue from external customers includes the following fee and commission income1: | |||||
– Current account and debit card fees | 415 | — | 49 | — | 464 |
– Insurance, protection and investments | 48 | — | — | — | 48 |
– Credit cards | 100 | — | — | — | 100 |
– Non-banking and other fees 2 | 5 | 38 | 92 | 5 | 140 |
Total fee and commission income | 568 | 38 | 141 | 5 | 752 |
Fee and commission expense | (395) | (8) | (5) | (11) | (419) |
Net fee and commission income/(expense) | 173 | 30 | 136 | (6) | 333 |
At 31 December 2025 | |||||
Customer loans | 173,462 | 4,979 | 18,927 | (1) | 197,367 |
Customer deposits | 155,652 | — | 24,414 | 3,536 | 183,602 |
Average number of full-time equivalent staff | 13,802 | 762 | 2,092 | — | 16,656 |
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 154 | ||
Retail & Business Banking | Consumer Finance | Corporate & Commercial Banking | Corporate Centre | Total | |
2024 | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m |
Net interest income | 3,426 | 144 | 694 | 48 | 4,312 |
Non-interest income/(expense) | 121 | 182 | 128 | (86) | 345 |
Total operating income/(expense) | 3,547 | 326 | 822 | (38) | 4,657 |
Operating expenses before credit impairment charges, provisions and charges | (1,976) | (152) | (417) | (3) | (2,548) |
Credit impairment charges | (50) | (17) | (4) | — | (71) |
Provisions for other liabilities and charges | (297) | (332) | (50) | (10) | (689) |
Total credit impairment charges, provisions and charges | (347) | (349) | (54) | (10) | (760) |
Profit/(loss) before tax | 1,224 | (175) | 351 | (51) | 1,349 |
Revenue/(expense) from external customers | 3,711 | 754 | 562 | (370) | 4,657 |
Inter-segment (expense)/revenue | (164) | (428) | 260 | 332 | — |
Total operating income/(expense) | 3,547 | 326 | 822 | (38) | 4,657 |
Revenue from external customers includes the following fee and commission income1: | |||||
– Current account and debit card fees | 424 | — | 50 | — | 474 |
– Insurance, protection and investments | 48 | — | — | — | 48 |
– Credit cards | 92 | — | — | — | 92 |
– Non-banking and other fees 2 | 3 | 28 | 73 | 15 | 119 |
Total fee and commission income | 567 | 28 | 123 | 15 | 733 |
Fee and commission expense | (442) | (7) | (10) | (22) | (481) |
Net fee and commission income/(expense) | 125 | 21 | 113 | (7) | 252 |
At 31 December 2024 | |||||
Customer loans | 171,724 | 4,759 | 18,029 | — | 194,512 |
Customer deposits | 151,815 | — | 22,137 | 2,781 | 176,733 |
Average number of full-time equivalent staff | 15,993 | 773 | 2,494 | — | 19,260 |
Retail & Business Banking | Consumer Finance | Corporate & Commercial Banking | Corporate Centre | Total | |
2023 | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m |
Net interest income/(expense) | 3,716 | 156 | 841 | (55) | 4,658 |
Non-interest income/(expense) | 182 | 192 | 135 | (71) | 438 |
Total operating income/(expense) | 3,898 | 348 | 976 | (126) | 5,096 |
Operating expenses before credit impairment charges, provisions and charges | (1,813) | (141) | (351) | (151) | (2,456) |
Credit impairment charges | (149) | (15) | (40) | (1) | (205) |
Provisions for other liabilities and charges | (233) | (18) | (15) | (69) | (335) |
Total credit impairment charges, provisions and charges | (382) | (33) | (55) | (70) | (540) |
Profit/(loss) before tax | 1,703 | 174 | 570 | (347) | 2,100 |
Revenue from external customers | 3,597 | 663 | 712 | 124 | 5,096 |
Inter-segment revenue/(expense) | 301 | (315) | 264 | (250) | — |
Total operating income/(expense) | 3,898 | 348 | 976 | (126) | 5,096 |
Revenue from external customers includes the following fee and commission income1: | |||||
– Current account and debit card fees | 493 | — | 49 | — | 542 |
– Insurance, protection and investments | 47 | — | — | — | 47 |
– Credit card fees | 94 | — | — | — | 94 |
– Non-banking and other fees 2 | 3 | 25 | 79 | 14 | 121 |
Total fee and commission income | 637 | 25 | 128 | 14 | 804 |
Fee and commission expense | (458) | (6) | (11) | (26) | (501) |
Net fee and commission income/(expense) | 179 | 19 | 117 | (12) | 303 |
At 31 December 2023 | |||||
Customer loans | 179,887 | 5,228 | 17,939 | — | 203,054 |
Customer deposits | 158,329 | — | 24,066 | 5,050 | 187,445 |
Average number of full-time equivalent staff | 16,330 | 816 | 2,376 | 24 | 19,546 |
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 155 | ||
Assets | Liabilities | |||
2025 | 2024 | 2025 | 2024 | |
£m | £m | £m | £m | |
Customer balances (gross) | 197,367 | 194,512 | 183,602 | 176,733 |
Loan loss allowance | (729) | (784) | — | — |
Customer balances (net) | 196,638 | 193,728 | 183,602 | 176,733 |
Intercompany balances (including joint ventures) | 5,054 | 4,832 | 3,145 | 3,632 |
Accrued interest | 725 | 714 | 928 | 854 |
Other items | 192 | 134 | (375) | (252) |
Loans and advances to customers / Deposits by customers | 202,609 | 199,408 | 187,300 | 180,967 |
Group | |||
2025 | 2024 | 2023 | |
£m | £m | £m | |
Interest and similar income: | |||
Loans and advances to customers | 8,891 | 9,290 | 8,767 |
Loans and advances to banks | 1,155 | 1,523 | 1,751 |
Reverse repurchase agreements - non-trading | 873 | 987 | 626 |
Other | 622 | 639 | 473 |
Total interest and similar income1 | 11,541 | 12,439 | 11,617 |
Interest expense and similar charges: | |||
Deposits by customers | (3,787) | (4,276) | (3,230) |
Deposits by banks | (415) | (839) | (1,165) |
Repurchase agreements - non-trading | (594) | (644) | (538) |
Debt securities in issue | (2,189) | (2,171) | (1,852) |
Subordinated liabilities | (172) | (193) | (169) |
Other | (4) | (4) | (5) |
Total interest expense and similar charges 2 | (7,161) | (8,127) | (6,959) |
Net interest income | 4,380 | 4,312 | 4,658 |
Group | |||
2025 | 2024 | 2023 | |
£m | £m | £m | |
Fee and commission income: | |||
Current account and debit card fees | 464 | 474 | 542 |
Insurance, protection and investments | 48 | 48 | 47 |
Credit cards | 100 | 92 | 94 |
Non-banking and other fees 1 | 140 | 119 | 121 |
Total fee and commission income | 752 | 733 | 804 |
Total fee and commission expense | (419) | (481) | (501) |
Net fee and commission income | 333 | 252 | 303 |
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 156 | ||
Group | |||
2025 | 2024 | 2023 | |
£m | £m | £m | |
Net (losses) on financial instruments designated at fair value through profit or loss1 | (82) | (38) | (57) |
Net gains/(losses) on financial instruments mandatorily at fair value through profit or loss2 | 7 | (12) | (11) |
Hedge ineffectiveness | (31) | 22 | 19 |
Net gain on sale of financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income | 1 | — | — |
Income from operating lease assets | 124 | 113 | 117 |
Other | (3) | 8 | 67 |
16 | 93 | 135 |
Group | |||
2025 | 2024 | 2023 | |
£m | £m | £m | |
Exchange rate differences in the consolidated income statement on items not at fair value through profit or loss | 562 | 495 | 1,288 |
These are principally offset by related releases from the cash flow hedge reserve: | (536) | (500) | (1,248) |
Group | Company | ||||||
2025 | 2024 | 2023 | 2025 | 2024 | 2023 | ||
£m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | ||
Staff costs: | |||||||
Wages and salaries | 785 | 866 | 839 | 733 | 813 | 787 | |
Performance-related payments | 175 | 164 | 162 | 168 | 159 | 156 | |
Social security costs | 131 | 122 | 115 | 124 | 116 | 109 | |
Pension costs - defined contribution plans | 74 | 79 | 71 | 70 | 74 | 67 | |
Pension costs - defined benefit plans | 8 | 13 | 13 | 8 | 13 | 12 | |
Other personnel costs | 25 | 33 | 41 | 25 | 32 | 40 | |
1,198 | 1,277 | 1,241 | 1,128 | 1,207 | 1,171 | ||
Other administration expenses | 937 | 971 | 925 | 898 | 937 | 890 | |
Depreciation, amortisation and impairment | 322 | 300 | 290 | 241 | 238 | 220 | |
2,457 | 2,548 | 2,456 | 2,267 | 2,382 | 2,281 |
Costs recognised in 2025 | Costs expected to be recognised in 2026 or later | ||||||
Arising from awards in current year | Arising from awards in prior year | Total | Arising from awards in current year | Arising from awards in prior year | Total | ||
£m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | ||
Cash | 2 | 9 | 11 | 5 | 4 | 9 | |
Shares | 2 | 8 | 10 | 4 | 5 | 9 | |
4 | 17 | 21 | 9 | 9 | 18 | ||
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 157 | ||
Expenses charged in the year | Expenses deferred to future periods | Total | ||||||
2025 | 2024 | 2025 | 2024 | 2025 | 2024 | |||
£m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | |||
Cash award - not deferred | 145 | 140 | — | — | 145 | 140 | ||
– deferred | 11 | 8 | 9 | 14 | 20 | 22 | ||
Shares award - not deferred | 9 | 9 | — | — | 9 | 9 | ||
– deferred | 10 | 7 | 9 | 13 | 19 | 20 | ||
Total discretionary bonus | 175 | 164 | 18 | 27 | 193 | 191 | ||
Group | |||
2025 | 2024 | 2023 | |
£m | £m | £m | |
Audit fees: | |||
Fees payable to the Company’s auditor and its associates for the audit of the Santander UK group’s annual financial statements | 13.5 | 13.8 | 13.9 |
Fees payable to the Company’s auditor and its associates for other services to the Santander UK group: | |||
– Audit of the Santander UK group's subsidiaries | 0.8 | 0.6 | 0.6 |
Total audit fees 1 | 14.3 | 14.4 | 14.5 |
Non-audit fees: | |||
Audit-related assurance services | 2.5 | 0.6 | 0.7 |
Other assurance services | 0.3 | 1.0 | 0.5 |
Other non-audit services | — | 0.6 | 0.1 |
Total non-audit fees | 2.8 | 2.2 | 1.3 |
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 158 | ||
Group | |||
2025 | 2024 | 2023 | |
£m | £m | £m | |
Credit impairment charges/(write-backs): | |||
Loans and advances to customers | 209 | 87 | 191 |
Recoveries of loans and advances, net of collection costs | (14) | (23) | 10 |
Off-balance sheet credit exposures (See Note 27) | (2) | 7 | 4 |
193 | 71 | 205 | |
Provisions for other liabilities and charges (excluding off-balance sheet credit exposures) (See Note 27) | 563 | 687 | 334 |
Charge for residual value and voluntary termination | 34 | 2 | 1 |
597 | 689 | 335 | |
790 | 760 | 540 |
Group | |||
2025 | 2024 | 2023 | |
£m | £m | £m | |
Current tax: | |||
UK corporation tax on profit for the year | 386 | 205 | 475 |
Adjustments in respect of prior years | (14) | (47) | (15) |
Total current tax | 372 | 158 | 460 |
Deferred tax: | |||
Charge for the year | 23 | 187 | 106 |
Adjustments in respect of prior years | 1 | 33 | (7) |
Total deferred tax | 24 | 220 | 99 |
Tax on profit | 396 | 378 | 559 |
Group | |||
2025 | 2024 | 2023 | |
£m | £m | £m | |
Profit before tax | 1,482 | 1,349 | 2,100 |
Tax calculated at the statutory rate of 25% (2024: 25%, 2023: 23.5%) | 371 | 337 | 494 |
Bank surcharge on profits | 56 | 41 | 85 |
Non-deductible preference dividends paid | 9 | 9 | 9 |
Non-deductible UK Bank Levy | 11 | 12 | 10 |
Non-deductible conduct remediation, fines and penalties | (15) | 3 | 13 |
Other non-deductible costs and non-taxable income | 14 | 26 | 2 |
Effect of change in tax rate on deferred tax provision | — | — | 2 |
Tax relief on dividends in respect of other equity instruments | (37) | (36) | (34) |
Adjustment to prior year provisions | (13) | (14) | (22) |
Tax on profit | 396 | 378 | 559 |
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 159 | ||
Group | Company | |||
2025 | 2024 | 2025 | 2024 | |
£m | £m | £m | £m | |
At 1 January | 506 | 490 | 528 | 568 |
Income statement charge | (372) | (158) | (369) | (198) |
Other comprehensive income charge | (14) | (47) | — | — |
Corporate income tax paid | 46 | 240 | 48 | 172 |
Other movements | 189 | (19) | 188 | (14) |
At 31 December | 355 | 506 | 395 | 528 |
Group | ||||||||
Fair value of financial instruments | Pension remeasurement | Cash flow hedges | Fair value reserve | Intangible assets | Accelerated tax depreciation | Other temporary differences | Total | |
£m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | |
At 1 January 2025 | (152) | (117) | 110 | 8 | (72) | (6) | (17) | (246) |
Income statement credit/(charge) | 9 | (51) | — | — | (8) | (14) | 40 | (24) |
Transfers/reclassifications | — | — | 3 | 1 | — | — | (4) | — |
Credited/(charged) to other comprehensive income | — | 28 | (190) | (5) | — | — | — | (167) |
At 31 December 2025 | (143) | (140) | (77) | 4 | (80) | (20) | 19 | (437) |
At 1 January 2024 | (8) | (186) | 73 | 3 | (70) | 18 | (16) | (186) |
Income statement charge | (144) | (44) | — | — | (2) | (24) | (6) | (220) |
Transfers/reclassifications | — | — | 2 | 1 | — | — | — | 3 |
Credited to other comprehensive income | — | 113 | 35 | 4 | — | — | 5 | 157 |
At 31 December 2024 | (152) | (117) | 110 | 8 | (72) | (6) | (17) | (246) |
Company | ||||||||
Fair value of financial instruments | Pension remeasurement | Cash flow hedges | Fair value reserve | Intangible assets | Accelerated tax depreciation | Other temporary differences | Total | |
£m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | |
At 1 January 2025 | (74) | (117) | 112 | 8 | (72) | (8) | 21 | (130) |
Income statement (charge)/credit | (24) | (51) | — | — | (8) | (18) | 19 | (82) |
Credited/(charged) to other comprehensive income | — | 28 | (184) | (4) | — | — | — | (160) |
At 31 December 2025 | (98) | (140) | (72) | 4 | (80) | (26) | 40 | (372) |
At 1 January 2024 | (11) | (186) | 74 | 4 | (70) | 13 | 35 | (141) |
Income statement charge | (63) | (44) | — | — | (2) | (21) | (18) | (148) |
Transfers/reclassifications | — | — | — | — | — | — | (1) | (1) |
Credited to other comprehensive income | — | 113 | 38 | 4 | — | — | 5 | 160 |
At 31 December 2024 | (74) | (117) | 112 | 8 | (72) | (8) | 21 | (130) |
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 160 | ||
Group and Company | |||||||
2025 | 2024 | 2023 | 2025 | 2024 | 2023 | ||
Pence per share | Pence per share | Pence per share | £m | £m | £m | ||
In respect of current year - first interim | 0.08 | 1.78 | 1.32 | 26 | 554 | 410 | |
In respect of current year - second interim | — | 2.44 | 3.61 | — | 757 | 1,120 | |
26 | 1,311 | 1,530 | |||||
Group | |||||||
2025 | 2024 | ||||||
Fair value | Fair value | ||||||
Notional amount | Assets | Liabilities | Notional amount | Assets | Liabilities | ||
£m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | ||
Derivatives held for trading: | |||||||
Exchange rate contracts | 9,341 | 85 | 118 | 13,755 | 238 | 156 | |
Interest rate contracts | 25,372 | 198 | 336 | 29,296 | 294 | 489 | |
Inflation rate contracts | 171 | 16 | 30 | — | — | — | |
Equity and credit contracts | 568 | 94 | 21 | 681 | 124 | 21 | |
Total derivatives held for trading | 35,452 | 393 | 505 | 43,732 | 656 | 666 | |
Derivatives held for hedging | |||||||
Designated as fair value hedges: | |||||||
Exchange rate contracts | 4,099 | 86 | 16 | 1,712 | 42 | 8 | |
Interest rate contracts | 169,084 | 564 | 479 | 146,172 | 1,055 | 477 | |
Inflation rate contracts | 1,850 | 69 | — | — | — | — | |
175,033 | 719 | 495 | 147,884 | 1,097 | 485 | ||
Designated as cash flow hedges: | |||||||
Exchange rate contracts | 18,343 | 500 | 378 | 21,535 | 698 | 266 | |
Interest rate contracts | 37,508 | 316 | 367 | 54,267 | 326 | 928 | |
Inflation rate contracts | — | — | — | 1,794 | 70 | — | |
55,851 | 816 | 745 | 77,596 | 1,094 | 1,194 | ||
Total derivatives held for hedging | 230,884 | 1,535 | 1,240 | 225,480 | 2,191 | 1,679 | |
Derivative netting 1 | — | (1,058) | (1,058) | — | (1,643) | (1,643) | |
Total derivatives | 266,336 | 870 | 687 | 269,212 | 1,204 | 702 | |
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 161 | ||
Company | |||||||
2025 | 2024 | ||||||
Fair value | Fair value | ||||||
Notional amount | Assets | Liabilities | Notional amount | Assets | Liabilities | ||
£m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | ||
Derivatives held for trading: | |||||||
Exchange rate contracts | 28,677 | 480 | 542 | 31,646 | 553 | 300 | |
Interest rate contracts | 71,108 | 320 | 1,527 | 69,248 | 358 | 2,589 | |
Inflation rate contracts | 171 | 16 | 30 | — | — | — | |
Equity and credit contracts | 568 | 94 | 21 | 681 | 124 | 21 | |
Total derivatives held for trading | 100,524 | 910 | 2,120 | 101,575 | 1,035 | 2,910 | |
Derivatives held for hedging | |||||||
Designated as fair value hedges: | |||||||
Exchange rate contracts | 2,854 | 47 | 16 | 1,524 | 41 | 4 | |
Interest rate contracts | 166,223 | 490 | 478 | 144,346 | 1,013 | 464 | |
Inflation rate contracts | 1,850 | 69 | — | — | — | — | |
170,927 | 606 | 494 | 145,870 | 1,054 | 468 | ||
Designated as cash flow hedges: | |||||||
Exchange rate contracts | 9,890 | 244 | 278 | 12,931 | 649 | 152 | |
Interest rate contracts | 29,984 | 265 | 298 | 46,549 | 317 | 720 | |
Inflation rate contracts | — | — | — | 1,794 | 70 | — | |
39,874 | 509 | 576 | 61,274 | 1,036 | 872 | ||
Total derivatives held for hedging | 210,801 | 1,115 | 1,070 | 207,144 | 2,090 | 1,340 | |
Derivative netting 1 | — | (1,058) | (1,058) | — | (1,643) | (1,643) | |
Total derivatives | 311,325 | 967 | 2,132 | 308,719 | 1,482 | 2,607 | |
Notional | |||||
Traded over the counter | Asset | Liability | |||
Settled by central counterparties | Not settled by central counterparties | Total | Traded over the counter | Traded over the counter | |
2025 | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m |
Exchange rate contracts | — | 31,783 | 31,783 | 671 | 512 |
Interest rate contracts | 219,306 | 12,658 | 231,964 | 20 | 124 |
Inflation rate contracts | 2,021 | — | 2,021 | 85 | 30 |
Equity and credit contracts | — | 568 | 568 | 94 | 21 |
221,327 | 45,009 | 266,336 | 870 | 687 | |
2024 | |||||
Exchange rate contracts | — | 37,002 | 37,002 | 978 | 430 |
Interest rate contracts | 217,159 | 12,576 | 229,735 | 32 | 251 |
Inflation rate contracts | 1,794 | — | 1,794 | 70 | — |
Equity and credit contracts | — | 681 | 681 | 124 | 21 |
218,953 | 50,259 | 269,212 | 1,204 | 702 | |
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 162 | ||
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 163 | ||
Group | |||||||
2025 | Hedging Instruments | ≤1 month | >1 and ≤3 months | >3 and ≤12 months | >1 and ≤5 years | >5 years | Total |
Fair value hedges: | |||||||
Interest rate risk | Interest rate contracts - Nominal amount (£m) | 12,649 | 10,884 | 60,547 | 75,678 | 3,581 | 163,339 |
Average fixed interest rate - GBP | 4.15% | 4.70% | 4.02% | 3.51% | 3.75% | ||
Average fixed interest rate - EUR | — | 0.22% | — | 0.62% | 4.37% | ||
Average fixed interest rate - USD | — | — | — | 4.09% | 1.33% | ||
Interest rate/FX risk | Exchange rate contracts - Nominal amount (£m) | 12 | 13 | 199 | 3,086 | 789 | 4,099 |
Interest rate contracts - Nominal amount (£m) | 12 | 13 | 113 | 2,968 | 789 | 3,895 | |
Average GBP - EUR exchange rate | 1.18 | 1.14 | 1.16 | 1.18 | 1.18 | ||
Average GBP - USD exchange rate | — | — | 1.25 | 1.35 | 1.29 | ||
Average fixed interest rate - EUR | 1.78% | 3.25% | 4.08% | 3.51% | 2.82% | ||
Average fixed interest rate - USD | — | — | 4.99% | 4.39% | 4.36% | ||
Inflation risk/Interest rate risk | Inflation derivative contracts - Nominal amount (£m) | — | — | — | — | 1,850 | 1,850 |
Interest rate contracts - Nominal amount (£m) | — | — | — | — | 1,850 | 1,850 | |
Average fixed interest rate - GBP | — | — | — | — | 5.00% | ||
Cash flow hedges: | |||||||
Interest rate risk | Interest rate contracts – Nominal amount (£m) | 261 | — | 2,174 | 30,622 | 3,550 | 36,607 |
Average fixed interest rate - GBP | 4.38% | — | 3.15% | 3.88% | 4.48% | ||
FX risk | Exchange rate contracts - Nominal amount (£m) | — | — | 1,730 | 12,429 | 2,716 | 16,875 |
Average GBP - CHF exchange rate | — | — | 1.12 | 1.11 | — | ||
Average GBP - EUR exchange rate | — | — | — | 1.18 | 1.17 | ||
Average GBP - USD exchange rate | — | — | 1.33 | 1.27 | 1.37 | ||
Interest rate/FX risk | Exchange rate contracts - Nominal amount (£m) | — | — | 76 | 1,183 | 209 | 1,468 |
Interest rate contracts - Nominal amount (£m) | — | — | — | 743 | 158 | 901 | |
Average GBP - EUR exchange rate | — | — | 1.17 | 1.20 | — | ||
Average GBP - USD exchange rate | — | — | — | 1.32 | 1.54 | ||
Average fixed interest rate - GBP | — | — | 2.86% | 3.10% | 4.59% | ||
2024 | |||||||
Fair value hedges: | |||||||
Interest rate risk | Interest rate contracts- Nominal amount (£m) | 4,174 | 6,301 | 53,531 | 77,233 | 3,409 | 144,648 |
Average fixed interest rate - GBP | 3.75% | 4.29% | 4.50% | 3.87% | 3.65% | ||
Average fixed interest rate - EUR | 0.20% | (0.35)% | (0.45)% | 0.58% | 4.37% | ||
Average fixed interest rate - USD | 1.68% | 1.53% | 1.53% | 5.76% | 0.45% | ||
Interest rate/FX risk | Exchange rate contracts - Nominal amount (£m) | — | 88 | 128 | 1,018 | 478 | 1,712 |
Interest rate contracts - Nominal amount (£m) | — | 88 | 86 | 872 | 478 | 1,524 | |
Average GBP - EUR exchange rate | — | 1.14 | 1.16 | 1.16 | 1.18 | ||
Average GBP - USD exchange rate | — | — | — | 1.32 | 1.28 | ||
Average fixed interest rate - EUR | — | — | 1.35% | 3.30% | 2.94% | ||
Average fixed interest rate - USD | — | — | — | 4.83% | 4.38% | ||
Cash flow hedges: | |||||||
Interest rate risk | Interest rate contracts - Nominal amount (£m) | 4,300 | 3,366 | 11,598 | 28,336 | 3,587 | 51,187 |
Average fixed interest rate - GBP | 4.59% | 4.05% | 4.76% | 3.70% | 4.35% | ||
FX risk | Exchange rate contracts - Nominal amount (£m) | 258 | 792 | 4,927 | 10,976 | 1,306 | 18,259 |
Interest rate contracts - Nominal amount (£m) | — | — | — | — | 958 | 958 | |
Average GBP - JPY exchange rate | 178.37 | 179.99 | 187.64 | — | — | ||
Average GBP - CHF exchange rate | — | — | 1.09 | 1.11 | — | ||
Average GBP - CAD exchange rate | — | — | 1.76 | — | — | ||
Average GBP - EUR exchange rate | — | 1.20 | 1.19 | 1.18 | 1.16 | ||
Average GBP - USD exchange rate | — | — | 1.24 | 1.30 | 1.39 | ||
Interest rate/FX risk | Exchange rate contracts - Nominal amount (£m) | 826 | 394 | 534 | 1,104 | 418 | 3,276 |
Interest rate contracts - Nominal amount (£m) | 826 | — | 327 | 799 | 170 | 2,122 | |
Average GBP - EUR exchange rate | 1.12 | 1.37 | 1.16 | 1.21 | 1.18 | ||
Average GBP - USD exchange rate | — | — | 1.54 | 1.32 | 1.54 | ||
Average fixed interest rate - GBP | 1.48% | 2.76% | 2.65% | 2.74% | 4.81% | ||
Inflation risk | Inflation derivative contracts - Nominal amount (£m) | — | — | — | — | 1,794 | 1,794 |
Average fixed interest rate - GBP | — | — | — | — | 4.98% |
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 164 | ||
Company | |||||||
2025 | Hedging Instruments | ≤1 month | >1 month and ≤3 months | >3 and ≤12 months | >1 and ≤5 years | >5 years | Total |
Fair value hedges: | |||||||
Interest rate risk | Interest rate contracts – Nominal amount (£m) | 12,647 | 9,897 | 60,537 | 74,947 | 3,504 | 161,532 |
Average fixed interest rate – GBP | 4.15% | 4.60% | 4.02% | 3.49% | 3.75% | ||
Average fixed interest rate – EUR | — | 0.22% | — | 0.62% | — | ||
Average fixed interest rate – USD | — | — | — | 4.09% | 1.33% | ||
Interest rate/FX risk | Exchange rate contracts – Nominal amount (£m) | 12 | 13 | 112 | 1,928 | 789 | 2,854 |
Interest rate contracts – Nominal amount (£m) | 12 | 13 | 112 | 1,915 | 789 | 2,841 | |
Average GBP - EUR exchange rate | 1.18 | 1.14 | 1.15 | 1.16 | 1.18 | ||
Average GBP - USD exchange rate | — | — | 1.25 | 1.35 | 1.29 | ||
Average fixed interest rate – EUR | 1.78% | 3.25% | 3.21% | 2.97% | 2.82% | ||
Average fixed interest rate – USD | — | — | 4.99% | 4.39% | 4.36% | ||
Inflation risk/interest rate risk | Inflation derivative contracts - Nominal amount (£m) | — | — | — | — | 1,850 | 1,850 |
Interest rate contracts - Nominal amount (£m) | — | — | — | — | 1,850 | 1,850 | |
Average fixed interest rate - GBP | — | — | — | — | 5.00% | ||
Cash flow hedges: | |||||||
Interest rate risk | Interest rate contracts – Nominal amount (£m) | 261 | — | 1,144 | 25,621 | 2,058 | 29,084 |
Average fixed interest rate - GBP | 4.38% | — | 2.93% | 4.01% | 4.37% | ||
FX risk | Exchange rate contracts – Nominal amount (£m) | — | — | 743 | 6,914 | 1,189 | 8,846 |
Average GBP - EUR exchange rate | — | — | — | 1.18 | — | ||
Average GBP - USD exchange rate | — | — | 1.41 | 1.28 | 1.37 | ||
Interest rate/FX risk | Exchange rate contracts – Nominal amount (£m) | — | — | 30 | 805 | 209 | 1,044 |
Interest rate contracts – Nominal amount (£m) | — | — | — | 743 | 157 | 900 | |
Average GBP - USD exchange rate | — | — | — | 1.32 | 1.54 | ||
Average fixed interest rate – GBP | — | — | 2.84% | 2.60% | 4.59% | ||
2024 | |||||||
Fair value hedges: | |||||||
Interest rate risk | Interest rate contracts – Nominal amount (£m) | 4,172 | 6,296 | 53,514 | 75,503 | 3,337 | 142,822 |
Average fixed interest rate – GBP | 3.75% | 4.29% | 4.50% | 3.83% | 3.65% | ||
Average fixed interest rate – EUR | 0.20% | (0.35)% | (0.45)% | 0.58% | — | ||
Average fixed interest rate – USD | 1.68% | 1.53% | 1.53% | 5.76% | 0.45% | ||
Interest rate/FX risk | Exchange rate contracts – Nominal amount (£m) | — | 88 | 86 | 872 | 478 | 1,524 |
Interest rate contracts – Nominal amount (£m) | — | 88 | 86 | 872 | 478 | 1,524 | |
Average GBP - EUR exchange rate | — | 1.14 | 1.16 | 1.16 | 1.18 | ||
Average GBP - USD exchange rate | — | — | — | 1.32 | 1.28 | ||
Average fixed interest rate - EUR | — | — | 0.80% | 3.06% | 2.94% | ||
Average fixed interest rate - USD | — | — | — | 4.83% | 4.38% | ||
Cash flow hedges: | |||||||
Interest rate risk | Interest rate contracts – Nominal amount (£m) | 4,300 | 3,366 | 11,598 | 22,305 | 2,727 | 44,296 |
Average fixed interest rate - GBP | 4.59% | 4.06% | 4.76% | 3.83% | 4.33% | ||
FX risk | Exchange rate contracts – Nominal amount (£m) | 258 | 792 | 4,927 | 4,634 | 479 | 11,090 |
Interest rate contracts – Nominal amount (£m) | — | — | — | — | 958 | 958 | |
Average GBP - JPY exchange rate | 179.37 | 179.99 | 187.64 | — | — | ||
Average GBP - CHF exchange rate | — | — | 1.09 | — | — | ||
Average GBP - CAD exchange rate | — | — | 1.76 | — | — | ||
Average GBP - EUR exchange rate | — | 1.20 | 1.19 | 1.18 | — | ||
Average GBP - USD exchange rate | — | — | 1.29 | 1.32 | 1.39 | ||
Interest rate/FX risk | Exchange rate contracts – Nominal amount (£m) | — | 394 | 327 | 895 | 225 | 1,841 |
Interest rate contracts – Nominal amount (£m) | — | — | 327 | 799 | 169 | 1,295 | |
Average GBP - EUR exchange rate | — | 1.37 | — | — | — | ||
Average GBP - USD exchange rate | — | — | 1.54 | 1.32 | 1.54 | ||
Average fixed interest rate – GBP | — | 2.22% | 3.34% | 2.62% | 4.59% | ||
Inflation risk | Inflation derivative contracts - Nominal amount (£m) | — | — | — | — | 1,794 | 1,794 |
Average fixed interest rate - GBP | — | — | — | — | 4.98% |
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 165 | ||
Group | Company | ||||||
2025 | 2024 | 2023 | 2025 | 2024 | 2023 | ||
£m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | ||
Fair value hedging: | |||||||
(Losses)/Gains on hedging instruments | (551) | 193 | (1,879) | (626) | 220 | (1,920) | |
Gains/(Losses) on hedged items attributable to hedged risks | 523 | (168) | 1,896 | 589 | (201) | 1,927 | |
Fair value hedging ineffectiveness | (28) | 25 | 17 | (37) | 19 | 7 | |
Cash flow hedging ineffectiveness | (3) | (3) | 2 | (3) | (4) | — | |
(31) | 22 | 19 | (40) | 15 | 7 |
Group | |||||||||||
2025 | 2024 | 2023 | |||||||||
Change in FV of hedging instruments | Change in FV of hedged items | Recognised in income statement | Change in FV of hedging instruments | Change in FV of hedged items | Recognised in income statement | Change in FV of hedging instruments | Change in FV of hedged items | Recognised in income statement | |||
£m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | |||
Fair value hedges: | |||||||||||
Interest rate risk | (528) | 499 | (29) | 167 | (151) | 16 | (1,865) | 1,877 | 12 | ||
Interest rate/FX risk | 9 | (8) | 1 | 26 | (17) | 9 | (14) | 19 | 5 | ||
Inflation rate risk/interest rate risk | (32) | 32 | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | ||
(551) | 523 | (28) | 193 | (168) | 25 | (1,879) | 1,896 | 17 |
Group | |||||
Hedging Instruments | Recognised in Income Statement | Reclassified from reserves to income | |||
Income statement line item affected by reclassification | Change in FV | Recognised in OCI | |||
£m | £m | £m | £m | ||
Cash flow hedges: | |||||
2025 | |||||
Interest rate risk | Net interest income | 465 | (469) | (4) | (305) |
FX risk | Net interest income/other operating income | (287) | 295 | 8 | (151) |
Interest rate/FX risk | Net interest income/other operating income | (66) | 59 | (7) | (89) |
Inflation Risk | Net Interest Income | 82 | (82) | — | 9 |
194 | (197) | (3) | (536) | ||
2024 | |||||
Interest rate risk | Net interest income | (764) | 761 | (3) | (488) |
FX risk | Net interest income/other operating income | 414 | (405) | 9 | 216 |
Interest rate/FX risk | Net interest income/other operating income | (181) | 172 | (9) | (231) |
Inflation Risk | Net Interest Income | 71 | (71) | — | 3 |
(460) | 457 | (3) | (500) | ||
2023 | |||||
Interest rate risk | Net interest income | 466 | (445) | 21 | (469) |
FX risk | Net interest income/other operating income | (396) | 377 | (19) | (392) |
Interest rate/FX risk | Net interest income/other operating income | (237) | 237 | — | (387) |
(167) | 169 | 2 | (1,248) | ||
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 166 | ||
Company | |||||||||||
2025 | 2024 | 2023 | |||||||||
Change in FV of hedging instruments | Change in FV of hedged items | Recognised in income statement | Change in FV of hedging instruments | Change in FV of hedged items | Recognised in income statement | Change in FV of hedging instruments | Change in FV of hedged items | Recognised in income statement | |||
£m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | |||
Fair value hedges: | |||||||||||
Interest rate risk | (553) | 521 | (32) | 186 | (171) | 15 | (1,907) | 1,916 | 9 | ||
Interest rate/FX risk | (41) | 36 | (5) | 34 | (30) | 4 | (13) | 11 | (2) | ||
Inflation rate risk/Interest rate risk | (32) | 32 | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | ||
(626) | 589 | (37) | 220 | (201) | 19 | (1,920) | 1,927 | 7 |
Company | |||||
Hedging Instruments | Recognised in Income Statement | Reclassified from reserves to income | |||
Income statement line item affected by reclassification | Change in FV | Recognised in OCI | |||
£m | £m | £m | £m | ||
Cash flow hedges: | |||||
2025 | |||||
Interest rate risk | Net interest income | 394 | (398) | (4) | (204) |
FX risk | Net interest income/other operating income | (312) | 315 | 3 | (277) |
Interest rate/FX risk | Net interest income/other operating income | (101) | 99 | (2) | (124) |
Inflation Risk | Net Interest Income | 82 | (82) | — | 9 |
63 | (66) | (3) | (596) | ||
2024 | |||||
Interest rate risk | Net interest income | (616) | 614 | (2) | (333) |
FX risk | Net interest income/other operating income | 587 | (582) | 5 | 523 |
Interest rate/FX risk | Net interest income/other operating income | (54) | 47 | (7) | (64) |
Inflation Risk | Net Interest Income | 71 | (71) | — | 3 |
(12) | 8 | (4) | 129 | ||
2023 | |||||
Interest rate risk | Net interest income | 418 | (416) | 2 | (312) |
FX risk | Net interest income/other operating income | (204) | 200 | (4) | (205) |
Interest rate/FX risk | Net interest income/other operating income | (168) | 170 | 2 | (277) |
46 | (46) | — | (794) | ||
Group | Company | ||||
2025 | 2024 | 2025 | 2024 | ||
£m | £m | £m | £m | ||
Balance at 1 January | (453) | (496) | (399) | (262) | |
Effective portion of changes in fair value: | |||||
– Interest rate risk | 469 | (761) | 398 | (614) | |
– Foreign currency risk | (295) | 405 | (315) | 582 | |
– Interest rate/foreign currency risk | (59) | (172) | (99) | (47) | |
– Inflation risk | 82 | 71 | 82 | 71 | |
197 | (457) | 66 | (8) | ||
Income statement transfers: | |||||
– Interest rate risk | 305 | 488 | 204 | 333 | |
– Foreign currency risk | 151 | (216) | 277 | (523) | |
– Interest rate/foreign currency risk | 89 | 231 | 124 | 64 | |
– Inflation risk | (9) | (3) | (9) | (3) | |
536 | 500 | 596 | (129) | ||
Balance at 31 December | 280 | (453) | 263 | (399) |
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 167 | ||
Group | |||||||||||
2025 | 2024 | ||||||||||
Accumulated FV hedge adjustments | Change in value to calculate hedge ineffectiveness | Accumulated FV hedge adjustments | Change in value to calculate hedge ineffectiveness | ||||||||
Carrying value | Hedged item | Portfolio hedge of interest rate risks | Of which Discontinued hedges | Carrying value | Hedged item | Portfolio hedge of interest rate risks | Of which Discontinued hedges | ||||
£m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | ||
Fair value hedges | |||||||||||
Interest rate risk: | |||||||||||
Loans and advances to customers | 72,604 | — | (76) | (24) | 552 | 62,773 | — | (731) | (290) | (154) | |
Other financial assets at amortised cost | 2,103 | (25) | (6) | (5) | 21 | 1,667 | (45) | (7) | (7) | (44) | |
Reverse repurchase agreements – non trading | 8,802 | — | 2 | — | 2 | 6,423 | — | (1) | — | (1) | |
Other financial assets at FVOCI | 2,010 | (87) | — | (74) | 42 | 2,100 | (131) | — | (95) | (18) | |
Deposits by customers | (29,620) | — | (27) | — | (53) | (21,726) | 18 | 9 | 1 | (1) | |
Debt securities in issue | (3,758) | 70 | (32) | (38) | (60) | (3,811) | 150 | (54) | (77) | 52 | |
Subordinated liabilities | (505) | (18) | (1) | (28) | (6) | (511) | (12) | (1) | (36) | 15 | |
Interest rate/FX risk: | |||||||||||
Other financial assets at FVOCI | 1,898 | 7 | — | — | 46 | 1,503 | 16 | — | — | (30) | |
Debt securities in issue | (2,284) | (5) | — | (8) | (53) | (200) | (9) | — | (14) | 13 | |
Inflation risk/Interest rate risk: | |||||||||||
Other financial assets at amortised cost | 1,884 | 12 | — | — | 32 | — | — | — | — | — | |
Other financial assets at FVOCI | 83 | (1) | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | |
53,217 | (47) | (140) | (177) | 523 | 48,218 | (13) | (785) | (518) | (168) | ||
Group | |||||||
2025 | 2024 | ||||||
Change in value to calculate hedge ineffectiveness | Cash flow hedge reserve | Balances on cash flow hedge reserve for discontinued hedges | Change in value to calculate hedge ineffectiveness | Cash flow hedge reserve | Balances on cash flow hedge reserve for discontinued hedges | ||
Hedged item balance sheet line item | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | |
Cash flow hedges: | |||||||
Interest rate risk: | |||||||
Loans and advances to customers | (205) | (79) | — | 361 | (497) | 2 | |
Cash and balances at central banks | (207) | 112 | (27) | 464 | (192) | (50) | |
Deposits by banks | 2 | — | — | (4) | — | — | |
Repurchase agreements - non trading | (59) | 104 | 104 | (60) | 52 | — | |
FX risk: | |||||||
Other financial assets at FVOCI | (84) | — | — | (487) | 1 | — | |
Highly probable forecast transactions | (5) | 1 | — | 4 | — | — | |
Debt securities in issue | 383 | 36 | — | 78 | 181 | — | |
Interest rate/FX risk: | |||||||
Debt securities in issue/loans and advances to customers | (47) | (3) | — | 148 | (12) | — | |
Deposits by customers | 58 | (13) | — | 21 | (37) | — | |
Subordinated liabilities/loans and advances to customers | 49 | (19) | 48 | 3 | (16) | 51 | |
Inflation risk: | |||||||
Other financial assets at amortised cost | (81) | 139 | 139 | (70) | 66 | — | |
Other financial assets at FVOCI | (1) | 2 | 2 | (1) | 1 | — | |
(197) | 280 | 266 | 457 | (453) | 3 |
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 168 | ||
Company | |||||||||||
2025 | 2024 | ||||||||||
Accumulated FV hedge adjustments | Change in value to calculate hedge ineffectiveness | Accumulated FV hedge adjustments | Change in value to calculate hedge ineffectiveness | ||||||||
Carrying value | Hedged item | Portfolio hedge of interest rate risks | Of which Discontinued hedges | Carrying value | Hedged item | Portfolio hedge of interest rate risks | Of which Discontinued hedges | ||||
£m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | ||
Fair value hedges | |||||||||||
Interest rate risk: | |||||||||||
Loans and advances to customers | 72,525 | — | (220) | (169) | 552 | 62,694 | — | (903) | (461) | (153) | |
Other financial assets at amortised cost | 2,103 | (25) | (6) | (6) | 21 | 1,667 | (45) | (7) | (7) | (44) | |
Reverse repurchase agreements – non trading | 8,802 | — | 2 | — | 2 | 6,423 | — | (1) | — | (1) | |
Other financial assets at FVOCI | 2,010 | (87) | — | (74) | 42 | 2,100 | (131) | — | (95) | (18) | |
Deposits by customers | (29,112) | — | (27) | — | (53) | (21,726) | 18 | 10 | 1 | (1) | |
Debt securities in issue | (1,948) | 25 | — | — | (37) | (2,035) | 64 | — | — | 32 | |
Subordinated liabilities | (506) | (18) | — | (27) | (6) | (512) | (13) | — | (35) | 14 | |
Interest rate/FX risk: | |||||||||||
Other financial assets at FVOCI | 1,898 | 7 | — | — | 46 | 1,503 | 17 | — | — | (30) | |
Debt securities in issue | (1,010) | 3 | — | — | (10) | — | — | — | — | — | |
Inflation risk/Interest rate risk: | |||||||||||
Other financial assets at amortised cost | 1,884 | 12 | — | — | 32 | — | — | — | — | — | |
Other financial assets at FVOCI | 83 | (1) | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | |
56,729 | (84) | (251) | (276) | 589 | 50,114 | (90) | (901) | (597) | (201) | ||
Company | |||||||
2025 | 2024 | ||||||
Change in value to calculate hedge ineffectiveness | Cash flow hedge reserve | Balances on cash flow hedge reserve for discontinued hedges | Change in value to calculate hedge ineffectiveness | Cash flow hedge reserve | Balances on cash flow hedge reserve for discontinued hedges | ||
Hedged item balance sheet line item | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | |
Cash flow hedges: | |||||||
Interest rate risk: | |||||||
Loans and advances to customers | (111) | (65) | — | 214 | (312) | 2 | |
Cash and balances at central banks | (230) | 112 | (27) | 464 | (191) | (50) | |
Deposits by banks | 2 | — | — | (4) | — | — | |
Repurchase agreements - non trading | (59) | 104 | 104 | (60) | 52 | — | |
FX risk: | |||||||
Other financial assets at FVOCI | (84) | — | — | (487) | 1 | — | |
Highly probable forecast transactions | (5) | 1 | — | 4 | — | — | |
Debt securities in issue | 404 | 9 | — | (99) | 48 | — | |
Interest rate/FX risk: | |||||||
Debt securities in issue/loans and advances to customers | (6) | — | — | 23 | (2) | — | |
Deposits by customers | 57 | (13) | (1) | 21 | (38) | (1) | |
Subordinated liabilities/loans and advances to customers | 48 | (26) | 42 | 3 | (23) | 43 | |
Inflation risk: | |||||||
Other financial assets at amortised cost | (81) | 139 | 139 | (70) | 65 | — | |
Other financial assets at FVOCI | (1) | 2 | 2 | (1) | 1 | — | |
(66) | 263 | 259 | 8 | (399) | (6) |
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 169 | ||
Group | Company | |||||
2025 | 2025 | |||||
Components of hedging derivatives excluded from hedge designation | £m | £m | £m | £m | ||
Balance at 1 January | — | — | ||||
Transfers to cost of hedging reserve: | ||||||
Cash flow hedges: | ||||||
Foreign currency risk | Time-period related | 24 | 8 | |||
Transaction-related | — | — | ||||
24 | 8 | |||||
Equity risk | Time-period related | — | — | |||
Transaction-related | — | — | ||||
— | — | |||||
24 | 8 | |||||
Fair value hedges: | ||||||
Foreign currency risk | Time-period related | (2) | (2) | |||
Transaction-related | — | — | ||||
(2) | (2) | |||||
(2) | (2) | |||||
22 | 6 | |||||
Transfers out of cost of hedging reserve: | ||||||
Cash flow hedges: | ||||||
Foreign currency risk | Time-period related | (1) | (1) | |||
Transaction-related | — | — | ||||
(1) | (1) | |||||
Equity risk | Time-period related | — | — | |||
Transaction-related | — | — | ||||
— | — | |||||
(1) | (1) | |||||
(1) | (1) | |||||
Tax | (1) | (1) | ||||
Balance at 31 December | 20 | 4 |
Group | Company | ||||
2025 | 2024 | 2025 | 2024 | ||
£m | £m | £m | £m | ||
Loans and advances to customers: | |||||
Loans to housing associations | — | 4 | — | 4 | |
Other loans | 40 | 40 | 40 | 40 | |
40 | 44 | 40 | 44 | ||
Debt securities | — | 56 | — | 56 | |
Other debt instruments | 24 | 36 | — | — | |
64 | 136 | 40 | 100 |
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 170 | ||
Group | Company | ||||
2025 | 2024 | 2025 | 2024 | ||
£m | £m | £m | £m | ||
Loans secured on residential properties | 167,284 | 165,214 | 167,284 | 165,214 | |
Corporate loans | 20,450 | 18,550 | 19,413 | 17,778 | |
Finance leases | 4,251 | 4,222 | — | — | |
Other unsecured loans | 5,566 | 6,601 | 5,513 | 6,521 | |
Accrued interest and other adjustments | 760 | 796 | 906 | 961 | |
Amounts due from fellow Banco Santander subsidiaries and joint ventures | 5,043 | 4,814 | 7 | 3 | |
Amounts due from Santander UK Group Holdings plc | 11 | 18 | 11 | 18 | |
Amounts due from subsidiaries | — | — | 29,999 | 27,999 | |
Loans and advances to customers | 203,365 | 200,215 | 223,133 | 218,494 | |
Credit impairment loss allowances on loans and advances to customers | (729) | (784) | (666) | (714) | |
Residual value and voluntary termination provisions on finance leases | (27) | (23) | — | — | |
Net loans and advances to customers | 202,609 | 199,408 | 222,467 | 217,780 | |
Group | |||||||
2025 | 2024 | ||||||
Gross investment | Unearned finance income | Net investment | Gross investment | Unearned finance income | Net investment | ||
£m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | ||
No later than one year | 1,362 | (202) | 1,160 | 1,400 | (208) | 1,192 | |
Later than one year and not later than two years | 1,337 | (202) | 1,135 | 1,423 | (215) | 1,208 | |
Later than two years and not later than three years | 1,086 | (164) | 922 | 1,220 | (184) | 1,036 | |
Later than three years and not later than four years | 972 | (147) | 825 | 721 | (109) | 612 | |
Later than four years and not later than five years | 135 | (21) | 114 | 115 | (17) | 98 | |
Later than five years | 112 | (17) | 95 | 90 | (14) | 76 | |
5,004 | (753) | 4,251 | 4,969 | (747) | 4,222 | ||
Group | Company | ||||
2025 | 2024 | 2025 | 2024 | ||
£m | £m | £m | £m | ||
No later than one year | 20 | 27 | 19 | 25 | |
Later than one year and not later than two years | 17 | 21 | 16 | 20 | |
Later than two years and not later than three years | 12 | 17 | 11 | 16 | |
Later than three years and not later than four years | 7 | 7 | 6 | 7 | |
Later than four years and not later than five years | 5 | 5 | 4 | 4 | |
Later than five years | 11 | 11 | 7 | 7 | |
72 | 88 | 63 | 79 | ||
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 171 | ||
Group | ||||||||
Gross assets | External notes in issue | Notes held within the Group | ||||||
2025 | 2024 | 2025 | 2024 | 2025 | 2024 | |||
£m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | |||
Mortgage-backed master trust structures: | ||||||||
– Holmes | 7,090 | 5,109 | 4,887 | 3,379 | 562 | 389 | ||
– Fosse | 1,845 | 2,383 | 201 | — | 1,204 | 1,408 | ||
8,935 | 7,492 | 5,088 | 3,379 | 1,766 | 1,797 | |||
Other asset-backed securitisation structures: | ||||||||
– Repton | 760 | 718 | 550 | 550 | — | — | ||
Total securitisation programmes | 9,695 | 8,210 | 5,638 | 3,929 | 1,766 | 1,797 | ||
Covered bond programme: | ||||||||
– Euro 35bn Global Covered Bond Programme | 27,428 | 25,695 | 19,201 | 17,211 | 1,224 | 1,224 | ||
Total securitisation and covered bond programmes | 37,123 | 33,905 | 24,839 | 21,140 | 2,990 | 3,021 | ||
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 172 | ||
Company | ||||||||
Gross assets | External notes in issue | Notes held within the Company | ||||||
2025 | 2024 | 2025 | 2024 | 2025 | 2024 | |||
£m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | |||
Covered bond programme: | ||||||||
– Euro 35bn Global Covered Bond Programme | 27,428 | 25,695 | 19,248 | 17,300 | 1,224 | 1,224 | ||
Total securitisation and covered bond programmes | 27,428 | 25,695 | 19,248 | 17,300 | 1,224 | 1,224 | ||
Group | |||||||||||
Internal issuances | External issuances | Internal redemptions | External redemptions | ||||||||
2025 | 2024 | 2025 | 2024 | 2025 | 2024 | 2025 | 2024 | ||||
£m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | ||||
Mortgage-backed master trust structures: | |||||||||||
– Holmes | 172 | 106 | 1,500 | 1,250 | — | 17 | — | — | |||
– Fosse | — | 894 | — | — | — | 865 | — | 100 | |||
Covered bond programme: | |||||||||||
– Euro 35bn Global Covered Bond Programme | — | — | 2,687 | 5,890 | — | 41 | 1,152 | 3,359 | |||
172 | 1,000 | 4,187 | 7,140 | — | 923 | 1,152 | 3,459 | ||||
Company | |||||||||
External issuances | Internal redemptions | External redemptions | |||||||
2025 | 2024 | 2025 | 2024 | 2025 | 2024 | ||||
£m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | ||||
Covered bond programme: | |||||||||
– Euro 35bn Global Covered Bond Programme | 2,687 | 5,890 | — | 41 | 1,152 | 3,359 | |||
2,687 | 5,890 | — | 41 | 1,152 | 3,359 | ||||
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 173 | ||
Group | |||||
2025 | 2024 | ||||
Assets | Liabilities | Assets | Liabilities | ||
Nature of transaction | £m | £m | £m | £m | |
Sale and repurchase agreements | 1,295 | 1,280 | 1,346 | (1,372) | |
Securities lending agreements | 2,160 | 1,857 | 3,304 | (2,807) | |
Company | |||||
2025 | 2024 | ||||
Assets | Liabilities | Assets | Liabilities | ||
Nature of transaction | £m | £m | £m | £m | |
Sale and repurchase agreements | 1,295 | 1,280 | 1,346 | (1,372) | |
Securities lending agreements | 2,160 | 1,857 | 2,358 | (2,307) | |
Group | Company | ||||
2025 | 2024 | 2025 | 2024 | ||
£m | £m | £m | £m | ||
Agreements with banks | 3,973 | 1,363 | 3,973 | 1,363 | |
Agreements with customers | 13,705 | 8,975 | 13,705 | 8,975 | |
17,678 | 10,338 | 17,678 | 10,338 |
Group | Company | ||||
2025 | 2024 | 2025 | 2024 | ||
£m | £m | £m | £m | ||
Asset backed securities | — | — | 1,767 | 1,798 | |
Debt securities | 3,987 | 3,408 | 3,987 | 3,408 | |
0 | 3,987 | 3,408 | 5,754 | 5,206 |
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 174 | ||
Group | Company | ||||
2025 | 2024 | 2025 | 2024 | ||
£m | £m | £m | £m | ||
Subsidiaries | — | — | 1,281 | 1,257 | |
Joint Ventures | 293 | 289 | — | — | |
293 | 289 | 1,281 | 1,257 |
Company | ||
Cost | Carrying amount | |
£m | £m | |
At 1 January 2025 | 1,257 | 1,257 |
Additions | 24 | 24 |
At 31 December 2025 | 1,281 | 1,281 |
At 1 January 2024 | 1,220 | 1,220 |
Capital contribution | 37 | 37 |
At 31 December 2024 | 1,257 | 1,257 |
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 175 | ||
Group | Company | ||||||
Cost | Accumulated impairment | Carrying amount | Cost | Accumulated impairment | Carrying amount | ||
£m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | ||
At 1 January 2025 and 31 December 2025 | 1,269 | (70) | 1,199 | 1,194 | (25) | 1,169 |
Goodwill | Discount rate | ||||
2025 | 2024 | 2025 | 2024 | ||
CGU | £m | £m | % | % | |
Personal Financial Services | 1,169 | 1,169 | 12.3 | 12.1 | |
Private Banking | 30 | 30 | 9.2 | 10.0 | |
1,199 | 1,199 |
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 176 | ||
CGU | Input | Key assumptions | Associated risks | Reasonably possible change |
Personal Financial Services | Cash flow projections | – Bank Rate – UK house price growth – UK mortgage loan market growth – UK unemployment rate – Position in the market – Regulatory capital levels. | – Uncertain market outlook – Higher interest rate environment impact on customer affordability – Customer remediation and regulatory action outcomes – Uncertain regulatory capital requirements. | – Cash flow projections decrease by 5% (2024: 10%). |
Discount rate | – Discount rate used is a reasonable estimate of a suitable market rate for the profile of the business. | – Market rates of interest rise. | – Discount rate increases by 100 basis points (2024: increased by 100 basis points). |
Decrease in headroom | |||
2025 | 2024 | ||
CGU | Reasonably possible change | £m | £m |
Personal Financial Services | Cash flow projections decrease by 5% ( 2024 : 10% ) | 438 | 764 |
Discount rate increases by 100 basis points ( 2024 : increased by 100 basis points ) | 723 | 622 | |
2025 | Carrying value | Value in use | Headroom | Increase in discount rate | Decrease in forecast cash flows |
CGU | £m | £m | £m | bps | % |
Personal Financial Services | 8,072 | 8,752 | 680 | 94 | 8 |
2024 | |||||
Personal Financial Services | 7,294 | 7,639 | 345 | 53 | 5 |
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 177 | ||
Group | Company | ||||||
Cost | Accumulated amortisation/ impairment | Carrying amount | Cost | Accumulated amortisation/ impairment | Carrying amount | ||
£m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | ||
At 1 January 2025 | 756 | (416) | 340 | 795 | (466) | 329 | |
Additions | 106 | — | 106 | 100 | — | 100 | |
Disposals | (44) | 39 | (5) | (44) | 40 | (4) | |
Charge | — | (129) | (129) | — | (125) | (125) | |
At 31 December 2025 | 818 | (506) | 312 | 851 | (551) | 300 | |
At 1 January 2024 | 1,339 | (990) | 349 | 1,382 | (1,047) | 335 | |
Additions | 120 | — | 120 | 116 | — | 116 | |
Disposals | (703) | 700 | (3) | (703) | 700 | (3) | |
Charge | — | (126) | (126) | — | (119) | (119) | |
At 31 December 2024 | 756 | (416) | 340 | 795 | (466) | 329 |
Group | ||||||
Property | Office fixtures and equipment | Computer software | Operating lease assets | Right-of-use assets | Total 1 | |
£m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | |
Cost: | ||||||
At 1 January 2025 | 941 | 892 | 7 | 716 | 270 | 2,826 |
Additions | 2 | 65 | — | 213 | 22 | 302 |
Reclassification to assets held for sale | (15) | — | — | — | — | (15) |
Disposals | (20) | (38) | (1) | (225) | (15) | (299) |
At 31 December 2025 | 908 | 919 | 6 | 704 | 277 | 2,814 |
Accumulated depreciation and impairment: | ||||||
At 1 January 2025 | 238 | 685 | 7 | 142 | 191 | 1,263 |
Charge for the year | 22 | 55 | — | 70 | 18 | 165 |
Impairment during the year | 16 | 4 | — | 5 | 3 | 28 |
Reclassification to assets held for sale | (7) | — | — | — | — | (7) |
Disposals | (18) | (37) | (1) | (86) | (4) | (146) |
At 31 December 2025 | 251 | 707 | 6 | 131 | 208 | 1,303 |
Carrying amount | 657 | 212 | — | 573 | 69 | 1,511 |
Group | ||||||
Property | Office fixtures and equipment | Computer software | Operating lease assets | Right-of-use assets | Total 1 | |
£m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | |
Cost: | ||||||
At 1 January 2024 | 918 | 877 | 67 | 635 | 263 | 2,760 |
Additions | 35 | 47 | — | 304 | 21 | 407 |
Disposals | (20) | (41) | (60) | (223) | (14) | (358) |
Other | 8 | 9 | — | — | — | 17 |
At 31 December 2024 | 941 | 892 | 7 | 716 | 270 | 2,826 |
Accumulated depreciation and impairment: | ||||||
At 1 January 2024 | 226 | 653 | 67 | 147 | 173 | 1,266 |
Charge for the year | 21 | 60 | — | 75 | 18 | 174 |
Impairment during the year | (5) | (3) | — | — | — | (8) |
Disposals | (11) | (33) | (60) | (80) | — | (184) |
Other | 7 | 8 | — | — | — | 15 |
At 31 December 2024 | 238 | 685 | 7 | 142 | 191 | 1,263 |
Carrying amount | 703 | 207 | — | 574 | 79 | 1,563 |
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 178 | ||
Company | |||||
Property | Office fixtures and equipment | Computer software | Right-of-use assets | Total 1 | |
£m | £m | £m | £m | £m | |
Cost: | |||||
At 1 January 2025 | 931 | 869 | 1 | 254 | 2,055 |
Additions | 2 | 65 | — | 21 | 88 |
Reclassification from assets held for sale | (15) | — | — | — | (15) |
Disposals | (16) | (38) | (1) | (13) | (68) |
At 31 December 2025 | 902 | 896 | — | 262 | 2,060 |
Accumulated depreciation: | |||||
At 1 January 2025 | 234 | 662 | 1 | 185 | 1,082 |
Charge for the year | 22 | 55 | — | 16 | 93 |
Impairment during the year | 16 | 4 | — | 3 | 23 |
Reclassification from assets held for sale | (7) | — | — | — | (7) |
Disposals | (16) | (37) | (1) | (3) | (57) |
At 31 December 2025 | 249 | 684 | — | 201 | 1,134 |
Carrying amount | 653 | 212 | — | 61 | 926 |
Cost: | |||||
At 1 January 2024 | 913 | 854 | 61 | 247 | 2,075 |
Additions | 35 | 47 | — | 20 | 102 |
Disposals | (20) | (41) | (60) | (13) | (134) |
Other | 3 | 9 | — | — | 12 |
At 31 December 2024 | 931 | 869 | 1 | 254 | 2,055 |
Accumulated depreciation: | |||||
At 1 January 2024 | 228 | 630 | 61 | 168 | 1,087 |
Charge for the year | 21 | 60 | — | 17 | 98 |
Impairment during the year | (5) | (3) | — | — | (8) |
Disposals | (11) | (33) | (60) | — | (104) |
Other | 1 | 8 | — | — | 9 |
At 31 December 2024 | 234 | 662 | 1 | 185 | 1,082 |
Carrying amount | 697 | 207 | — | 69 | 973 |
Group | Company | ||||
2025 | 2024 | 2025 | 2024 | ||
£m | £m | £m | £m | ||
Items in the course of transmission1 | 572 | 523 | 555 | 517 | |
Deposits held as collateral | 442 | 682 | 442 | 682 | |
Other deposits 2 | 5,613 | 12,787 | 4,791 | 12,781 | |
Amounts due to other Santander UK Group Holdings plc subsidiaries | 1 | 1 | 5,338 | 5,541 | |
6,628 | 13,993 | 11,126 | 19,521 |
Group | Company | ||||
2025 | 2024 | 2025 | 2024 | ||
£m | £m | £m | £m | ||
Demand and time deposits 1 | 184,155 | 177,335 | 179,090 | 172,222 | |
Amounts due to other Santander UK Group Holdings plc subsidiaries | 182 | 122 | 30,990 | 26,933 | |
Amounts due to Santander UK Group Holdings plc2 | 1,373 | 1,793 | 1,373 | 1,793 | |
Amounts due to fellow Banco Santander subsidiaries and joint ventures | 1,590 | 1,717 | 190 | 267 | |
187,300 | 180,967 | 211,643 | 201,215 |
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 179 | ||
Group and Company | ||
2025 | 2024 | |
£m | £m | |
Agreements with banks | 3,557 | 2,336 |
Agreements with customers | 5,472 | 6,281 |
9,029 | 8,617 | |
Group and Company | ||
2025 | 2024 | |
£m | £m | |
Structured Notes Programmes | 331 | 355 |
Structured deposits | 824 | 605 |
Zero Amortising Guaranteed Notes | 95 | 95 |
1,250 | 1,055 | |
Group | Company | ||||
2025 | 2024 | 2025 | 2024 | ||
£m | £m | £m | £m | ||
Medium-term notes: | |||||
– US $30bn Euro Medium Term Note Programme | 308 | 696 | 308 | 696 | |
– Euro €30bn Euro Medium Term Note Programme | 1,982 | — | 1,982 | — | |
2,290 | 696 | 2,290 | 696 | ||
Downstreamed from Santander UK Group Holdings plc to Santander UK plc: | |||||
– Euro €30bn Euro Medium Term Note Programme | 2,960 | 2,997 | 2,960 | 2,997 | |
– US SEC-registered Debt Programme - Santander UK plc | 6,646 | 5,929 | 6,646 | 5,929 | |
11,896 | 9,622 | 11,896 | 9,622 | ||
Euro €35bn Global Covered Bond Programme | 19,201 | 17,211 | 19,248 | 17,300 | |
US $20bn Commercial Paper Programmes | 2,411 | 3,274 | 2,411 | 3,274 | |
Certificates of deposit | 1,607 | 1,196 | 1,607 | 1,196 | |
Credit linked notes | 635 | 441 | 635 | 441 | |
Securitisation programmes | 5,638 | 3,929 | — | — | |
41,388 | 35,673 | 35,797 | 31,833 | ||
Group | Company | ||||
2025 | 2024 | 2025 | 2024 | ||
£m | £m | £m | £m | ||
Lease liabilities | 72 | 88 | 63 | 79 | |
Other | 2,101 | 1,764 | 1,886 | 1,710 | |
2,173 | 1,852 | 1,949 | 1,789 |
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 180 | ||
Group | |||||||||
Customer remediation | Litigation and other regulatory | Regulatory levies and fees | Bank Levy | Property | ECL on undrawn facilities and guarantees | Restructuring | Other | Total | |
£m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | |
At 1 January 2025 | 348 | 112 | 2 | 4 | 28 | 85 | 18 | 14 | 611 |
Additional provisions (See Note 8) | 198 | 40 | 95 | 36 | 18 | 5 | 93 | 208 | 693 |
Provisions released (See Note 8) | (2) | (83) | — | — | (2) | (7) | — | (4) | (98) |
Utilisation and other | (76) | (31) | (91) | (74) | (13) | — | (90) | (201) | (576) |
Recharge 1 | — | — | — | 14 | — | — | — | — | 14 |
Reclassification from provisions to other assets | — | — | — | 39 | — | — | — | — | 39 |
At 31 December 2025 | 468 | 38 | 6 | 19 | 31 | 83 | 21 | 17 | 683 |
Company | |||||||||
Customer remediation | Litigation and other regulatory | Regulatory levies and fees | Bank Levy | Property | ECL on undrawn facilities and guarantees | Restructuring | Other | Total | |
£m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | |
At 1 January 2025 | 55 | 111 | 2 | — | 28 | 85 | 18 | 14 | 313 |
Additional provisions | 48 | 12 | 95 | 32 | 18 | 5 | 90 | 170 | 470 |
Provisions released | (2) | (83) | — | — | (2) | (7) | — | (3) | (97) |
Utilisation and other | (60) | (16) | (91) | (71) | (13) | — | (87) | (163) | (501) |
Recharge 1 | — | — | — | 14 | — | — | — | — | 14 |
Reclassification from provisions to other assets | — | — | — | 39 | — | — | — | — | 39 |
At 31 December 2025 | 41 | 24 | 6 | 14 | 31 | 83 | 21 | 18 | 238 |
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 181 | ||
Increase / (decrease) in provision | ||
2025 | ||
Assumption | Change in assumption | £m |
Claim rate | 5% increase | 18 |
Claim rate | 5% decrease | (18) |
Group and Company | ||
2025 | 2024 | |
£m | £m | |
Assets/(liabilities) | ||
Funded defined benefit pension scheme - surplus | 524 | 439 |
Unfunded pension and post-retirement medical benefits | (22) | (23) |
Total net assets | 502 | 416 |
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 182 | ||
Group | |||
2025 | 2024 | 2023 | |
£m | £m | £m | |
Net interest income | (27) | (34) | (54) |
Current service cost | 8 | 13 | 13 |
Past service and GMP costs | — | — | 1 |
Administration costs | 8 | 9 | 7 |
(11) | (12) | (33) |
Group | |||
2025 | 2024 | 2023 | |
£m | £m | £m | |
Loss on plan assets (excluding amounts included in net interest expense) | 359 | 1,217 | 352 |
Actuarial gains arising from changes in demographic assumptions | (163) | (113) | (51) |
Actuarial losses arising from experience adjustments | 86 | 84 | 91 |
Actuarial (gains)/losses arising from changes in financial assumptions | (182) | (786) | 206 |
100 | 402 | 598 | |
Group and Company | ||
2025 | 2024 | |
£m | £m | |
At 1 January | (7,380) | (8,201) |
Current service cost paid by Santander UK plc | (8) | (13) |
Interest cost | (398) | (371) |
Employer salary sacrifice contributions | (2) | (4) |
– Changes in demographic assumptions | 163 | 113 |
– Experience adjustments | (86) | (84) |
– Changes in financial assumptions | 182 | 786 |
Benefits paid | 402 | 394 |
At 31 December | (7,127) | (7,380) |
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 183 | ||
Group and Company | ||
2025 | 2024 | |
£m | £m | |
At 1 January | 7,796 | 8,858 |
Interest income | 425 | 405 |
Contributions paid by employer and scheme members | 177 | 153 |
Administration costs paid | (8) | (9) |
Return on plan assets (excluding amounts included in net interest expense) | (359) | (1,217) |
Benefits paid | (402) | (394) |
At 31 December | 7,629 | 7,796 |
Group and Company | ||||||||||
Quoted prices in active markets | Prices not quoted in active markets | Total | Valuation | |||||||
2025 | £m | % | £m | % | £m | % | technique | |||
Overseas equities | — | — | 585 | 8 | 585 | 8 | A,C | |||
Corporate bonds | 2,282 | 30 | 151 | 2 | 2,433 | 32 | A,C | |||
Government fixed interest bonds | 1,717 | 23 | — | — | 1,717 | 23 | A | |||
Government index-linked bonds | 4,509 | 59 | — | — | 4,509 | 59 | A | |||
Property | — | — | 848 | 11 | 848 | 11 | B | |||
Derivatives | — | — | (6) | — | (6) | — | A | |||
Cash | — | — | 918 | 12 | 918 | 12 | A | |||
Repurchase agreements 1 | — | — | (3,629) | (48) | (3,629) | (48) | A | |||
Infrastructure | 62 | 1 | 3 | — | 65 | 1 | B,C | |||
Annuities | — | — | 262 | 3 | 262 | 3 | D | |||
Longevity swap | — | — | (76) | (1) | (76) | (1) | D | |||
Other | — | — | 3 | — | 3 | — | C | |||
8,570 | 113 | (941) | (13) | 7,629 | 100 | — | ||||
2024 | ||||||||||
Overseas equities | — | — | 776 | 10 | 776 | 10 | A,C | |||
Corporate bonds | 2,511 | 33 | 186 | 2 | 2,697 | 35 | A,C | |||
Government fixed interest bonds | 1,348 | 17 | — | — | 1,348 | 17 | A | |||
Government index-linked bonds | 4,444 | 58 | — | — | 4,444 | 58 | A | |||
Property | — | — | 1,073 | 14 | 1,073 | 14 | B | |||
Derivatives | — | — | (18) | — | (18) | — | A | |||
Cash | — | — | 341 | 4 | 341 | 4 | A | |||
Repurchase agreements 1 | — | — | (3,328) | (43) | (3,328) | (43) | A | |||
Infrastructure | — | — | 112 | 1 | 112 | 1 | B,C | |||
Annuities | — | — | 267 | 3 | 267 | 3 | D | |||
Longevity swap | — | — | (83) | (1) | (83) | (1) | D | |||
Other | — | — | 167 | 2 | 167 | 2 | C | |||
8,303 | 108 | (507) | (8) | 7,796 | 100 | |||||
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 184 | ||
Group and Company | |||
2025 | 2024 | 2023 | |
% | % | % | |
To determine benefit obligations 1: | |||
– Discount rate for scheme liabilities | 5.6 | 5.5 | 4.6 |
– General price inflation | 2.9 | 3.1 | 3.0 |
– General salary increase | 1.0 | 1.0 | 1.0 |
– Expected rate of pension increase | 2.8 | 3.0 | 3.0 |
Years | Years | Years | |
Longevity at 60 for current pensioners, on the valuation date: | |||
– Males | 27.2 | 26.9 | 27.0 |
– Females | 29.1 | 29.8 | 29.8 |
Longevity at 60 for future pensioners currently aged 40, on the valuation date: | |||
– Males | 28.7 | 28.5 | 28.6 |
– Females | 30.6 | 31.3 | 31.3 |
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 185 | ||
Group and Company | |||
(Decrease)/increase | |||
2025 | 2024 | ||
Assumption | Change in pension obligation at period end from | £m | £m |
Discount rate | 50bps increase | (377) | (413) |
General price inflation | 50bps increase | 305 | 316 |
Mortality | Each additional year of longevity assumed | 195 | 190 |
Year ending 31 December | £m |
2026 | 503 |
2027 | 423 |
2028 | 439 |
2029 | 460 |
2030 | 475 |
Five years ending 2035 | 2,445 |
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 186 | ||
Group | Company | ||||
2025 | 2024 | 2025 | 2024 | ||
£m | £m | £m | £m | ||
£325m Sterling preference shares | 343 | 343 | 343 | 343 | |
Undated subordinated liabilities | 205 | 205 | 205 | 205 | |
Dated subordinated liabilities | 1,484 | 1,837 | 1,485 | 1,838 | |
2,032 | 2,385 | 2,033 | 2,386 | ||
Group | Company | |||||
2025 | 2024 | 2025 | 2024 | |||
First call date | £m | £m | £m | £m | ||
10.0625% Exchangeable capital securities | n/a | 205 | 205 | 205 | 205 | |
205 | 205 | 205 | 205 |
Group | Company | |||||
2025 | 2024 | 2025 | 2024 | |||
Maturity | £m | £m | £m | £m | ||
4.75% Subordinated notes | 2025 | — | 332 | — | 332 | |
7.95% Subordinated notes | 2029 | 177 | 189 | 177 | 189 | |
6.50% Subordinated notes | 2030 | 1 | 1 | 1 | 1 | |
5.875% Subordinated notes | 2031 | 8 | 7 | 9 | 8 | |
5.625%Subordinated notes | 2045 | 210 | 226 | 210 | 226 | |
7.869% Subordinated notes | 2033 | 319 | 314 | 319 | 314 | |
8.296% Subordinated notes | 2033 | 769 | 768 | 769 | 768 | |
1,484 | 1,837 | 1,485 | 1,838 | |||
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 187 | ||
Group | Company | ||||
2025 | 2024 | 2025 | 2024 | ||
£m | £m | £m | £m | ||
Guarantees given to subsidiaries | — | — | 5,044 | 5,185 | |
Guarantees given to third parties | 716 | 493 | 716 | 493 | |
Formal standby facilities, credit lines and other commitments | 38,105 | 35,156 | 38,094 | 35,155 | |
38,821 | 35,649 | 43,854 | 40,833 |
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 188 | ||
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 189 | ||
Group and Company | ||||
Ordinary shares of £0.10 each | Total | |||
Issued and fully paid share capital | No. | £m | £m | |
At 31 December 2024, 1 January 2025 and 31 December 2025 | 31,051,768,866 | 3,105 | 3,105 | |
Group and Company | ||
2025 | 2024 | |
Share premium | £m | £m |
1 January 2025 | 5,620 | 5,620 |
Reduction | (4,501) | — |
31 December 2025 | 1,119 | 5,620 |
Group and Company | ||||
Interest rate | Next call date | 2025 | 2024 | |
% | £m | £m | ||
AT1 securities: | ||||
- £500m Perpetual Capital Securities | 6.30 | March 2025 | — | 500 |
- £210m Perpetual Capital Securities | 4.25 | March 2026 | 210 | 210 |
- £750m Perpetual Capital Securities | 6.50 | June 2027 | 750 | 750 |
- £400m Perpetual Capital Securities | 8.75 | Sept 2029 | 400 | 400 |
- £500m Perpetual Capital Securities | 7.63 | Sept 2030 | 500 | — |
1,860 | 1,860 | |||
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 190 | ||
Group | |||||
Balance sheet line item | |||||
Debt securities in issue | Subordinated liabilities | Other equity instruments | Lease liabilities | Total | |
2025 | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m |
At 1 January | 35,673 | 2,385 | 1,860 | 88 | 40,006 |
Proceeds from issue of debt securities | 9,809 | — | — | — | 9,809 |
Repayment of debt securities | (3,917) | — | — | — | (3,917) |
Repayment of subordinated liabilities | — | (302) | — | — | (302) |
Issue of other equity instruments | — | — | 500 | — | 500 |
Repurchase of other equity instruments | — | — | (500) | — | (500) |
Principal elements of lease payments | — | — | — | (22) | (22) |
Liability-related other changes | 176 | (5) | — | 6 | 177 |
Non-cash changes: | |||||
– Unrealised foreign exchange | (546) | (54) | — | — | (600) |
– Other changes | 193 | 8 | — | — | 201 |
At 31 December | 41,388 | 2,032 | 1,860 | 72 | 45,352 |
2024 | |||||
At 1 January | 33,910 | 2,386 | 1,956 | 111 | 38,363 |
Proceeds from issue of debt securities | 8,397 | — | — | — | 8,397 |
Repayment of debt securities | (6,539) | — | — | — | (6,539) |
Issue of other equity instruments | — | — | 400 | — | 400 |
Repurchase of other equity instruments | — | — | (500) | — | (500) |
Principal elements of lease payments | — | — | — | (33) | (33) |
Liability-related other changes | 283 | 1 | — | 10 | 294 |
Non-cash changes: | |||||
– Unrealised foreign exchange | (395) | 3 | — | — | (392) |
– Other changes | 17 | (5) | 4 | — | 16 |
At 31 December | 35,673 | 2,385 | 1,860 | 88 | 40,006 |
2023 | |||||
At 1 January | 31,531 | 2,332 | 1,956 | 125 | 35,944 |
Proceeds from issue of debt securities | 4,208 | — | — | — | 4,208 |
Repayment of debt securities | (2,568) | — | — | — | (2,568) |
Proceeds from issue of subordinated liabilities | — | 1,050 | — | — | 1,050 |
Repayment of subordinated liabilities | — | (971) | — | — | (971) |
Principal elements of lease payments | — | — | — | (47) | (47) |
Liability-related other changes | 1,004 | 25 | — | 33 | 1,062 |
Non-cash changes: | |||||
– Unrealised foreign exchange | (651) | (22) | — | — | (673) |
– Other changes | 386 | (28) | — | — | 358 |
At 31 December | 33,910 | 2,386 | 1,956 | 111 | 38,363 |
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 191 | ||
Company | |||||
Balance sheet line item | |||||
Debt securities in issue | Subordinated liabilities | Other equity instruments | Lease liabilities | Total | |
2025 | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m |
At 1 January | 31,833 | 2,386 | 1,860 | 79 | 36,158 |
Proceeds from issue of debt securities | 8,108 | — | — | — | 8,108 |
Repayment of debt securities | (3,917) | — | — | — | (3,917) |
Repayment of subordinated liabilities | — | (302) | — | — | (302) |
Issue of other equity instruments | — | — | 500 | — | 500 |
Repurchase of other equity instruments | — | — | (500) | — | (500) |
Principal elements of lease payments | — | — | — | (20) | (20) |
Liability-related other changes | 171 | (5) | — | 4 | 170 |
Non-cash changes: | |||||
– Unrealised foreign exchange | (546) | (54) | — | — | (600) |
– Other changes | 148 | 8 | — | — | 156 |
At 31 December | 35,797 | 2,033 | 1,860 | 63 | 39,753 |
2024 | |||||
At 1 January | 31,228 | 2,387 | 1,956 | 100 | 35,671 |
Proceeds from issue of debt securities | 7,147 | — | — | — | 7,147 |
Repayment of debt securities | (6,439) | — | — | — | (6,439) |
Issue of other equity instruments | — | — | 400 | — | 400 |
Repurchase of other equity instruments | — | — | (500) | — | (500) |
Principal elements of lease payments | — | — | — | (31) | (31) |
Liability-related other changes | 276 | 1 | — | 10 | 287 |
Non-cash changes: | |||||
– Unrealised foreign exchange | (395) | 3 | — | — | (392) |
– Other changes | 16 | (5) | 4 | — | 15 |
At 31 December | 31,833 | 2,386 | 1,860 | 79 | 36,158 |
2023 | |||||
At 1 January | 30,721 | 2,336 | 1,956 | 115 | 35,128 |
Proceeds from issue of debt securities | 2,158 | — | — | — | 2,158 |
Repayment of debt securities | (2,282) | — | — | — | (2,282) |
Proceeds from issue of subordinated liabilities | — | 1,050 | — | — | 1,050 |
Repayment of subordinated liabilities | — | (971) | — | — | (971) |
Principal elements of lease payments | — | — | — | (45) | (45) |
Liability-related other changes | 990 | 25 | — | 30 | 1,045 |
Non-cash changes: | |||||
– Unrealised foreign exchange | (651) | (22) | — | — | (673) |
– Other changes | 292 | (31) | — | — | 261 |
At 31 December | 31,228 | 2,387 | 1,956 | 100 | 35,671 |
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 192 | ||
Group | Company | ||||
2025 | 2024 | 2025 | 2024 | ||
£m | £m | £m | £m | ||
On-balance sheet: | |||||
Cash and balances at central banks | 1,440 | 1,580 | 1,440 | 1,580 | |
Loans and advances to banks | 238 | 139 | 235 | 139 | |
Loans and advances to customers - securitisations and covered bonds (See Note 14) | 36,466 | 32,721 | — | — | |
Loans and advances to customers - other | 6,512 | 14,846 | 6,512 | 14,846 | |
Other financial assets at amortised cost | 1,282 | 1,529 | 1,282 | 1,529 | |
Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income | 2,900 | 4,504 | 2,900 | 4,504 | |
Total on-balance sheet | 48,838 | 55,319 | 12,369 | 22,598 | |
Total off-balance sheet | 9,653 | 9,564 | 9,653 | 9,564 | |
Group | Company | ||||
2025 | 2024 | 2025 | 2024 | ||
£m | £m | £m | £m | ||
On-balance sheet: | |||||
Deposits by banks | 442 | 682 | 442 | 682 | |
Deposits by customers | 117 | — | 17 | — | |
Total on-balance sheet | 559 | 682 | 459 | 682 | |
Total off-balance sheet | 17,708 | 14,392 | 17,708 | 14,392 | |
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 193 | ||
2025 | 2024 | ||||
Number of options | Weighted average exercise price | Number of options | Weighted average exercise price | ||
‘000 | £ | ‘000 | £ | ||
Outstanding at 1 January | 25,689 | 2.39 | 27,139 | 2.19 | |
Granted | 3,324 | 6.35 | 4,991 | 3.36 | |
Exercised | (9,966) | 1.90 | (4,004) | 2.29 | |
Forfeited/expired | (1,554) | 2.88 | (2,437) | 2.37 | |
Outstanding at 31 December | 17,493 | 3.38 | 25,689 | 2.39 | |
Exercisable at 31 December | 1,886 | 2.10 | 1,115 | 2.36 |
2025 | 2024 | ||||
Range of exercise prices | Weighted average remaining contractual life | Weighted average exercise price | Weighted average remaining contractual life | Weighted average exercise price | |
Years | £ | Years | £ | ||
£1 to £2 | 1 | 1.86 | 2 | 1.85 | |
£2 to £3 | 2 | 2.74 | 2 | 2.71 | |
£3 to £4 | 3 | 3.36 | 4 | 3.36 | |
£6 to £7 | 3 | 6.35 | 0 | — |
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 194 | ||
2025 | 2024 | 2023 | |
Directors’ remuneration | £ | £ | £ |
Salaries and fees | 6,069,144 | 4,879,413 | 4,733,761 |
Performance-related payments | 5,060,084 | 2,871,476 | 1,002,607 |
Other fixed remuneration (pension and other allowances & non-cash benefits)1 | 1,201,186 | 516,442 | 222,538 |
Total remuneration | 12,330,414 | 8,267,331 | 5,958,906 |
2025 | 2024 | 2023 | |
Directors' and Other Key Management Personnel compensation | £ | £ | £ |
Short-term employee benefits | 24,409,887 | 21,742,485 | 18,449,360 |
Post-employment benefits | 1,123,802 | 868,368 | 858,437 |
Compensation for loss of office 2 | 3,000 | — | — |
Total compensation | 25,536,689 | 22,610,853 | 19,307,797 |
2025 | 2024 | ||||
No. | £000 | No. | £000 | ||
Secured loans, unsecured loans and overdrafts | |||||
At 1 January | 10 | 996 | 8 | 1,075 | |
Net movements | 1 | 316 | 2 | (79) | |
At 31 December | 11 | 1,312 | 10 | 996 | |
Deposit, bank and instant access accounts and investments | |||||
At 1 January | 19 | 1,780 | 17 | 1,702 | |
Net movements | 2 | 790 | 2 | 78 | |
At 31 December | 21 | 2,570 | 19 | 1,780 |
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 195 | ||
Group | |||||||||||||
Interest, fees and other income received | Interest, fees and other expenses paid | Amounts owed by related parties | Amounts owed to related parties | ||||||||||
2025 | 2024 | 2023 | 2025 | 2024 | 2023 | 2025 | 2024 | 2025 | 2024 | ||||
£m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | ||||
Ultimate parent | (19) | (23) | (8) | 321 | 138 | 414 | 730 | 587 | (1,834) | (944) | |||
Immediate parent | (6) | (7) | (7) | 594 | 526 | 504 | — | — | (12,275) | (12,392) | |||
Fellow subsidiaries | (38) | (42) | (38) | 310 | 228 | 203 | 62 | 68 | (573) | (346) | |||
Joint ventures | (287) | (258) | (183) | 76 | 84 | 55 | 5,038 | 4,812 | (1,485) | (1,567) | |||
(350) | (330) | (236) | 1,301 | 976 | 1,176 | 5,830 | 5,467 | (16,167) | (15,249) | ||||
Company | |||||||||||||
Interest, fees and other income received | Interest, fees and other expenses paid | Amounts owed by related parties | Amounts owed to related parties | ||||||||||
2025 | 2024 | 2023 | 2025 | 2024 | 2023 | 2025 | 2024 | 2025 | 2024 | ||||
£m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | ||||
Ultimate parent | (20) | (12) | (8) | 291 | 127 | 414 | 730 | 587 | (1,019) | (944) | |||
Immediate parent | (6) | (7) | (7) | 594 | 526 | 504 | — | — | (12,275) | (12,392) | |||
Subsidiaries | (1,371) | (1,311) | (1,014) | 784 | 2,535 | 1,359 | 31,883 | 30,090 | (37,593) | (34,274) | |||
Fellow subsidiaries | (34) | (37) | (33) | 300 | 221 | 197 | 58 | 60 | (573) | (345) | |||
Joint ventures | — | — | — | 1 | 1 | 1 | 1 | 1 | (85) | (117) | |||
(1,431) | (1,367) | (1,062) | 1,970 | 3,410 | 2,475 | 32,672 | 30,738 | (51,545) | (48,072) | ||||
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 196 | ||
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 197 | ||
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 198 | ||
Group | |||||||||||
2025 | 2024 | ||||||||||
Fair value | Carrying | Fair value | Carrying | ||||||||
Level 1 | Level 2 | Level 3 | Total | value | Level 1 | Level 2 | Level 3 | Total | value | ||
£m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | ||
Assets | |||||||||||
Loans and advances to customers | — | — | 203,426 | 203,426 | 202,609 | — | — | 198,376 | 198,376 | 199,408 | |
Loans and advances to banks | — | 1,048 | — | 1,048 | 1,048 | — | 1,032 | — | 1,032 | 1,032 | |
Reverse repurchase agreements - non-trading | — | 17,696 | — | 17,696 | 17,678 | — | 10,342 | — | 10,342 | 10,338 | |
Other financial assets at amortised cost | 3,747 | — | — | 3,747 | 3,987 | 3,190 | — | — | 3,190 | 3,408 | |
3,747 | 18,744 | 203,426 | 225,917 | 225,322 | 3,190 | 11,374 | 198,376 | 212,940 | 214,186 | ||
Liabilities | |||||||||||
Deposits by customers | — | 117 | 187,849 | 187,966 | 187,300 | — | 185 | 180,282 | 180,467 | 180,967 | |
Deposits by banks | — | 6,630 | — | 6,630 | 6,628 | — | 13,934 | 39 | 13,973 | 13,993 | |
Repurchase agreements - non-trading | — | 9,039 | — | 9,039 | 9,029 | — | 8,622 | — | 8,622 | 8,617 | |
Debt securities in issue | 25,874 | 14,618 | 1,421 | 41,913 | 41,388 | 21,173 | 12,910 | 1,771 | 35,854 | 35,673 | |
Subordinated liabilities | 1,065 | 1,161 | 187 | 2,413 | 2,032 | 1,129 | 10 | 1,622 | 2,761 | 2,385 | |
26,939 | 31,565 | 189,457 | 247,961 | 246,377 | 22,302 | 35,661 | 183,714 | 241,677 | 241,635 | ||
Company | |||||||||||
2025 | 2024 | ||||||||||
Fair value | Carrying | Fair value | Carrying | ||||||||
Level 1 | Level 2 | Level 3 | Total | value | Level 1 | Level 2 | Level 3 | Total | value | ||
£m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | ||
Assets | |||||||||||
Loans and advances to customers | — | — | 223,075 | 223,075 | 222,467 | — | — | 216,851 | 216,851 | 217,780 | |
Loans and advances to banks | — | 990 | — | 990 | 990 | — | 926 | — | 926 | 926 | |
Reverse repurchase agreements - non-trading | — | 17,696 | — | 17,696 | 17,678 | — | 10,342 | — | 10,342 | 10,338 | |
Other financial assets at amortised cost | 3,747 | 1,593 | — | 5,340 | 5,754 | 3,190 | 1,977 | — | 5,167 | 5,206 | |
3,747 | 20,279 | 223,075 | 247,101 | 246,889 | 3,190 | 13,245 | 216,851 | 233,286 | 234,250 | ||
Liabilities | |||||||||||
Deposits by customers | — | 17 | 212,293 | 212,310 | 211,643 | — | 185 | 200,530 | 200,715 | 201,215 | |
Deposits by banks | — | 11,127 | — | 11,127 | 11,126 | — | 13,922 | 5,579 | 19,501 | 19,521 | |
Repurchase agreements - non-trading | — | 9,039 | — | 9,039 | 9,029 | — | 8,621 | — | 8,621 | 8,617 | |
Debt securities in issue | 20,968 | 14,480 | 859 | 36,307 | 35,797 | 17,870 | 12,846 | 1,379 | 32,095 | 31,833 | |
Subordinated liabilities | 1,065 | 1,161 | 187 | 2,413 | 2,033 | 1,129 | 10 | 1,598 | 2,737 | 2,386 | |
22,033 | 35,824 | 213,339 | 271,196 | 269,628 | 18,999 | 35,584 | 209,086 | 263,669 | 263,572 |
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 199 | ||
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 200 | ||
Group | |||||||||||
2025 | 2024 | ||||||||||
Level 1 | Level 2 | Level 3 | Total | Level 1 | Level 2 | Level 3 | Total | Valuation | |||
£m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | technique | |||
Assets | |||||||||||
Derivative financial instruments | Exchange rate contracts | — | 671 | — | 671 | — | 978 | — | 978 | A | |
Interest rate contracts | — | 1,078 | — | 1,078 | — | 1,675 | — | 1,675 | A & C | ||
Inflation rate contracts | — | 85 | — | 85 | — | 70 | — | 70 | A | ||
Equity and credit contracts | — | 64 | 30 | 94 | — | 89 | 35 | 124 | B & D | ||
Netting | — | (1,058) | — | (1,058) | — | (1,643) | — | (1,643) | |||
— | 840 | 30 | 870 | — | 1,169 | 35 | 1,204 | ||||
Other financial assets at FVTPL | Loans and advances to customers | — | — | 40 | 40 | — | — | 44 | 44 | A | |
Debt securities and other debt instruments | — | — | 24 | 24 | — | 56 | 36 | 92 | A, B & D | ||
— | — | 64 | 64 | — | 56 | 80 | 136 | ||||
Financial assets at FVOCI | Debt securities | 5,017 | 199 | — | 5,216 | 8,805 | 201 | 34 | 9,040 | D | |
5,017 | 199 | — | 5,216 | 8,805 | 201 | 34 | 9,040 | ||||
Total assets at fair value | 5,017 | 1,039 | 94 | 6,150 | 8,805 | 1,426 | 149 | 10,380 | |||
Liabilities | |||||||||||
Derivative financial instruments | Exchange rate contracts | — | 512 | — | 512 | — | 430 | — | 430 | A | |
Interest rate contracts | — | 1,182 | — | 1,182 | — | 1,894 | — | 1,894 | A & C | ||
Inflation rate contracts | — | 30 | — | 30 | — | — | — | — | A | ||
Equity and credit contracts | — | 8 | 13 | 21 | — | 7 | 14 | 21 | B & D | ||
Netting | — | (1,058) | — | (1,058) | — | (1,643) | — | (1,643) | |||
— | 674 | 13 | 687 | — | 688 | 14 | 702 | ||||
Other financial liabilities at FVTPL | Debt securities in issue | — | 331 | — | 331 | — | 355 | — | 355 | A | |
Structured deposits | — | 824 | — | 824 | — | 605 | — | 605 | A | ||
Zero Amortising Guaranteed Notes | — | 95 | — | 95 | — | 95 | — | 95 | D | ||
— | 1,250 | — | 1,250 | — | 1,055 | — | 1,055 | ||||
Total liabilities at fair value | — | 1,924 | 13 | 1,937 | — | 1,743 | 14 | 1,757 | |||
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 201 | ||
Company | |||||||||||
2025 | 2024 | ||||||||||
Level 1 | Level 2 | Level 3 | Total | Level 1 | Level 2 | Level 3 | Total | Valuation | |||
£m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | technique | |||
Assets | |||||||||||
Derivative financial instruments | Exchange rate contracts | — | 771 | — | 771 | — | 1,243 | — | 1,243 | A | |
Interest rate contracts | — | 1,075 | — | 1,075 | — | 1,685 | 3 | 1,688 | A & C | ||
Inflation rate contracts | — | 85 | — | 85 | — | 70 | — | 70 | A | ||
Equity and credit contracts | — | 64 | 30 | 94 | — | 89 | 35 | 124 | B & D | ||
Netting | — | (1,058) | — | (1,058) | — | (1,643) | — | (1,643) | |||
— | 937 | 30 | 967 | — | 1,444 | 38 | 1,482 | ||||
Other financial assets at FVTPL | Loans and advances to customers | — | — | 40 | 40 | — | — | 44 | 44 | A | |
Debt securities and other debt instruments | — | — | — | — | — | 56 | — | 56 | C | ||
— | — | 40 | 40 | — | 56 | 44 | 100 | ||||
Financial assets at FVOCI | Debt securities | 5,017 | 199 | — | 5,216 | 8,805 | 201 | 34 | 9,040 | D | |
5,017 | 199 | — | 5,216 | 8,805 | 201 | 34 | 9,040 | ||||
Total assets at fair value | 5,017 | 1,136 | 70 | 6,223 | 8,805 | 1,701 | 116 | 10,622 | |||
Liabilities | |||||||||||
Derivative financial instruments | Exchange rate contracts | — | 836 | — | 836 | — | 456 | — | 456 | A | |
Interest rate contracts | — | 1,235 | 1,068 | 2,303 | — | 1,933 | 1,840 | 3,773 | A & C | ||
Inflation rate contracts | — | 30 | — | 30 | — | — | — | — | A | ||
Equity and credit contracts | — | 8 | 13 | 21 | — | 7 | 14 | 21 | B | ||
Netting | — | (1,058) | — | (1,058) | — | (1,643) | — | (1,643) | |||
— | 1,051 | 1,081 | 2,132 | — | 753 | 1,854 | 2,607 | ||||
Other financial liabilities at FVTPL | Debt securities in issue | — | 331 | — | 331 | — | 355 | — | 355 | A | |
Structured deposits | — | 824 | — | 824 | — | 605 | — | 605 | A | ||
Zero Amortising Guaranteed Notes | — | 95 | — | 95 | — | 95 | — | 95 | D | ||
— | 1,250 | — | 1,250 | — | 1,055 | — | 1,055 | ||||
Total liabilities at fair value | — | 2,301 | 1,081 | 3,382 | — | 1,808 | 1,854 | 3,662 | |||
Group | ||
2025 | 2024 | |
£m | £m | |
Risk-related: | ||
- Bid-offer and trade specific adjustments | 9 | 6 |
- Uncertainty | 4 | 4 |
- Credit risk adjustment | 1 | 1 |
- Funding fair value adjustment | 1 | — |
15 | 11 | |
Company | ||
2025 | 2024 | |
£m | £m | |
Risk-related: | ||
- Bid-offer and trade specific adjustments | 9 | 8 |
- Uncertainty | 4 | 4 |
- Credit risk adjustment | 1 | 1 |
- Funding fair value adjustment | 1 | — |
15 | 13 | |
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 202 | ||
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 203 | ||
Group | ||||||||
Balance sheet value | Fair value movements recognised in profit/(loss) | |||||||
2025 | 2024 | 2025 | 2024 | 2023 | ||||
Balance sheet line item | Category | Financial instrument product type | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | |
1. Derivative assets | Equity and credit contracts | Reversionary property interests | 30 | 35 | 1 | 6 | 12 | |
2. FVTPL assets | Loans and advances to customers | Roll-up mortgage portfolio | 20 | 22 | (1) | (1) | (2) | |
3. FVTPL assets | Loans and advances to customers | Other loans | 20 | 22 | 2 | — | 4 | |
4. FVTPL assets | Debt securities | Reversionary property securities | 24 | 36 | — | 2 | (3) | |
5. FVOCI assets | Debt Instruments | Other securities | — | 34 | — | — | — | |
94 | 149 | 2 | 7 | 11 | ||||
Other Level 3 assets | — | — | — | — | (1) | |||
Other Level 3 liabilities | (13) | (14) | 1 | (5) | (2) | |||
Total net assets | 81 | 135 | ||||||
Total income/(expense) | 3 | 2 | 8 | |||||
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 204 | ||
Company | ||||||||
Balance sheet value | Fair value movements recognised in profit/(loss) | |||||||
2025 | 2024 | 2025 | 2024 | 2023 | ||||
Balance sheet line item | Category | Financial instrument product type | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | |
1. Derivative assets | Interest rate contracts | Securitisation swaps | — | 3 | — | (131) | 131 | |
2. Derivative asset | Equity and credit contracts | Reversionary property interests | 30 | 35 | 1 | 6 | 12 | |
3. FVTPL Assets | Loans and advances to customers | Roll-up mortgage portfolio | 20 | 22 | (1) | (1) | (2) | |
4. FVTPL Assets | Loans and advances to customers | Other loans | 20 | 22 | 2 | — | 4 | |
5. FVOCI Assets | Debt securities | Other securities | — | 34 | — | — | — | |
6. Derivative liabilities | Interest rate contracts | Securitisation swaps | (1,068) | (1,840) | 772 | (749) | (61) | |
(998) | (1,724) | 774 | (875) | 84 | ||||
Other Level 3 assets | — | — | — | — | 4 | |||
Other Level 3 liabilities | (13) | (14) | 1 | (5) | (6) | |||
Total net assets | (1,011) | (1,738) | ||||||
Total (expense)/income | 775 | (880) | 82 | |||||
Group | |||||||
Assets | Liabilities | ||||||
Derivatives | Other financial assets at FVTPL | Financial assets at FVOCI | Total | Derivatives | Total | ||
£m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | ||
At 1 January 2025 | 35 | 80 | 34 | 149 | (14) | (14) | |
Total gains/(losses) recognised: | |||||||
Fair value movements 1 | 1 | 1 | — | 2 | 1 | 1 | |
Transfers out | — | — | (32) | (32) | — | — | |
Settlements | (6) | (17) | (2) | (25) | — | — | |
At 31 December 2025 | 30 | 64 | — | 94 | (13) | (13) | |
Gains recognised in profit or loss/other comprehensive income relating to assets and liabilities held at the end of the year 1 | 1 | 1 | — | 2 | 1 | 1 | |
At 1 January 2024 | 36 | 95 | — | 131 | (10) | (10) | |
Total gains/(losses) recognised: | |||||||
Fair value movements 1 | 6 | 1 | — | 7 | (5) | (5) | |
Purchases | — | — | 34 | 34 | — | — | |
Settlements | (7) | (16) | — | (23) | 1 | 1 | |
At 31 December 2024 | 35 | 80 | 34 | 149 | (14) | (14) | |
Gains/(losses) recognised in profit or loss/other comprehensive income relating to assets and liabilities held at the end of the year 1 | 6 | 1 | — | 7 | (5) | (5) |
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 205 | ||
Company | |||||||
Assets | Liabilities | ||||||
Derivatives | Other financial assets at FVTPL | Financial assets at FVOCI | Total | Derivatives | Total | ||
£m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | ||
At 1 January 2025 | 38 | 44 | 34 | 116 | (1,854) | (1,854) | |
Total gains/(losses) recognised: | |||||||
Fair value movements 1 | 1 | 1 | — | 2 | 773 | 773 | |
Transfers out | — | — | (32) | (32) | — | — | |
Settlements | (9) | (5) | (2) | (16) | — | — | |
At 31 December 2025 | 30 | 40 | — | 70 | (1,081) | (1,081) | |
Gains/(losses) recognised in profit or loss/other comprehensive income relating to assets and liabilities held at the end of the year 1 | 1 | 1 | — | 2 | 773 | 773 | |
At 1 January 2024 | 168 | 46 | — | 214 | (1,080) | (1,080) | |
Total gains/(losses) recognised: | |||||||
Fair value movements 1 | (125) | (1) | — | (126) | (754) | (754) | |
Purchases | 2 | — | 34 | 36 | (22) | (22) | |
Settlements | (7) | (1) | — | (8) | 2 | 2 | |
At 31 December 2024 | 38 | 44 | 34 | 116 | (1,854) | (1,854) | |
(Losses) recognised in profit or loss/other comprehensive income relating to assets and liabilities held at the end of the year1 | (125) | (1) | — | (126) | (754) | (754) |
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 206 | ||
Company | |||||||
Significant unobservable input | Sensitivity | ||||||
Assumption value | Favourable changes | Unfavourable changes | |||||
Fair value | Weighted average | ||||||
2025 | £m | Assumption description | Range 1 | Shift | £m | £m | |
1. Derivative liabilities - Interest rate contracts: | (1,068) | Weighted Average Mortgage Rate Payable | 2% - 7% | 4% | 0.5% | 345 | (345) |
– Securitisation swaps | |||||||
2024 | |||||||
1. Derivative assets – Interest rate contracts: | 3 | Weighted Average Mortgage Rate Payable | 5% - 6% | 5% | 0.5% | 20 | (20) |
– Securitisation swaps | |||||||
2. Derivative liabilities - Interest rate contracts: | (1,840) | Weighted Average Mortgage Rate Payable | 2% - 7% | 4% | 0.5% | 384 | (384) |
– Securitisation swaps | |||||||
Group | ||||||
On demand | Not later than 3 months | Later than 3 months and not later than 1 year | Later than 1 year and not later than 5 years | Later than 5 years | Total | |
2025 | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m |
Financial liabilities | ||||||
Derivative financial instruments | — | 77 | 104 | 452 | 134 | 767 |
Other financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss | — | 172 | 114 | 707 | 438 | 1,431 |
Deposits by customers | 177,747 | 4,072 | 2,818 | 2,612 | 238 | 187,487 |
Deposits by banks | 696 | 726 | 969 | 3,299 | 1,668 | 7,358 |
Repurchase agreements – non trading | — | 6,584 | 2,524 | — | — | 9,108 |
Debt securities in issue | — | 6,677 | 3,166 | 27,747 | 11,462 | 49,052 |
Subordinated liabilities | — | 33 | 98 | 621 | 2,623 | 3,375 |
Lease liabilities | — | — | 21 | 46 | 14 | 81 |
Total financial liabilities | 178,443 | 18,341 | 9,814 | 35,484 | 16,577 | 258,659 |
Off-balance sheet commitments given | 3,757 | 22,766 | 1,330 | 7,602 | 3,366 | 38,821 |
2024 | ||||||
Financial liabilities | ||||||
Derivative financial instruments | — | 165 | 136 | 317 | 173 | 791 |
Other financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss | 10 | 3 | 135 | 556 | 524 | 1,228 |
Deposits by customers | 169,285 | 3,487 | 4,004 | 4,451 | 355 | 181,582 |
Deposits by banks | 1,352 | 1,561 | 7,618 | 4,459 | — | 14,990 |
Repurchase agreements – non trading | — | 7,894 | 762 | — | — | 8,656 |
Debt securities in issue | — | 5,907 | 1,959 | 26,332 | 7,761 | 41,959 |
Subordinated liabilities | — | 27 | 628 | 332 | 1,895 | 2,882 |
Lease liabilities | — | — | 28 | 58 | 17 | 103 |
Total financial liabilities | 170,647 | 19,044 | 15,270 | 36,505 | 10,725 | 252,191 |
Off-balance sheet commitments given | 4,007 | 19,088 | 916 | 8,391 | 3,247 | 35,649 |
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 207 | ||
Company | ||||||
On demand | Not later than 3 months | Later than 3 months and not later than 1 year | Later than 1 year and not later than 5 years | Later than 5 years | Total | |
2025 | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m |
Financial liabilities | ||||||
Derivative financial instruments | — | 121 | 120 | 720 | 1,657 | 2,618 |
Other financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss | — | 172 | 114 | 707 | 438 | 1,431 |
Deposits by customers | 200,560 | 4,350 | 2,487 | 4,293 | 247 | 211,937 |
Deposits by banks | 6,011 | 632 | 719 | 2,764 | 1,667 | 11,793 |
Repurchase agreements – non trading | — | 6,584 | 2,524 | — | — | 9,108 |
Debt securities in issue | — | 6,628 | 2,748 | 26,712 | 5,284 | 41,372 |
Subordinated liabilities | — | 24 | 71 | 540 | 2,522 | 3,157 |
Lease liabilities | — | — | 19 | 42 | 10 | 71 |
Total financial liabilities | 206,571 | 18,511 | 8,802 | 35,778 | 11,825 | 281,487 |
Off-balance sheet commitments given | 8,328 | 22,775 | 1,364 | 8,021 | 3,366 | 43,854 |
2024 | ||||||
Financial liabilities | ||||||
Derivative financial instruments | — | 159 | 135 | 387 | 2,577 | 3,258 |
Other financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss | 10 | 3 | 135 | 556 | 524 | 1,228 |
Deposits by customers | 188,933 | 3,780 | 4,173 | 4,089 | 910 | 201,885 |
Deposits by banks | 6,880 | 1,561 | 7,618 | 4,459 | — | 20,518 |
Repurchase agreements – non trading | — | 7,894 | 762 | — | — | 8,656 |
Debt securities in issue | — | 5,865 | 1,535 | 25,575 | 3,548 | 36,523 |
Subordinated liabilities | — | 27 | 628 | 332 | 1,895 | 2,882 |
Lease liabilities | — | — | 27 | 56 | 12 | 95 |
Total financial liabilities | 195,823 | 19,289 | 15,013 | 35,454 | 9,466 | 275,045 |
Off-balance sheet commitments given | 8,730 | 19,104 | 916 | 8,837 | 3,246 | 40,833 |
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 208 | ||
Group | |||||||||
Amounts subject to enforceable netting arrangements | Assets not subject to enforceable netting arrangements2 | ||||||||
Effects of offsetting on balance sheet | Related amounts not offset | ||||||||
Gross amounts | Amounts offset | Net amounts on balance sheet | Financial instruments | Financial collateral 1 | Net amount | Balance sheet total 3 | |||
2025 | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | |
Assets | |||||||||
Derivative financial assets | 1,890 | (1,058) | 832 | (415) | (370) | 47 | 38 | 870 | |
Reverse repurchase, securities borrowing & similar agreements: | |||||||||
– Amortised cost | 20,967 | (3,289) | 17,678 | (1,167) | (16,511) | — | — | 17,678 | |
Loans and advances to customers and banks⁴ | 3,959 | (588) | 3,371 | — | — | 3,371 | 200,286 | 203,657 | |
26,816 | (4,935) | 21,881 | (1,582) | (16,881) | 3,418 | 200,324 | 222,205 | ||
Liabilities | |||||||||
Derivative financial liabilities | 1,731 | (1,058) | 673 | (415) | (182) | 76 | 14 | 687 | |
Repurchase, securities lending & similar agreements: | |||||||||
– Amortised cost | 12,318 | (3,289) | 9,029 | (1,167) | (7,862) | — | — | 9,029 | |
Deposits by customers and banks⁴ | 588 | (588) | — | — | — | — | 193,928 | 193,928 | |
14,637 | (4,935) | 9,702 | (1,582) | (8,044) | 76 | 193,942 | 203,644 | ||
2024 | |||||||||
Assets | |||||||||
Derivative financial assets | 2,799 | (1,643) | 1,156 | (407) | (711) | 38 | 48 | 1,204 | |
Reverse repurchase, securities borrowing & similar agreements: | |||||||||
– Amortised cost | 16,175 | (5,837) | 10,338 | (63) | (10,275) | — | — | 10,338 | |
Loans and advances to customers and banks⁴ | 5,421 | (635) | 4,786 | — | — | 4,786 | 195,654 | 200,440 | |
24,395 | (8,115) | 16,280 | (470) | (10,986) | 4,824 | 195,702 | 211,982 | ||
Liabilities | |||||||||
Derivative financial liabilities | 2,325 | (1,643) | 682 | (407) | (127) | 148 | 20 | 702 | |
Repurchase, securities lending & similar agreements: | |||||||||
– Amortised cost | 14,454 | (5,837) | 8,617 | (63) | (8,554) | — | — | 8,617 | |
Deposits by customers and banks⁴ | 635 | (635) | — | — | — | — | 194,960 | 194,960 | |
17,414 | (8,115) | 9,299 | (470) | (8,681) | 148 | 194,980 | 204,279 | ||
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 209 | ||
Company | |||||||||
Amounts subject to enforceable netting arrangements | Assets not subject to enforceable netting arrangements2 | ||||||||
Effects of offsetting on balance sheet | Related amounts not offset | ||||||||
Gross amounts | Amounts offset | Net amounts on balance sheet | Financial instruments | Financial collateral 1 | Net amount | Balance sheet total 3 | |||
2025 | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | |
Assets | |||||||||
Derivative financial assets | 1,987 | (1,058) | 929 | (514) | (370) | 45 | 38 | 967 | |
Reverse repurchase, securities borrowing & similar agreements: | |||||||||
– Amortised cost | 20,967 | (3,289) | 17,678 | (1,167) | (16,511) | — | — | 17,678 | |
Loans and advances to customers and banks 4 | 3,959 | (588) | 3,371 | — | — | 3,371 | 220,086 | 223,457 | |
26,913 | (4,935) | 21,978 | (1,681) | (16,881) | 3,416 | 220,124 | 242,102 | ||
Liabilities | |||||||||
Derivative financial liabilities | 3,177 | (1,058) | 2,119 | (514) | (182) | 1,423 | 13 | 2,132 | |
Repurchase, securities lending & similar agreements: | |||||||||
– Amortised cost | 12,318 | (3,289) | 9,029 | (1,167) | (7,862) | — | — | 9,029 | |
Deposits by customers and banks 4 | 588 | (588) | — | — | — | — | 222,769 | 222,769 | |
16,083 | (4,935) | 11,148 | (1,681) | (8,044) | 1,423 | 222,782 | 233,930 | ||
2024 | |||||||||
Assets | |||||||||
Derivative financial assets | 3,078 | (1,643) | 1,435 | (686) | (711) | 38 | 47 | 1,482 | |
Reverse repurchase, securities borrowing & similar agreements: | |||||||||
– Amortised cost | 16,175 | (5,837) | 10,338 | (63) | (10,275) | — | — | 10,338 | |
Loans and advances to customers and banks 4 | 5,421 | (635) | 4,786 | — | — | 4,786 | 213,920 | 218,706 | |
24,674 | (8,115) | 16,559 | (749) | (10,986) | 4,824 | 213,967 | 230,526 | ||
Liabilities | |||||||||
Derivative financial liabilities | 4,230 | (1,643) | 2,587 | (686) | (127) | 1,774 | 20 | 2,607 | |
Repurchase, securities lending & similar agreements: | |||||||||
– Amortised cost | 14,454 | (5,837) | 8,617 | (63) | (8,554) | — | — | 8,617 | |
Deposits by customers and banks 4 | 635 | (635) | — | — | — | — | 220,736 | 220,736 | |
19,319 | (8,115) | 11,204 | (749) | (8,681) | 1,774 | 220,756 | 231,960 | ||
2025 | 2024 | |
£m | £m | |
Assets | ||
Property, plant and equipment | 18 | 12 |
18 | 12 |
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 210 | ||
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 211 | ||
In this section | |
Subsidiaries and related undertakings | |
Forward-looking statements | |
Alternative Performance Measures (APMs) | |
Glossary | |
Risk factors | |
Regulation of the Santander UK group | |
Articles of Association | |
Board of Directors | |
New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) Corporate Governance | |
Additional balance sheet and cash flow analysis | |
Other information | |
Glossary of financial services industry terms | |
Disclosure pursuant to Section 219 of the Iran Threat Reduction and Syria Human Rights Act (ITRA) | |
Cross-reference to Form 20-F | |
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 212 | ||
Registered office1 | Direct/Indirect ownership | Share class through which ownership is held | Proportion of ownership interest | |
Name of subsidiary | % | |||
2 & 3 Triton Limited (In Liquidation) | E | Direct | Ordinary £1 | 100 |
Abbey National Nominees Limited | A | Direct | Ordinary £1 | 100 |
Abbey National Property Investments | A | Direct | Ordinary £1 | 100 |
Alliance & Leicester Personal Finance Limited | A | Direct | Ordinary £1 | 100 |
Cater Allen Limited | A | Indirect | Ordinary £1 | — |
First National Tricity Finance Limited | A | Indirect | Ordinary £1 | — |
Navigator Global Limited | A | Direct | Ordinary £1 | — |
Santander Asset Finance plc | A | Direct | Ordinary £0.10 | 100 |
Santander Cards Limited | A | Indirect | Ordinary £1 | — |
Santander Cards UK Limited | A | Direct | Ordinary £1 | 100 |
Santander Consumer (UK) plc | B | Direct | Ordinary £1 | 100 |
Santander Consumer Credit Services Limited | A | Indirect | Ordinary £1 | — |
Santander Estates Limited | F | Direct | Ordinary £1 | 100 |
Santander Global Consumer Finance Limited | A | Indirect | Ordinary £0.0001 | — |
Santander Guarantee Company (In Liquidation) | A | Direct | Ordinary £1 | 100 |
Santander Lending Limited | A | Direct | Ordinary £1 | 100 |
Santander Private Banking UK Limited | A | Direct | Ordinary £1 | 100 |
Santander UK Operations Limited | A | Direct | Ordinary £1 | 100 |
Santander UK (Structured Solutions) Limited | A | Direct | Ordinary £0.01 | 100 |
Preference £0.01 | 100 | |||
Santander UK Technology Limited | A | Direct | Ordinary £1 | 100 |
Registered office1 | Share class through which ownership is held | Proportion of ownership interest | ||
Name of subsidiary | % | |||
Santander Cards Ireland Limited | H | Indirect | Ordinary €1 | 100 |
Ordinary €1.27 | 100 | |||
Santander ISA Managers Limited | G | Direct | Ordinary £1 | 100 |
Name of subsidiary | Company number |
Santander Estates Limited | 02304569 |
Santander Global Consumer Finance Limited | 00048468 |
Santander UK Operations Limited | 04137550 |
Santander UK Technology Limited | 05212726 |
Santander Private Banking UK Limited | 02582000 |
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 213 | ||
Registered | Registered | ||
Name of entity | office1 | Name of entity | office1 |
Abbey Covered Bonds (Holdings) Limited | D | Holmes Funding Limited | A |
Abbey Covered Bonds (LM) Limited | D | Holmes Holdings Limited | A |
Abbey Covered Bonds LLP | A | Holmes Master Issuer plc | A |
Fosse (Master Issuer) Holdings Limited | C | Holmes Trustees Limited | A |
Fosse Funding (No.1) Limited | C | MAC No.1 Limited | A |
Fosse Master Issuer plc | C | Repton 2023-1 Limited | C |
Fosse Trustee (UK) Limited | A |
Registered office1 | Direct/ Indirect ownership | Share class through which ownership is held | Proportion of ownership interest | |
Name of entity | % | |||
Hyundai Capital UK Limited | I | Indirect | Ordinary £1 | — |
Volvo Car Financial Services UK Limited | J | Indirect | Ordinary £1 | — |
A | 2 Triton Square, Regent’s Place, London NW1 3AN | ||
B | Santander House, 86 Station Road, Redhill RH1 1SR | ||
C | 1 Bartholomew Lane, London EC2V 2AX | ||
D | Wilmington Trust SP Services (London) Limited, 1 Kings Arms Yard, London EC2R 7AF | ||
E | Griffins Tavistock House North, Tavistock Square, London, WC1H 9HR | ||
F | Carlton Park, Narborough, Leicester LE19 0AL | ||
G | 287 St. Vincent Street, Glasgow, Scotland G2 5NB | ||
H | 3 Dublin Landings, North Wall Quay, Dublin 1, Ireland | ||
I | London Court, 39 London Road, Reigate RH2 9AQ | ||
J | Scandinavia House, Norreys Drive, Maidenhead, Berkshire SL6 4FL | ||
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 214 | ||
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 215 | ||
APM | Description and calculation |
Non-interest income | Net fee and commission income plus other operating income. |
Stage 1 ratio | Sum of Stage 1 drawn assets divided by the sum of total drawn assets. |
Stage 2 ratio | Sum of Stage 2 drawn assets divided by the sum of total drawn assets. |
Stage 3 ratio | Sum of Stage 3 drawn and undrawn assets divided by the sum of total drawn assets and Stage 3 undrawn assets. |
Wholesale funding | Deposits by customers reported in Corporate Centre, debt securities in issue, subordinated liabilities, AT1 issuance and Central Bank facilities, TFSME and indexed-long term repos used for funding. |
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 216 | ||
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 217 | ||
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 218 | ||
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 219 | ||
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 220 | ||
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 221 | ||
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 222 | ||
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 223 | ||
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 224 | ||
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 225 | ||
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 226 | ||
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 227 | ||
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 228 | ||
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 229 | ||
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 230 | ||
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 231 | ||
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 232 | ||
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 233 | ||
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 234 | ||
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 235 | ||
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 236 | ||
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 237 | ||
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 238 | ||
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 239 | ||
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 240 | ||
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 241 | ||
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 242 | ||
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 243 | ||
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 244 | ||
Not later than one year | Later than one year and not later than five years | Later than five years and not later than ten years | Later than ten years | Total | |
% | % | % | % | % | |
Weighted average yield | |||||
– Debt securities at amortised cost | — | — | 4.37 | 1.26 | 2.43 |
2025 | 2024 | ||
Note | £m | £m | |
Financial assets at amortised cost: | |||
Loans and advances to banks | 1,048 | 1,032 | |
Reverse repurchase agreements - non-trading | 16 | 3,973 | 1,363 |
5,021 | 2,395 |
Not later than one year | Later than one year and not later than five years | Later than five years and not later than fifteen years | Later than fifteen years | Total | |
£m | £m | £m | £m | £m | |
Fixed interest rate | 4,341 | — | — | — | 4,341 |
Variable interest rate | 254 | 418 | 8 | — | 680 |
4,595 | 418 | 8 | — | 5,021 |
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 245 | ||
2025 | 2024 | ||
Note | £m | £m | |
Other financial assets at fair value through profit or loss | 12 | 40 | 44 |
Loans and advances to customers | 13 | 202,609 | 199,408 |
Reverse repurchase agreements - non-trading | 16 | 13,705 | 8,975 |
216,354 | 208,427 |
Not later than one year | Later than one year and not later than five years | Later than five years and not later than fifteen years | Later than fifteen years | Total | |
£m | £m | £m | £m | £m | |
Loans secured on residential properties | 9,913 | 35,935 | 67,529 | 53,907 | 167,284 |
Corporate loans | 9,739 | 9,354 | 1,335 | 22 | 20,450 |
Finance leases | 1,161 | 2,995 | 95 | — | 4,251 |
Other unsecured advances | 3,876 | 1,601 | 79 | 10 | 5,566 |
Accrued interest and other adjustments | 760 | — | — | — | 760 |
Amounts due from fellow subsidiaries and joint ventures | 2,674 | 2,380 | — | — | 5,054 |
Loans and advances to customers | 28,123 | 52,265 | 69,038 | 53,939 | 203,365 |
Fixed rate | Variable rate | Total | |
£m | £m | £m | |
Loans secured on residential properties | 152,837 | 14,447 | 167,284 |
Corporate loans | 2,137 | 18,313 | 20,450 |
Finance leases | 4,251 | — | 4,251 |
Other unsecured advances | 2,669 | 2,897 | 5,566 |
Accrued interest and other adjustments | 760 | — | 760 |
Amounts due from fellow subsidiaries and joint ventures | 5,043 | 11 | 5,054 |
Loans and advances to customers | 167,697 | 35,668 | 203,365 |
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 246 | ||
2025 | 2024 | |
£m | £m | |
Allowance for credit losses to total loans | 0.38% | 0.41% |
Allowance for credit losses | 756 | 807 |
Total loans outstanding | 197,367 | 194,512 |
Non-accrual loans to total loans | 1.15% | 1.36% |
Non-accrual loans outstanding | 2,263 | 2,642 |
Total loans outstanding | 197,367 | 194,512 |
Allowance for credit losses to non-accrual loans | 33.41% | 30.55% |
Allowance for credit losses | 756 | 807 |
Non-accrual loans outstanding | 2,263 | 2,642 |
2025 | 2024 | 2023 | |
£m | £m | £m | |
Loans secured on residential properties | 0.01% | 0.01% | 0.01% |
Net charge-off during the period | 14 | 9 | 11 |
Average amount outstanding | 166,921 | 169,395 | 177,689 |
Corporate loans | 0.31% | 0.32% | 0.36% |
Net charge-off during the period | 60 | 59 | 68 |
Average amount outstanding | 19,500 | 18,409 | 18,662 |
Finance leases | 0.47% | 0.57% | 0.50% |
Net charge-off during the period | 20 | 25 | 23 |
Average amount outstanding | 4,237 | 4,364 | 4,612 |
Other unsecured advances | 1.35% | 1.98% | 1.74% |
Net charge-off during the period | 82 | 137 | 130 |
Average amount outstanding | 6,084 | 6,934 | 7,452 |
Amounts due from immediate parent | —% | —% | —% |
Net charge-off during the period | — | — | — |
Average amount outstanding | 15 | 37 | 28 |
Amounts due from fellow subsidiaries and joint ventures | —% | —% | —% |
Net charge-off during the period | — | — | — |
Average amount outstanding | 4,929 | 4,652 | 4,355 |
Loans and advances to customers | 0.09% | 0.11% | 0.11% |
Net charge-off during the period | 176 | 230 | 232 |
Average amount outstanding | 201,686 | 203,791 | 212,798 |
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 247 | ||
2025 | 2024 | 2023 | ||||||
Average Balance | Average Interest Rate 1 | Average Balance | Average Interest Rate 1 | Average Balance | Average Interest Rate 1 | |||
£m | % | £m | % | £m | % | |||
Demand deposits (including savings and current accounts) | 146,887 | 1.49 | 154,434 | 1.82 | 161,403 | 1.33 | ||
Time deposits | 34,664 | 3.98 | 27,695 | 4.74 | 23,236 | 3.93 | ||
Other deposits | 11,641 | 5.11 | 13,492 | 4.78 | 15,169 | 4.23 | ||
Total average balance 1 | 193,192 | 2.15 | 195,621 | 2.44 | 199,808 | 1.85 | ||
Scheme | Definition |
Financial Services Compensation Scheme (FSCS) | The FSCS is the UK’s independent statutory compensation fund for customers of PRA authorised financial services firms and pays compensation, up to certain limits, if a firm is unable, or likely to be unable to pay claims against it, for example by depositors. The FSCS is funded by levies on the industry, and recoveries and borrowings where appropriate. |
2025 | 2024 | |
£m | £m | |
Insured deposits | 134,169 | 123,729 |
Uninsured deposits | 49,986 | 53,606 |
Total deposits | 184,155 | 177,335 |
of which: | ||
Insured time deposits | 28,838 | 20,729 |
Uninsured time deposits | 9,321 | 7,107 |
– Excess over guaranteed limit | 4,327 | 4,164 |
– Otherwise uninsured | 4,994 | 2,943 |
Total time deposits | 38,159 | 27,836 |
Under 3 months | 3 to 6 months | 6 to 12 months | Over 12 months | Total | |
£m | £m | £m | £m | £m | |
Deposits by customers | 5,002 | 817 | 1,292 | 2,210 | 9,321 |
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 248 | ||
2025 | 2024 | ||
Note | £m | £m | |
Financial liabilities at amortised cost: | |||
Deposits by banks | 21 | 6,628 | 13,993 |
Repurchase agreements - non-trading | 23 | 3,557 | 2,336 |
10,185 | 16,329 |
2025 | 2024 | 2023 | ||||||
Average Balance | Average Interest Rate 1 | Average Balance | Average Interest Rate 1 | Average Balance | Average Interest Rate 1 | |||
£m | % | £m | % | £m | % | |||
Deposits by banks | 14,807 | 4.51 | 20,892 | 4.91 | 27,878 | 4.42 | ||
Under 3 months | 3 to 6 months | 6 to 12 months | Over 12 months | Total | |
£m | £m | £m | £m | £m | |
Deposits by banks | 2,447 | 2,575 | 724 | 4,439 | 10,185 |
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 249 | ||
2025 / 2024 | 2024 / 2023 | ||||||
Changes due to (decrease)/ increase in | Changes due to increase/ (decrease) in | ||||||
Total change | Volume | Rate | Total change | Volume | Rate | ||
£m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | ||
Interest income | |||||||
Loans and advances to customers | (522) | (43) | (479) | 790 | (200) | 990 | |
of which reverse repurchase agreements | (123) | 59 | (182) | 267 | 192 | 75 | |
Loans and advances to banks | (359) | (104) | (255) | (134) | (299) | 165 | |
of which reverse repurchase agreements | 9 | (17) | 26 | 94 | 47 | 47 | |
Debt securities and other interest earning assets | (17) | 54 | (71) | 166 | 122 | 44 | |
Total interest income | (898) | (93) | (805) | 822 | (377) | 1,199 | |
Interest expense | |||||||
Deposits by customers - demand | (618) | (137) | (481) | 657 | (93) | 750 | |
Deposits by customers - time | 66 | 330 | (264) | 401 | 175 | 226 | |
Deposits by customers - other | (51) | (101) | 50 | 2 | (78) | 80 | |
of which repurchase agreements | (114) | 27 | (141) | 14 | (52) | 66 | |
Deposits by banks | (360) | (301) | (59) | (234) | (318) | 84 | |
of which repurchase agreements | 64 | 12 | 52 | 92 | 89 | 3 | |
Debt securities | 86 | 379 | (293) | 241 | 83 | 158 | |
Commercial paper | (68) | 20 | (88) | 78 | 39 | 39 | |
Subordinated liabilities | (21) | (10) | (11) | 24 | 30 | (6) | |
Other interest-bearing financial liabilities | — | (1) | 1 | (1) | — | (1) | |
Total interest expense | (966) | 179 | (1,145) | 1,168 | (162) | 1,330 | |
Net interest income | 68 | (272) | 340 | (346) | (215) | (131) | |
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 250 | ||
2025 | 2024 | 2023 | |||||||||
Average balance 1 | Interest | Average rate | Average balance 1 | Interest | Average rate | Average balance 1 | Interest | Average rate | |||
£m | £m | % | £m | £m | % | £m | £m | % | |||
Assets | |||||||||||
Loans and advances to customers 2 | 218,498 | 9,562 | 4.38 | 219,442 | 10,084 | 4.60 | 224,267 | 9,294 | 4.14 | ||
of which reverse repurchase agreements | 16,812 | 671 | 3.99 | 15,651 | 794 | 5.07 | 11,469 | 527 | 4.59 | ||
Loans and advances to banks | 33,900 | 1,357 | 4.00 | 36,078 | 1,716 | 4.76 | 43,043 | 1,850 | 4.30 | ||
of which reverse repurchase agreements | 3,720 | 202 | 5.43 | 4,070 | 193 | 4.74 | 2,763 | 99 | 3.58 | ||
Debt securities and other interest earning assets | 11,724 | 622 | 5.31 | 10,807 | 639 | 5.91 | 8,589 | 473 | 5.51 | ||
Total average interest-earning assets, interest income | 264,122 | 11,541 | 4.37 | 266,327 | 12,439 | 4.67 | 275,899 | 11,617 | 4.21 | ||
Credit impairment loss allowances and RV & VT provisions | (914) | — | — | (967) | — | — | (1,068) | — | — | ||
Derivatives and other non-interest-earning assets | 8,195 | — | — | 7,690 | — | — | 7,601 | — | — | ||
Other financial assets at FVTPL | 121 | — | — | 204 | — | — | 264 | — | — | ||
Total average assets | 271,524 | — | — | 273,254 | — | — | 282,696 | — | — | ||
Liabilities | |||||||||||
Deposits by customers - demand | (146,887) | (2,187) | 1.49 | (154,434) | (2,805) | 1.82 | (161,403) | (2,148) | 1.33 | ||
Deposits by customers - time | (34,664) | (1,380) | 3.98 | (27,695) | (1,314) | 4.74 | (23,236) | (913) | 3.93 | ||
Deposits by customers - other | (10,933) | (591) | 5.41 | (12,977) | (642) | 4.95 | (14,787) | (640) | 4.33 | ||
of which repurchase agreements | (9,940) | (371) | 3.73 | (9,408) | (485) | 5.16 | (10,567) | (471) | 4.46 | ||
Deposits by banks | (14,153) | (638) | 4.51 | (20,249) | (998) | 4.93 | (27,308) | (1,232) | 4.51 | ||
of which repurchase agreements | (3,619) | (223) | 6.16 | (3,365) | (159) | 4.73 | (1,445) | (67) | 4.64 | ||
Debt securities | (36,320) | (1,960) | 5.40 | (30,215) | (1,874) | 6.20 | (28,762) | (1,633) | 5.68 | ||
Commercial paper | (5,410) | (229) | 4.23 | (5,076) | (297) | 5.85 | (4,312) | (219) | 5.08 | ||
Subordinated liabilities | (2,257) | (172) | 7.62 | (2,383) | (193) | 8.10 | (2,022) | (169) | 8.36 | ||
Other interest-bearing liabilities | (95) | (4) | 4.21 | (133) | (4) | 3.01 | (130) | (5) | 3.85 | ||
Total average interest-bearing liabilities, interest expense | (250,719) | (7,161) | 2.86 | (253,162) | (8,127) | 3.21 | (261,960) | (6,959) | 2.66 | ||
Derivatives and other non-interest-bearing liabilities | (4,907) | — | — | (4,633) | — | — | (4,609) | — | — | ||
Other financial liabilities at FVTPL | (1,138) | — | — | (983) | — | — | (854) | — | — | ||
Equity | (14,760) | — | — | (14,476) | — | — | (15,273) | — | — | ||
Total average liabilities and equity | (271,524) | — | — | (273,254) | — | — | (282,696) | — | — |
2025 | 2024 | 2023 | |
% | % | % | |
Interest spread 1 | 1.51 | 1.46 | 1.55 |
Net interest margin 2 | 1.66 | 1.62 | 1.69 |
Average spread 3 | 105 | 105 | 105 |
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 251 | ||
2025 | 2024 | |
£m | £m | |
Net cash flows from operating activities | (8,798) | (3,331) |
Net cash flows from investing activities | 2,957 | (4,540) |
Net cash flows from financing activities | 5,410 | 285 |
Change in cash and cash equivalents | (431) | (7,586) |
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 252 | ||
Term | Definition |
Active customers | Active customers are defined as those having an open account, with more than a set minimum balance along with certain specified transactions in the prior month. |
Alternative performance measures (APMs) | A financial measure of historical or future financial performance, financial position or cash flows, other than a financial measure defined or specified under International Financial Reporting Standards. |
Any excess in month | Accounts that were overdrawn for more than their overdraft every day in the previous month. |
Anti-Money Laundering (AML) | A set of policies and practices to ensure that financial institutions and other regulated entities prevent, detect, and report financial crime and especially money laundering activities. |
Arrears | Customers are said to be in arrears when they are behind in fulfilling their obligations with the result that an outstanding loan is unpaid or overdue. Such a customer is also said to be in a state of delinquency. When a customer is in arrears, his entire outstanding balance is said to be delinquent, meaning that delinquent balances are the total outstanding loans on which payments are overdue. |
Asset Backed Securities (ABS) | Securities that represent an interest in an underlying pool of referenced assets. The referenced pool can comprise any assets which attract a set of associated cash flows but are commonly pools of residential or commercial mortgages but could also include leases, credit card receivables, motor vehicles or student loans. |
Balance weighted Loan to Value (LTV) ratio | (Loan 1 balance x (Loan 1 Balance/Loan 1 latest property valuation) + (Loan 2 balance x (loan 2 balance/Loan 2 latest property valuation) + ...) / (Loan 1 balance + Loan 2 balance+...) |
Basel III | In December 2010, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision issued the Basel III rules text, which presents the details of strengthened global regulatory standards on bank capital adequacy and liquidity. The standards were implemented in the EU in January 2014. |
Basis point (bps) | One hundredth of a per cent (i.e. 0.01%), so 100 basis points is 1%. Used in quoting movements in interest rates or yields on securities. |
Brexit | The withdrawal of the United Kingdom from the European Union. |
Business Banking | Division, managed under Retail & Business Banking, serving enterprises with a turnover of up to £6.5m per annum. |
Capital Requirements Directive IV (CRD IV) | An EU legislative package covering prudential rules for banks, building societies and investment firms. |
Cash collection | Agents have been instructed to collect cash from the customer. |
Colleague engagement | Colleague engagement is measured on annual basis in the Group Engagement Survey (GES), conducted by Mercer for Banco Santander. Results are benchmarked against other firms in the UK financial sector and other high performing firms. |
Commercial Paper | An unsecured promissory note issued to finance short-term credit needs. It specifies the face amount paid to investors on the maturity date. Commercial paper can be issued as an unsecured obligation of Santander UK and is usually issued for periods ranging from one week up to nine months. However, the depth and reliability of some CP markets means that issuers can repeatedly roll over CP issuance and effectively achieve longer term funding. CP can be issued in a range of denominations and can be discounted or interest-bearing. |
Commercial Real Estate (CRE) | Lending to UK customers, primarily on tenanted property assets, with a focus on the office, retail, industrial and residential sectors. |
Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) capital | The called-up share capital and eligible reserves less deductions calculated in accordance with the CRD IV implementation rules as per the PRA Policy Statement PS7/13. |
CET1 capital ratio | CET1 capital as a percentage of risk-weighted assets. |
Consumer Finance | Provides prime auto consumer financing for individuals, businesses, and automotive distribution networks. |
Contractual maturity | The final payment date of a loan or other financial instrument, at which point all the remaining outstanding principal will be repaid and interest is due to be paid. |
Corporate Centre | Provides treasury services for asset and liability management of our balance sheet, as well as management of non-core and legacy portfolios. |
Corporate & Commercial Banking (CCB) | Provides banking products and services to SMEs, mid-sized and larger corporates, typically with annual turnovers of between £2m and £500m, as well as to Local Authorities and Housing Associations. |
Cost to income ratio | Total operating expenses before credit impairment losses and provisions for other liabilities and charges as a percentage of total operating income. |
Cost of risk | Cost of risk is credit impairment charge for the 12-month period as a percentage of average gross customer loans. This is a useful measure of the relationship between the size of the credit impairment charge and the book size which investors use as a proxy to compare relative credit risk. |
Countercyclical capital buffer | A capital buffer required under Basel III to ensure that capital requirements take account of the macro-financial environment in which banks operate. |
Counterparty credit risk | The risk that the counterparty to a transaction may default before completing the satisfactory settlement of the transaction. |
Covered bonds | Debt securities backed by a portfolio of mortgages that is segregated from the issuer’s other assets solely for the benefit of the holders of the covered bonds. The Santander UK group issues covered bonds as part of its funding activities. |
Credit spread | The yield spread between securities with the same coupon rate and maturity structure but with different associated credit risks, with the yield spread rising as the credit rating worsens. It is the premium over the benchmark or risk-free rate required by the market to accept a lower credit quality. |
Credit Valuation Adjustment (CVA) | Adjustments to the fair values of derivative assets to reflect the creditworthiness of the counterparty. |
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 253 | ||
Term | Definition |
Currency swap | An arrangement in which two parties exchange specific principal amounts of different currencies at inception and subsequently interest payments on the principal amounts. Often, one party will pay a fixed interest rate, while the other will pay a floating exchange rate (though there are also fixed-fixed and floating-floating arrangements). At the maturity of the swap, the principal amounts are usually re-exchanged. |
Current Account Switch Service (CASS) guarantee | On 16 September 2013, Bacs (previously Payments Council) launched CASS. The service is free-to-use for consumers, small charities, small businesses and small trusts, and is designed to make switching current accounts from one bank or building society to another, simpler, reliable and hassle-free, thus removing customers’ perceived barriers to switching. The new service is backed by a customer guarantee and aims to increase competition in the high street, support the entry of new banks in the current account marketplace and give customers greater choice if they want to switch. |
Customer loans / customer deposits | Money lent to or deposited by all individuals and companies that are not credit institutions. Such funds are predominantly recorded as assets and liabilities in the balance sheet under Loans and advances to customers and Deposits by customers, respectively. |
Customer funding gap | Customer loans less customer deposits. |
Days past due | One or more days that interest and/or principal payments are overdue based on the contractual terms. |
Debt securities | Transferable instruments creating or acknowledging indebtedness. They include debentures, bonds, certificates of deposit, notes and commercial paper. The holder of a debt security is typically entitled to the payment of principal and interest, together with other contractual rights under the terms of the issue, such as the right to receive certain information. Debt securities are generally issued for a fixed term and redeemable by the issuer at the end of that term. Debt securities can be secured or unsecured. |
Debt securities in issue | Transferable certificates of indebtedness of the Santander UK group to the bearer of the certificates. These are liabilities of the Santander UK group and include commercial paper, certificates of deposit, bonds, and medium-term notes. |
Default | Financial assets in default represent those that are at least 90 days past due in respect of principal or interest and/or where the assets are otherwise considered to be unlikely to pay, including those that are credit impaired. |
Default at proxy origination | IFRS 9 requires us to compare lifetime probability of default at origination with our view of lifetime probability of default now. If we do not have data at origination, then a proxy origination is defined. |
Defined benefit obligation | The present value of expected future payments required to settle the obligations of a defined benefit plan resulting from employee service. |
Defined benefit plan | A pension plan that defines an amount of pension benefit to be provided, usually as a function of one or more factors such as age, years of service or compensation. The employer's obligation can be more or less than its contributions to the fund. |
Defined contribution plan | A pension plan under which the Santander UK group pays fixed contributions as they fall due into a separate entity (a fund) and will have no legal or constructive obligations to pay further contributions, i.e. the employer's obligation is limited to its contributions to the fund. |
Delinquency | See ‘Arrears’. |
Deposits by banks | Money deposited by banks and other credit institutions. They include money-market deposits, securities sold under repurchase agreements, and other short-term deposits. Such funds are recorded as liabilities in the Santander UK group’s balance sheet under Deposits by Banks, Trading Liabilities or Financial Liabilities designated at Fair Value. |
Derivative | A contract or agreement whose value changes with changes in an underlying index such as interest rates, foreign exchange rates, share prices or indices and which requires no initial investment or an initial investment that is smaller than would be required for other types of contracts with a similar response to market factors. The principal types of derivatives are: swaps, forwards, futures and options. |
Digital sales | Percentage of new contracts executed through digital channels during the period. Digital sales as % of total sales. |
Economic capital | An internal measure of the minimum equity and preference capital required for the Santander UK group to maintain its credit rating based upon its risk profile. |
Effective tax rate | The tax on profit/(losses) on ordinary activities as a percentage of profit/(loss) on ordinary activities before taxation. |
Energy performance certificate (EPC) | A scheme to summarise the energy efficiency of buildings and apply a rating between A – G. |
Everyday Banking | Provides banking services and unsecured lending to individuals and small businesses as well alongside wealth management for high-net-worth clients. |
Expected credit loss (ECL) | Represents what the credit risk is likely to cost us either over the next 12 months on qualifying exposures, or defaults over the lifetime of the exposure where there is evidence of a significant increase in credit risk since origination. |
Expected loss (EL) | The product of the probability of default, exposure at default and loss given default. We calculate each factor in accordance with CRD IV and include direct and indirect costs. We base them on our risk models and our assessment of each customer’s credit quality. |
Exposure at default (EAD) | The maximum loss that a financial institution might suffer if a borrower, counterparty or group defaults on their obligations or assets and off- balance sheet positions have to be realised. |
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 254 | ||
Term | Definition |
Fair value adjustment | An adjustment to the fair value of a financial instrument which is determined using a valuation technique (level 2 and level 3) to include additional factors that would be considered by a market participant that are not incorporated within the valuation model. |
Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) | The Financial Conduct Authority is a financial regulatory body in the United Kingdom. |
Financial Services Compensation Scheme (FSCS) | The Financial Services Compensation Scheme is the UK's statutory deposit insurance and investors compensation scheme for customers of authorised financial services firms. |
First / Second Charge | First charge (also known as first lien): debt that places its holder first in line to collect compensation from the sale of the underlying collateral in the event of a default on the loan. Second charge (also known as second lien): debt that is issued against the same collateral as a higher charge debt but that is subordinate to it. In the case of default, compensation for this debt will only be received after the first charge has been repaid and thus represents a riskier investment than the first charge. |
Follow-on Rate (FoR) | A mortgage product that tracks and is directly linked to the Bank of England base rate. |
Forbearance | Forbearance takes place when a concession is made on the contractual terms of a loan in response to an obligor’s financial difficulties. |
Full time equivalent | Full time equivalent employee units are the on-job hours paid for employee services divided by the number of ordinary-time hours normally paid for a full-time staff member when on the job (or contract employee where applicable). |
Funded / unfunded | Exposures where the notional amount of the transaction is either funded or unfunded. Represents exposures where a commitment to provide future funding has been made and the funds have been released / not released. |
Funding for Lending Scheme (FLS) | A scheme designed by the Bank of England and HM Treasury to incentivise banks and building societies to boost their lending to UK households and non-financial companies. It aims to do this by providing funding to banks and building societies for an extended period, with both the price and quantity of funding provided linked to their performance in lending to the UK non-financial sector. |
Green Finance | In line with our internal classification system to define what investments can be considered green finance. This includes financing raised and facilitated to renewable energy and other green energy financing; mortgages on properties with A- or B-rated EPC; and financing for electric vehicles, hybrid, and plug-in hybrid electric vehicles (PHEV) with emissions below 50g CO2 /km |
Homes | Homes provides prime UK mortgage lending to owner occupiers and buy-to-let landlords with small portfolios. |
Impairment loss allowance (Loan loss allowance) | An impairment loss allowance held on the balance sheet as a result of the raising of a charge against profit for an expected credit loss in the lending book. An impairment loss allowance may be either individual or collective. |
Individually assessed loan impairment provisions | Impairment is measured individually for assets that are individually significant. For these assets, the Santander UK group measures the amount of the impairment loss as the difference between the carrying amount of the asset or group of assets and the present value of the estimated future cash flows from the asset or group of assets discounted at the original effective interest rate of the asset. |
Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process (ICAAP) | The Santander UK group’s own assessment of its regulatory capital requirements, as part of CRD IV. It takes into account the regulatory and commercial environment in which the Santander UK group operates, the Santander UK group’s Risk Appetite, the management strategy for each of the Santander UK group’s material risks and the impact of appropriate adverse scenarios and stresses on the Santander UK group’s capital requirements. |
Internal Liquidity Adequacy Assessment Process (ILAAP) | The Santander UK group’s own assessment of the prudent level of liquidity that is consistent with the Santander UK group’s LRA. It documents and demonstrates the Santander UK group’s overall liquidity adequacy – an appropriate level of liquid resources, a prudent funding profile and comprehensive management and control of liquidity and funding risks. |
Internal ratings-based approach (IRB) | The Santander UK group's method, under the CRD IV framework, for calculating credit risk capital requirements using the Santander UK group’s internal models |
International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) | A set of international accounting standards developed and issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, consisting of principles-based guidance. |
Investment grade | A debt security, treasury bill or similar instrument with a credit rating measured by external agencies of AAA to BBB. |
ISDA Master agreement | Standardised contract developed by ISDA (International Swaps and Derivatives Association) used as an umbrella under which bilateral derivatives contracts are entered into. |
Judgemental Adjustments | Adjustments made to the ECL estimate outside of the ECL models to reflect management judgements. |
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 255 | ||
Term | Definition |
Level 1 | The fair value of these financial instruments is based on unadjusted quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in an active market that the Santander UK group has the ability to access at the measurement date. |
Level 2 | The fair value of these financial instruments is based on quoted prices in markets that are not active or quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities, recent market transactions, inputs other than quoted market prices for the asset or liability that are observable either directly or indirectly for substantially the full term, and inputs to valuation techniques that are derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data through correlation or other statistical means for substantially the full term of the asset or liability. |
Level 3 | The fair value of these financial instruments is based on inputs to the pricing or valuation techniques that are significant to the overall fair value measurement of the asset or liability are unobservable. |
Liquidity Coverage Ratio (LCR) | The LCR is intended to ensure that a bank maintains an adequate level of unencumbered, high quality liquid assets which can be used to offset the net cash outflows the bank could encounter under a short-term significant liquidity stress scenario. |
LCR eligible liquidity pool | Assets eligible for inclusion in the LCR as high-quality liquid assets. The LCR eligible liquidity pool also covers both Pillar 1 and Pillar 2 risks. |
Loan to value ratio (LTV) | The amount of a first mortgage charge as a percentage of the total appraised value of real property. The LTV ratio is used in determining the appropriate level of risk for the loan and therefore the price of the loan to the borrower. LTV ratios may be expressed in a number of ways, including origination LTV and indexed LTV. |
Loss Given Default (LGD) | The fraction of Exposure at Default that will not be recovered following default. LGD comprises the actual loss (the part that is not recovered), together with the economic costs associated with the recovery process. It is calculated as the expected loss divided by EAD for each month of the forecast period. We base LGD on factors that impact the likelihood and value of any subsequent write-offs, which vary according to whether the product is secured or unsecured. If the product is secured, we take into account collateral values as well as the historical discounts to market/book values due to forced sales type. |
Master netting agreement | An industry standard agreement which facilitates netting of transactions (such as financial assets and liabilities including derivatives) in jurisdictions where netting agreements are recognised and have legal force. The netting arrangements do not generally result in an offset of balance sheet assets and liabilities for accounting purposes, as transactions are usually settled on a gross basis. |
Maximum Distributable Amount (MDA) | The maximum distributions which a bank can make to investors when it has insufficient capital to meet its buffer requirements. |
Medium-Term Funding (MTF) | Shown at a sterling equivalent value. Consists of senior debt issuance, asset-backed issuance (including securitisation and covered bond issuance) and structured issuance (including firm financing repurchase agreements). |
Medium-Term Notes (MTNs) | Corporate notes (or debt securities) continuously offered by a company to investors through a dealer. Investors can choose from differing maturities, ranging from nine months to 30 years. They can be issued on a fixed or floating coupon basis or with an exotic coupon; with a fixed maturity date (non-callable) or with embedded call or put options or early repayment triggers. MTNs are most generally issued as senior, unsecured debt. |
Minimum requirement for own funds and eligible liabilities (MREL) | A requirement under the Bank Recovery and Resolution Directive for EU resolution authorities to set a minimum requirement for own funds and eligible liabilities for banks, implementing the Financial Stability Board’s Total Loss Absorbing Capacity (TLAC) standard. The purpose of MREL is to help ensure that when banks, building societies and investment firms fail, that failure can be managed in an orderly way while minimising risks to financial stability, disruption to critical economic functions, and risks to public funds. |
Mortgages | Refers to residential and buy to let retail mortgages only and excludes social housing and commercial mortgage properties. |
Mortgage-Backed Securities (MBS) | Securities that represent interests in groups of mortgages, which may be on residential or commercial properties. Investors in these securities have the right to cash received from future mortgage payments (interest and/or principal). When the MBS references mortgages with different risk profiles, the MBS is classified according to the highest risk class. |
n.m. | Not meaningful when the change is above 100%. |
Net fee and commission income | Fee and commission income minus other fees paid, that are not an integral part of the effective interest rate. For retail and corporate products, fee and commission income consists principally of collection services fees, commission on foreign currencies, commission and other fees received from retailers for processing credit card transactions, fees received from other credit card issuers for providing cash advances for their customers through the Santander UK group’s branch and ATM networks, annual fees payable by credit card holders and fees for non-banking financial products. |
Net interest income | The difference between interest received on assets and interest paid on liabilities. |
Net Interest Margin (NIM) | Net interest income as a percentage of average interest-earning assets. |
Net Stable Funding Ratio (NSFR) | The ratio of available stable funding resources to stable funding requirements over a one-year time horizon, assuming a stressed scenario. The Basel III rules require this ratio to be over 100%. |
Over the counter (OTC) derivatives | Contracts that are traded (and privately negotiated) directly between two parties, without going through an exchange or other intermediary. They offer flexibility because, unlike standardised exchange-traded products, they can be tailored to fit specific needs. |
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 256 | ||
Term | Definition |
Own credit | The effect of the Santander UK group’s own credit standing on the fair value of financial liabilities. |
Past due | A financial asset such as a loan is past due when the counterparty has failed to make a payment when contractually due. |
Payment holiday | A period in which a customer has relief from making repayments on a loan. Also known as a payment deferral. |
Pillar 1 | The first pillar of the Basel III approach which, provides the approach to the calculation of the minimum capital requirements. |
Pillar 2 | The part of the CRD IV Accord which sets out the process by which a bank should review its overall capital adequacy and the processes under which the supervisors evaluate how well financial institutions are assessing their risks and take appropriate actions in response to the assessments. |
Pillar 3 | The part of the CRD IV Accord which sets out the disclosure requirements for firms to publish details of their risks, capital and risk management. The aims are greater transparency and strengthening market discipline. |
Prime / prime mortgage loans | A description for mortgages granted to the most creditworthy category of borrowers. |
Private equity investments | Equity holdings in operating companies not quoted on a public exchange. |
Probability of default (PD) | The likelihood of a borrower defaulting in the following year, assuming it has not closed or defaulted since the reporting date. For each month in the forecast period, we estimate the monthly PD from a range of factors. These include the current risk grade for the exposure, which becomes less relevant further into the forecast period, as well as the expected evolution of the account risk with maturity and factors for changing economics. We support this with historical data analysis. |
Prudential Regulation Authority (PRA) | The UK financial services regulator formed as one of the successors to the FSA. The PRA is part of the Bank of England and is responsible for the prudential regulation and supervision of banks, building societies, credit unions, insurers and major investment firms. It sets standards and supervises financial institutions at the level of the individual firm. |
Regulatory capital | The amount of capital that the Santander UK group holds, determined in accordance with rules established by the UK PRA for the consolidated Santander UK group and by local regulators for individual Santander UK group companies. |
Remuneration Code | FCA Remuneration Code for dual regulated firms SYSC19D.3.44 and PRA Rulebook-Remuneration Part 15.7. |
Repurchase agreement (Repo) | In a sale and repurchase agreement one party, the seller, sells a financial asset to another party, the buyer, under commitments to reacquire the asset at a later date. The buyer at the same time agrees to resell the asset at the same later date. From the seller's perspective such agreements are securities sold under repurchase agreements (repos) and from the buyer's securities purchased under commitments to resell (reverse repos). |
Residential Mortgage-Backed Securities (RMBS) | Securities that represent interests in a group of residential mortgages. Investors in these securities have the right to cash received from future mortgage payments (interest and / or principal). |
Retail & Business Banking (RBB) | Provides UK mortgage lending and banking services and unsecured lending to individuals and small businesses. |
Retail loans | Loans to individuals rather than institutions, including residential mortgage lending and banking and consumer credit. |
Risk Appetite | The level of risk (types and quantum) that the Santander UK group is willing to accept (or not accept) to safeguard the interests of shareholders whilst achieving business objectives. |
Risk-weighted assets (RWA) | A measure of a bank’s assets adjusted for their associated risks. Risk weightings are established in accordance with the Basel Capital Accord as implemented by the PRA. |
RoTE | Profit after tax attributable to equity holders of the parent divided by average shareholders’ equity less non-controlling interests, other equity instruments and average goodwill and intangible assets. |
Santander UK | Refers to Santander UK plc and its subsidiaries. |
Securitisation | A process by which a group of assets, usually loans, are aggregated into a pool, which is used to back the issuance of new securities. A company sells assets to a structured entity which then issues securities backed by the assets, based on their value. This allows the credit quality of the assets to be separated from the credit rating of the original company and transfers risk to external investors. Assets used in securitisations include mortgages to create mortgage-backed securities. Santander UK has established securitisation structures as part of its funding and capital management activities. |
Select customers | Customers who have a Select Current Account and pay their main income of at least £5,000 per month into their Select Current Account or keep £75,000 in any Santander investment(s), savings or current account. |
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 257 | ||
Term | Definition |
Significant increase in credit risk (SICR) | Assessed by comparing the risk of default of an exposure at the reporting date to the risk of default at origination (after considering the passage of time). |
Sovereign exposures | Exposures to local and central governments, and government guaranteed counterparties. |
Stage 1 | Assets have not experienced a significant increase in credit risk since origination. A loss allowance equal to a 12-month ECL is applied. |
Stage 2 | Assets have experienced a significant increase in credit risk since origination, but no credit impairment has materialised. A loss allowance equal to the lifetime ECL is applied. |
Stage 3 | Assets that are in default and considered credit impaired. A loss allowance equal to the lifetime ECL is applied. Objective evidence of credit impairment is required. |
Standardised approach | In relation to credit risk, a method for calculating credit risk capital requirements under CRD IV, using External Credit Assessment Institutions ratings and supervisory risk weights. The Standardised approach is less risk-sensitive than IRB (see 'IRB' above). In relation to operational risk, a method of calculating the operational capital requirement under CRD IV, by the application of a supervisory defined percentage charge to the gross income of eight specified business lines. |
Stress testing | Stress testing is a management tool that facilitates a forward-looking perspective on risk management, strategic planning, capital, and liquidity and funding planning. |
Structured entity | An entity that has been designed so that voting or similar rights are not the dominant factor in deciding who controls the entity, such as when any voting rights relate to administrative tasks only and the relevant activities are directed by means of contractual arrangements. |
Structured finance/notes | A structured note is an instrument which pays a return linked to the value or level of a specified asset or index and sometimes offers capital protection if the value declines. Structured notes can be linked to a range of underlying assets, including equities, interest rates, funds, commodities and foreign currency. |
Subordinated liabilities | Liabilities which, in the event of insolvency or liquidation of the issuer, are subordinated to the claims of depositors and other creditors of the issuer. |
Sub-prime | Loans to borrowers typically having weakened credit histories that include payment delinquencies and potentially more severe problems such as court judgements and bankruptcies. They may also display reduced repayment capacity as measured by credit scores, high debt-to-income ratios, or other criteria indicating heightened risk of default. |
Supranational | An international organisation where member states transcend national boundaries or interests to share in decision-making and vote on issues relating to the organisation’s geographical focus. |
Standard Variable Rate (SVR) | A mortgage product managed by Santander and not directly linked to the Bank of England base rate. |
Term Funding Scheme with additional incentives for SMEs (TFSME) | The TFSME allows eligible banks and building societies to access four-year funding at rates very close to Bank Rate. |
TfL | Transport for London |
Tier 1 capital | A measure of a bank's financial strength defined by the PRA. It captures Common Equity Tier 1 capital plus other Tier 1 securities in issue but is subject to a deduction in respect of material holdings in financial companies. |
Tier 2 capital | Defined by the PRA. Broadly, it includes qualifying subordinated debt and other Tier 2 securities in issue, eligible collective impairment allowances, the excess of regulatory impairment allowance over expected loss and deduction of material holdings in financial companies. |
Total loss absorbing capacity (TLAC) | An international standard for TLAC issued by the Financial Stability Board, which requires global systemically important banks (G-SIBs) to have sufficient loss-absorbing and recapitalisation capacity available in resolution, to minimise impacts on financial stability, maintain the continuity of critical functions and avoid requiring taxpayer support. |
Total customers | Defined as those having an open account. |
Total wholesale funding | Comprises the sum of all outstanding debt securities, structured issuance (including firm financing repurchase agreements), subordinated debt and capital issuance, TFS and non-customer deposits. Total wholesale funding excludes any collateral received as part of the FLS. |
Trading book | Positions in financial instruments held either with trading intent or in order to hedge other elements of the trading book, which must be free of restrictive covenants on their tradability or ability to be hedged. |
UK Bank Levy | The government levy that applies to certain UK banks, UK building societies and the UK operations of foreign banks from 1 January 2011. The levy is payable based on a percentage of the chargeable equity and liabilities of the bank at the balance sheet date. |
Unencumbered assets | Assets on our balance sheet not used to secure liabilities or otherwise pledged. |
Value at Risk (VaR) | An estimate of the potential loss which might arise from market movements under normal market conditions if the current positions were to be held unchanged for one business day, measured to a confidence level. |
Wholesale funding with a residual maturity of less than one year | Wholesale funding which has a residual maturity of less than one year at the balance sheet date. |
Write-down | After an advance has been identified as impaired and is subject to an impairment allowance, the stage may be reached whereby it is concluded that there is no realistic prospect of further recovery. Write-downs will occur when, and to the extent that, the whole or part of a debt is considered irrecoverable. |
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 258 | ||
Annual Report 2025 | Santander UK plc | 259 | ||
Form 20-F Item Number and Caption | Page | ||
PART I | |||
1 | Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisers | * | |
2 | Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable | * | |
3 | Key Information | Capitalisation and indebtedness | * |
Reasons for the offer and use of proceeds | * | ||
Risk factors | |||
4 | Information on the Company | History and development of the company | |
Business overview | [151, 154-159] | ||
Organisational structure | [36, 62, 74, 124] | ||
Property, plants and equipment | [xx] | ||
4A | Unresolved Staff Comments | Not applicable | |
5 | Operating and Financial Review and Prospects | Operating results | |
Liquidity and capital resources | |||
Research and development, patents and licenses, etc. | [xx] | ||
Trend information | [4, 12, 13] | ||
Critical accounting estimates | |||
6 | Directors, Senior Management and Employees | Directors and senior management | [30] |
Compensation | [54] | ||
Board practices | [35] | ||
Employees | [24, 192] | ||
Share ownership | [23, 225] | ||
Disclosure of a registrant’s action to recover erroneously awarded compensation | n/a | ||
7 | Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions | Major shareholders | |
Related party transactions | |||
Interests of experts and counsel | * | ||
8 | Financial Information | Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information | [171, 172, 173, 174, 285] |
Significant Changes | [245] | ||
9 | The Offer and Listing | * | |
10 | Additional Information | Share capital | * |
Memorandum and articles of association | |||
Material contracts | |||
Exchange controls | |||
Taxation | |||
Dividends and paying agents | * | ||
Statements by experts | * | ||
Documents on display | |||
Subsidiary Information | |||
Annual Report to Security Holders | Not applicable | ||
11 | Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk | ||
12 | Description of Securities Other Than Equity Securities | * | |
PART II | |||
13 | Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies | Not applicable | |
14 | Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds | Not applicable | |
15 | Controls and Procedures | [64] | |
16A | Audit Committee financial expert | [48] | |
16B | Code of Ethics | [63] | |
16C | Principal Accountant Fees and Services | ||
16D | Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees | Not applicable | |
16E | Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers | Not applicable | |
16F | Change in Registrant’s Certifying Accountant | Not applicable | |
16G | Corporate Governance | ||
16H | Mine Safety Disclosure | Not applicable | |
16I | Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections | Not applicable | |
16J | Insider Trading Policies | [xx] | |
16K | Cybersecurity | [xx] | |
PART III | |||
17 | Financial Statements | Not applicable | |
18 | Financial Statements | ||
19 | Exhibits | Filed with SEC | |
* Not required for an Annual Report. | |||
Exhibits1 | |
1.1 | |
8.1 | |
11.1 | |
12.1 | |
12.2 | |
13.1 | |
15.1 | |
97.1 | |
101.INS* | XBRL Instance Document |
101.SCH* | XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document |
101.CAL* | XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document |
101.DEF* | XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document |
101.LAB* | XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document |
101.PRE* | XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document |
By: | [/s/] Mahesh Aditya | |
Mahesh Aditya | ||
Chief Executive Officer |